CHAP.
I.
Of
the
generall
division
of
the
New
World
into
Continent
and
Islands
;
and
of
the
two
parts
of
the
Continent
,
viz.
the
Northern
and
the
Southern
.
1.
AMerica
,
or
the
New
World
(
as
we
have
said
before
)
is
it self
most
generally
thought
to
be
but
an
Island
(
though
a
very
huge
one
)
and
to
be
surrounded
on
all
parts
by
the
Sea
:
not
only
on
the
East
,
West
,
and
South
,
(
as
is
already
found
by
experience
)
but
also
towards
the
North
;
where
it
is
likewise
supposed
to
be
divided
from
the
Continent
of
Asia
,
by
the
Sea
running
between
.
Nevertheless
for
distinction
sake
,
and
by
reason
it
is
of
such
a
vast
extent
,
as
that
it
equalleth
and
far
exceedeth
any
other
part
of
the
World
,
how
great
soever
,
that
is
counted
or
called
Continent
,
it
seems
not
amiss
to
express
the
whole
under
this
division
,
viz.
of
Continent
and
Islands
:
understanding
by
the
first
,
viz.
Continent
,
only
the
main
Land
,
or
more
principall
Provinces
of
America
,
which
lye
united
together
,
and
extend
themselves
,
in
one
continued
tract
,
from
the
Northern
to
the
Southern
borders
;
and
by
the
latter
,
the
Islands
which
lye
about
the
main
Land
,
and
,
though
some
of
them
at
a
good
distance
from
it
,
yet
as
well
by
reason
of
situation
,
as
for
that
they
were
discovered
and
conquered
at
the
same
time
with
the
other
,
are
generally
taken
and
reckoned
for
part
of
the
New
World
.
That
which
we
call
the
Continent
of
America
,
is
divided
generally
into
two
parts
,
which
are
two
great
Peninsulas
,
or
●emy-Islands
,
environed
on
all
parts
by
the
Sea
,
save
onely
in
the
midst
;
where
they
are
joyned
together
by
a
certain
Isthmus
,
or
neck
of
Land
,
which
they
call
the
Streit
of
Darien
,
lying
almost
under
the
Equinoctial
Line
,
in
some
few
degrees
of
Northern
latitude
:
which
runneth
in
length
from
the
district
of
Panama
,
as
they
call
it
,
and
Nombre
de
Dios
to
the
Southward
,
about
an
hundred
miles
or
more
,
but
in
bredth
from
East
to
West
,
or
from
the
North
to
the
South
Sea
,
is
nothing
answerable
;
being
in
some
places
not
above
seventeen
or
eighteen
miles
over
.
These
two
Peninsulas
are
generally
counted
the
Northern
and
Southern
parts
of
America
;
so
called
from
their
situation
,
in
respect
of
the
Equator
:
the
one
of
them
lying
wholly
Northward
of
the
Equinoctiall
Line
,
and
the
other
,
at
least
for
the
greatest
part
of
it
,
Southward
.
They
contained
anciently
(
beside
many
huge
and
vast
Provinces
,
governed
,
for
the
most
part
,
by
Royteletts
,
or
certain
pettie
Princes
in
each
respective
Province
or
Territorie
,
whom
they
called
Casiques
)
two
great
and
mightie
Kingdoms
;
the
one
of
Cusco
,
generally
called
the
Kingdom
of
Peru
,
in
the
Southern
part
;
and
the
other
of
Mexico
,
now
called
new
Spain
,
in
the
Northern
:
of
both
which
,
and
likewise
of
the
manner
of
the
first
conquering
and
subduing
of
them
by
the
Spaniards
,
when
time
was
,
something
shall
be
said
in
due
place
.
2.
The
Mexican
,
or
Northern
part
of
America
,
containeth
these
several
Provinces
,
viz.
1.
Estotiland
,
2.
Canada
,
or
New
France
,
3.
Virginia
,
4.
Florida
,
5.
Califormia
,
6.
New
Gallicia
,
7.
New
Spain
,
or
Mexicana
properly
so
called
;
and
lastly
8.
Guatimala
,
together
with
some
other
lesser
Islands
,
so
neerly
adjoyning
to
the
Continent
,
that
they
are
usually
reckoned
for
part
of
it
,
by
those
which
describe
the
Countrie
;
and
therefore
shall
be
mentioned
in
their
several
places
accordingly
,
viz.
as
parts
of
the
respective
Provinces
upon
which
they
lye
.
The
Peruvian
,
or
Southern
,
part
containeth
these
which
follow
,
viz.
1.
Castella
del
oro
,
as
the
Spaniards
call
it
,
or
golden
Castile
,
2.
Nova
Granada
,
3.
Peru
,
4.
Chile
,
5.
Paraguay
,
6.
Brasil
,
7.
Guiana
,
and
lastly
Paria
,
or
new
Andalusia
,
as
some
call
it
.
The
Islands
which
lye
further
off
from
the
main
Land
,
but
yet
reckoned
commonly
for
part
of
the
New
World
,
by
reason
they
were
discovered
,
as
hath
been
said
,
and
for
the
greater
part
conquered
and
subdued
with
it
,
are
chiefly
those
called
1.
Los
Ladrones
,
2.
the
Islands
of
Salomon
,
which
lye
in
the
South
Sea
:
and
in
the
Northern
,
1.
the
Caribee
Islands
,
2.
St.
John
de
Port-rico
,
3.
Hispaniola
,
4
Jamaica
,
and
5.
Cuba
;
of
all
which
in
their
order
,
according
to
the
method
of
the
latest
,
and
,
as
I
presume
,
the
exactest
Cosmographers
,
viz.
of
our
learned
Countriman
Dr.
Heylyn
,
and
his
Author
Laet
:
upon
whom
I
must
profess
to
rest
very
much
in
this
part
of
my
report
,
especially
as
to
the
site
and
position
of
Places
.
CHAP.
II.
Of
Estotiland
,
and
the
several
Provinces
which
it
containeth
.
1.
THe
first
Province
of
the
Continent
of
America
towards
the
North
,
is
called
Estotiland
;
for
what
reason
I
must
plainly
confess
,
I
cannot
so
cleerly
discover
;
unless
perhaps
our
Neighbours
the
Duch
happened
to
have
the
first
naming
of
it
,
and
that
it
beareth
any
signification
of
its
Easterly
lying
in
respect
of
the
other
Provinces
.
It
containeth
all
those
Regions
of
the
Mexican
or
Northern
part
of
America
,
which
lye
furthest
toward
the
North
East
:
on
which
side
,
as
likewise
more
directly
Eastward
,
it
is
washed
all
along
with
the
main
Ocean
,
or
North-Sea
;
having
on
the
South
Canada
,
or
new
France
:
Westward
,
and
to
the
North-west
,
it
is
not
yet
fully
discovered
:
but
supposed
either
to
be
joyned
to
some
parts
of
Tartary
,
or
(
which
I
think
is
the
more
common
conjecture
to
be
divided
from
it
by
the
Sea
:
which
some
,
presuming
it
to
be
but
a
narrow
Sea
,
call
the
Streits
of
Anian
,
from
a
Province
or
part
of
the
Asiatique
Tartary
,
which
beareth
that
name
,
and
lyeth
upon
it
.
On
the
North
it
hath
a
Bay
,
or
large
Inlet
of
the
Sea
,
which
the
English
call
Hudsons
Streites
from
Capt.
Henry
Hudson
an
Englishman
,
who
in
the
yeare
1610
is
said
to
have
sailed
in
this
Sea
no
less
then
three
hundred
leagues
Westward
,
in
search
of
a
passage
that
way
to
the
Kingdomes
of
Catha
and
China
;
of
which
we
have
spoken
already
,
and
which
was
so
much
endeavoured
in
those
times
both
by
our selves
and
our
neighbours
the
Duch
:
but
without
success
hitherto
.
The
whole
Province
containeth
these
particular
Countries
,
if
I
may
so
call
them
,
or
Prefectships
,
as
some
others
doe
,
viz.
First
,
Estotiland
more
properly
so
called
.
Secondly
,
Terra
Corterialis
.
Thirdly
,
New-found
land
,
and
Fourthly
certain
Islands
neer
adjoyning
to
the
Continent
,
which
they
call
Baccaleos
.
2.
Estotiland
specially
so
called
,
is
the
most
Northerly
region
of
all
America
towards
the
East
,
lying
betwixt
the
abovesaid
Hudsons
Sreights
,
which
it
hath
on
the
North
,
and
Terra
Corterialis
on
the
South
.
The
soil
of
the
country
is
said
to
be
reasonably
good
,
and
well
stored
with
naturall
Commodities
,
I
mean
,
such
as
are
of
necessity
and
may
be
expected
in
such
a
cold
northerly
quarter
,
as
Flesh
,
fowl
,
and
good
store
of
Fish
in
the
Sea
.
Among
the
Natives
of
the
country
there
,
and
some
Savage
that
live
wild
up
and
down
in
the
Woods
,
and
go
naked
,
not
withstanding
the
extream
cold
:
but
for
the
most
part
,
they
are
supposed
at
least
to
be
more
civill
.
The
first
discoverers
of
the
country
reporting
of
them
,
that
they
both
sow
corn
,
brew
Beer
and
Ale
,
use
Canoas
or
little
Boats
at
Sea
,
by
which
they
trade
with
Greenland
,
Freezland
,
and
other
parts
at
one
thousand
or
five
hundred
miles
distance
from
them
.
They
are
said
likwise
to
have
some
use
of
letters
,
but
of
a
Character
proper
only
to
their
own
Nation
,
and
not
understood
by
any
other
people
beside
themselves
.
Yea
they
talk
likewise
,
as
if
they
had
some
knowledge
of
the
Latin
tongue
;
and
of
certain
Latin
books
in
a
Library
of
one
of
the
Kings
of
the
Country
:
wherein
,
if
there
be
any
thing
of
truth
,
(
as
I
hold
it
not
altogether
impossible
)
't
is
likely
,
some
people
from
the
more
Northerly
parts
of
Europe
,
that
understood
the
Latin
tongue
,
might
in
times
past
be
cast
on
shore
,
or
suffer
Shipwrack
upon
those
Coasts
;
where
being
constrained
to
live
and
abide
,
they
might
leave
some
books
,
and
other
monuments
of
the
Language
behind
them
in
the
Country
after
their
decease
.
However
it
be
,
this
seems
more
certain
,
by
the
report
and
experience
of
some
English
,
that
the
people
are
generally
here
found
to
be
more
ingenious
,
to
have
better
judgement
in
things
,
and
to
be
much
more
skilfull
in
divers
Mechanicall
arts
,
then
usually
in
these
other
parts
of
America
they
were
at
first
.
Among
other
things
they
were
observed
to
use
a
kinde
of
Dart
,
or
short
Javelin
,
pointed
with
bright
steel
and
very
sharp
:
which
being
a
kinde
of
Weapon
used
only
by
the
people
of
Java
,
and
some
other
of
the
Islands
of
the
East
Indies
,
it
is
conjectured
,
that
they
have
commerce
one
with
another
:
which
seems
not
altogether
improbable
.
But
as
for
the
Towns
,
Citties
and
great
Castles
among
them
,
which
some
speak
of
,
and
of
the
Temples
,
wherein
they
sacrificed
men
,
(
though
that
be
an
ancient
and
generall
custome
among
the
Americans
,
and
those
of
this
Country
barbarous
enough
to
doe
it
)
yet
the
Reader
perhaps
will
be
willing
to
suspend
his
beleefe
a
while
:
as
likewise
he
will
,
for
the
supposed
Mines
of
gold
and
silver
there
:
of
which
(
at
least
as
it
may
seem
)
the
Northerly
scituation
of
the
Country
doth
not
well
permit
us
to
have
such
strong
presumption
.
Of
Brass
and
Iron
,
't
is
likely
enough
there
may
be
good
store
,
if
the
Country
were
searched
.
But
as
yet
the
knowledge
thereof
,
especially
concerning
the
more
Inland
parts
;
remains
very
imperfect
.
Some
English
Adventurers
passing
that
way
,
have
left
names
to
certain
Capes
or
Head-lands
upon
the
Northern
Coasts
of
it
,
and
that
is
all
:
the
chief
of
which
are
these
,
viz.
Cape
Elizabeth
at
the
entrance
into
Hudsons
Streights
Northward
.
Prince
Henries
Foreland
.
Cape
Charles
.
Kings
Foreland
with
with
divers
others
,
more
to
the
South
.
Cape
Wostenholme
and
Digges
his
Island
about
the
mouth
of
the
Streight
;
where
it
opens
it self
and
disembogues
into
a
large
and
capacious
Bay
,
called
(
as
abovesaid
)
Hudsons
Bay
,
and
dividing
these
uttermost
Provinces
of
the
Northern
America
into
two
parts
,
which
some
call
the
Eastern
and
Western
point
;
as
may
be
seen
in
the
Maps
.
The
people
of
the
Country
,
that
are
any
thing
civilized
,
cloath
themselves
commonly
with
Beasts
skins
,
and
with
the
skins
of
the
Sea-calves
otherwise
called
Morses
;
which
are
a
kinde
of
Fish
of
an
Amphibious
nature
,
much
abounding
in
those
Northern
Seas
,
of
the
bigness
of
a
young
Heifer
,
or
Bullock
of
two
yeares
old
,
which
they
hunt
and
take
in
great
numbers
,
especiall
where
the
Whale-fishing
is
not
so
good
;
and
draw
a
good
quantity
of
oile
from
them
,
which
they
call
Train-oile
,
as
they
doe
from
the
Whale
.
The
flesh
of
them
is
counted
reasonable
good
meat
,
of
a
taste
somewhat
like
Porke
:
and
on
each
side
of
their
upper
Jaw
there
groweth
out
a
long
tooth
,
or
Tusk
,
crooked
and
bending
downward
,
not
unlike
to
that
of
an
Elephant
,
each
of
them
a
Cubit
long
sometimes
and
more
,
of
a
substance
white
and
very
hard
like
Ivory
;
for
which
it
commonly
passeth
.
And
it
were
well
,
if
the
deceit
rested
there
,
and
went
no
further
.
For
as
it
seems
,
there
are
some
that
vend
it
for
Unicorns
horn
and
attribute
I
know
not
what
strange
and
sovereign
vertues
to
it
.
An
egregious
imposture
,
of
which
the
learned
Doctor
Brown
doth
likewise
(
as
his
manner
is
)
acutely
and
kindly
admonish
us
.
lib.
3.
chap.
23.
of
his
Psudodox
.
Epidemio
,
above
mentioned
.
3.
Terra
Corterialis
is
a
Province
,
or
Country
of
this
Northern
part
of
America
,
lying
Southward
of
Estotiland
,
and
Northward
of
New-France
or
Canada
,
being
so
named
from
Gaspar
Corterialis
a
Portughese
Gentleman
,
who
in
the
yeare
1500
or
thereabouts
first
discovered
these
parts
,
and
gave
name
to
the
Country
;
but
did
not
much
beside
.
For
returning
the
next
yeare
after
,
with
intention
to
make
a
further
discovery
,
't
is
supposed
he
was
shipwracke
and
drown'd
at
Sea
together
with
his
company
;
of
whom
,
as
Osorius
in
his
history
of
Portugall
,
witnesseth
never
any
returned
or
were
heard
of
:
and
the
like
misfortune
befell
his
Brother
Michael
Corterialis
the
next
yeare
after
;
who
setting
out
two
Ships
to
search
and
enquire
of
,
concerning
the
fortunes
of
his
Brother
Gaspar
,
perished
likewise
in
his
design
,
being
himself
lost
and
all
his
men
:
upon
which
disasters
the
Portugheses
quite
give
over
the
Country
,
and
the
French
succeed
them
,
naming
the
Country
New
Bretain
,
in
reference
to
Bretain
in
France
,
which
it
seemes
,
was
their
native
Country
.
This
was
about
the
year
1504.
The
soil
of
this
Country
is
very
lusty
and
good
,
for
all
sorts
of
grain
generally
,
and
yeelds
a
great
advantage
to
the
Husbandman
,
but
not
without
good
pains
taking
in
the
tillage
and
managing
of
it
:
For
which
reason
it
is
called
by
some
Terra
di
labrador
,
or
the
land
that
requires
Labourers
;
in
allusion
perhaps
to
Terra
di
lavora
,
or
the
Country
of
Campania
in
Italy
,
so
called
from
a
like
property
.
The
people
of
the
Country
,
of
themselves
barbarous
and
savage
enough
,
are
said
to
be
civilized
and
bettered
in
their
manners
by
the
conversation
of
the
French
.
They
live
much
upon
Fish
,
are
excellent
Archers
,
jealous
of
their
Wives
,
and
dwell
for
the
most
part
in
Caves
under
ground
;
beeing
also
much
given
to
Soothsaying
&
Divining
;
further
than
which
they
seem
not
to
have
much
knowledge
,
or
sence
of
any
thing
that
concerns
religion
.
The
Country
was
first
of
all
discovered
by
Sir
Sebastion
Cabot
,
at
the
charges
of
Henery
the
seventh
,
King
of
England
,
as
hath
been
said
;
but
it
was
only
discovered
,
and
the
design
laid
wholly
aside
,
by
reason
of
some
domestick
troubles
,
and
a
Warre
which
the
King
then
had
with
the
Scots
:
whereupon
the
After-comers
tooke
leave
to
enter
.
The
Towns
or
places
,
which
the
French
have
built
since
,
are
cheifly
,
1.
Brest
,
2.
St.
Marie
,
and
3.
Cabo
Marzo
,
as
they
call
it
;
of
which
there
is
little
more
to
be
said
.
4.
Terra
Nova
,
or
New-found
land
,
the
third
part
of
this
Northerly
Province
of
America
,
is
a
great
Island
,
lying
on
the
South
of
Corterialis
,
from
which
it
is
divided
by
a
Frith
,
or
narrow
Sea
,
which
the
French
call
Golf
de
Chastieux
.
This
place
is
chiefly
frequented
for
fishing
;
of
which
there
is
such
plenty
all
along
the
Coasts
of
this
Island
,
and
likewise
of
Terra
Corterialis
adjoyning
to
it
,
that
the
huge
Shoales
of
Cod-fish
doe
sometimes
stay
their
Ships
under
sail
:
besides
great
store
of
other
fish
,
both
of
salt
water
and
fresh
,
as
namely
Herrings
,
Salmons
,
Thornback
,
Smelts
,
excellent
Oysters
,
and
Muscles
that
are
said
to
have
a
kinde
of
Pearl
in
them
;
but
of
what
quality
or
value
,
doth
not
so
well
appear
.
The
Land
within
is
likewise
reported
to
be
a
very
good
Countrie
,
plentifully
stored
with
Deer
and
other
sorts
of
Venison
,
Phesants
,
Partridges
,
Swans
,
with
variety
of
other
good
Fowl
;
lastly
of
a
temperate
Aire
and
Soile
,
not
barren
:
only
the
people
of
it
are
said
to
be
few
,
and
to
inhabit
chiefly
the
Western
and
North-west
parts
of
it
.
But
this
perhaps
may
be
rather
out
of
fear
,
and
to
avoid
the
conversation
of
Strangers
;
which
at
first
they
would
not
endure
but
fled
at
the
sight
of
them
,
being
themselves
altogether
Savage
and
wilde
.
But
since
't
is
said
,
they
grow
more
tractable
,
and
will
be
hired
,
in
time
of
yeer
,
by
the
Portugheses
,
and
other
Nations
that
fish
commonly
for
Whales
in
the
Bay
of
St.
Laurence
,
and
other
places
thereabouts
,
to
help
them
in
the
opening
of
their
Whales
,
boyling
the
fish
,
and
drawing
out
the
Oyle
;
wherein
they
that
will
be
got
to
it
,
are
extremely
diligent
and
ready
to
take
pains
.
They
are
commonly
of
but
mean
stature
,
full
eyed
,
somewhat
broad-faced
,
and
for
the
most
part
beardless
.
Their
houses
are
only
certain
long
Poles
,
set
an
end
sloping
upwards
towards
the
top
,
where
they
are
fastened
together
,
and
covered
downwards
with
the
skins
of
Beasts
,
having
in
the
mid'st
their
hearth
,
or
place
to
make
fire
upon
.
But
that
which
is
most
remarkable
about
this
Island
,
is
the
many
and
fair
Havens
which
it
affordeth
on
all
sides
for
shipping
:
in
which
respect
it
is
though
,
for
the
bigness
,
scarsely
to
be
paralleld
by
any
other
Island
or
Place
in
the
World
:
not
indeed
beautified
with
any
great
Towns
,
or
stately
buildings
,
as
some
are
,
but
affording
commodious
and
secure
station
for
the
tallest
ships
that
come
before
it
;
the
chief
whereof
are
these
:
1.
La
Roigneuse
,
or
Rennosa
,
as
it
is
called
,
six
leagues
Northward
of
the
Cape
Raye
,
which
lyeth
at
the
South-East
angle
of
the
Island
;
a
place
much
resorted
unto
for
fishing
,
from
all
parts
.
2.
Portus
formosus
,
or
the
fair
Haven
,
three
miles
Northward
of
the
other
;
capable
of
great
ships
,
and
bearing
at
least
four
or
five
miles
within
Land
,
or
more
.
3.
Thornbay
,
called
otherwise
by
the
Portugheses
Enseada
grande
,
or
the
great
Bay
,
for
distinction
sake
.
4.
Trinity
Bay
,
on
the
North
of
the
Cape
St.
Francis
,
called
by
the
Spaniards
Baia
de
la
conception
.
This
is
likewise
a
very
large
and
capacious
Bay
,
five
miles
over
,
where
it
is
narrowest
,
having
diverse
great
Rivers
falling
into
it
,
and
some
little
Islands
lying
scatteringly
up
and
down
in
it
,
yet
safe
,
and
affording
very
good
Anchorage
and
riding
for
ships
in
most
parts
.
5.
Bay
Blanche
,
as
the
French
call
it
,
or
White-Bay
,
on
the
North
of
the
Cape
or
Promontory
of
St.
John
.
On
the
South
side
of
the
Island
,
and
Westward
of
Cape
Raye
,
there
is
,
1.
Port
Trespasse
,
an
excellent
and
secure
Harbour
,
having
alwaies
a
reasonable
deep
Sea
,
without
shallows
or
Rocks
.
2.
Port
St.
Marie
,
six
leagues
distant
from
it
.
3.
Port
Presenza
,
by
others
called
Placenza
,
on
the
other
side
of
Cape
St.
Marie
,
towards
the
West
.
4.
Port
du
Basques
,
or
the
Biscayners
Haven
;
and
lastly
on
the
West
side
of
the
Island
,
after
you
have
doubled
Cape
Raye
,
there
is
at
Georges
Bay
,
all
of
them
secure
stations
,
large
and
of
great
resort
.
5.
Before
this
Island
,
right
over
against
Cape
Ray
,
at
a
distance
of
twenty
four
leagues
or
more
,
there
lyeth
an
huge
Bank
or
ridge
of
Land
,
extending
it self
in
length
,
out
of
the
Sea
,
some
hundred
of
leagues
,
if
my
Author
mistake
not
;
but
in
bredth
not
above
four
or
five
and
twenty
,
when
it
is
broadest
:
and
in
other
parts
much
less
,
sharpning
towards
each
end
into
a
Conus
or
narrow
point
.
It
is
counted
one
of
the
Marveils
of
the
Sea
;
which
round
about
it
,
at
some
distance
,
is
very
deep
,
and
hardly
to
be
sounded
,
especially
betwixt
the
Bank
,
(
for
so
they
commonly
call
it
)
and
Cape
Ray
,
but
drawing
neerer
it
grows
by
degrees
more
and
more
shallow
;
insomuch
that
nigh
the
Land
,
there
is
not
much
more
water
than
is
necessary
for
the
ships
riding
.
It
runneth
out
in
length
,
as
was
said
,
from
North
to
South
,
from
fourty
one
degrees
of
latitude
to
fiftie
two
;
and
round
about
it
there
lye
scattered
a
multitude
of
lesser
Islands
;
which
Sir
Sebastian
Cabot
,
when
he
first
discovered
,
the
place
called
by
one
common
name
Los
Baccaleos
,
or
the
Islands
of
Cod-fish
,
from
the
great
quantity
of
that
sort
of
fish
hee
there
found
:
which
was
such
,
that
they
hindred
the
passage
of
his
ships
,
and
lay
in
such
multitudes
upon
the
Coasts
,
that
the
very
Bears
would
come
and
catch
them
in
their
claws
,
and
draw
them
to
Land
.
This
place
,
I
say
,
with
the
rest
was
first
discovered
by
Sir
Sebastian
Cabot
,
upon
the
English
account
;
howbeit
the
matter
happened
to
be
lay'd
aside
upon
the
aforesaid
occasions
;
till
in
King
Henery
the
eight
his
time
,
it
was
revived
again
by
Thorn
and
Eliot
,
two
Merchants
of
Bristoll
,
but
without
success
:
after
which
the
Portugheses
,
French
,
and
other
Nations
,
resort
to
it
and
change
the
names
which
the
first
discoverers
had
given
to
the
Bayes
and
Capes
thereabouts
.
But
the
English
not
relinquishing
their
pretensions
of
primier
discovery
and
seisin
,
about
the
yeer
1583
Sir
Humfry
Gilbert
took
possession
of
it
again
,
in
the
name
of
Queen
Elizabeth
,
and
prohibited
all
Nations
the
liberty
of
fishing
there
,
without
the
Queen
of
Englands
leave
.
But
he
being
unhappily
wracked
in
his
coming
home
,
the
business
was
again
discontinued
for
a
time
,
viz.
till
the
year
1608
,
when
it
was
undertaken
a
new
by
John
Guy
,
another
Merchant
of
Bristoll
;
and
with
so
good
success
,
that
the
Colony
in
a
short
time
were
well
furnished
with
Wheat
,
Rye
,
Barley
,
and
other
grain
of
their
own
sowing
,
with
Turnips
,
Coleworts
,
and
aboundance
of
other
necessary
things
,
not
without
some
probable
hopes
of
Metals
,
a
certain
and
plentifull
trade
of
Sables
,
Musk
,
and
other
rich
Commodities
,
and
such
excellent
good
fishing
,
especially
for
Codfish
and
Ling
,
that
't
is
said
some
English-men
doe
ordinarily
take
two
or
three
hundred
of
them
in
the
space
of
three
or
four
houres
;
which
from
thence
they
conveigh
,
as
a
sure
and
ready
Merchandise
,
into
most
parts
of
Europe
.
CHAP.
III.
Of
Canada
and
the
Countries
belonging
to
it
.
1
CAnada
,
or
New
France
,
is
a
large
Province
of
this
Northern
part
of
America
,
bounded
Northward
with
Terra
Corterialis
abovesaid
,
and
on
the
South
with
that
part
of
Virginia
which
is
called
New
England
:
on
the
East
it
is
washed
with
the
Ocean
or
North
Sea
;
the
Western
borders
of
it
being
not
yet
fully
discovered
or
known
.
It
hath
its
name
from
the
River
Canada
,
which
watereth
the
whole
Province
,
running
through
the
midest
of
it
,
and
is
counted
one
of
the
fairest
and
greatest
Rivers
of
America
;
where
yet
it
is
suppposed
there
are
the
fairest
and
greatest
of
all
the
World
beside
.
It
hath
its
head
or
spring
in
those
undiscovered
parts
of
this
Northerly
tract
,
which
remain
yet
unknown
;
and
runs
generally
with
a
large
and
violent
stream
,
having
in
it
many
Cataracts
,
or
falls
of
the
Water
,
as
it
were
,
from
some
Rocks
lying
in
the
channels
which
renders
the
passage
of
it
up
the
stream
extremely
difficult
,
and
downwards
no
less
dangerous
.
In
some
places
it
swells
and
spreads
it self
out
into
large
and
huge
Lakes
,
containing
,
some
of
them
,
one
hundred
miles
in
compass
,
and
having
diverse
small
Islands
scattered
up
and
down
in
them
:
after
which
it
is
presently
again
reduced
into
a
narrower
channel
,
of
a
league
or
two
leagues
broad
generally
.
Thus
it
runneth
turning
and
winding
up
and
down
the
Country
,
as
't
is
supposed
,
some
hundred
of
leagues
from
its
head-spring
;
till
at
last
having
received
into
its
channel
many
lesser
Rivers
of
the
Countrie
,
it
empties
it self
into
a
great
Bay
,
which
they
call
the
Bay
of
St.
Lawrence
;
being
at
the
mouth
no
less
thin
thirty
or
fourty
leagues
broad
,
as
it
is
said
,
and
one
hundred
and
fifty
fathom
deep
of
water
.
The
French
Authors
report
,
that
it
hath
been
actually
searched
for
above
one
thousand
two
hundred
miles
and
upward
from
the
Bay
:
and
that
the
Savages
living
thereabouts
,
doe
speak
confidently
,
of
certain
Bayes
of
Salt-water
more
towards
the
South
;
and
of
great
vessels
which
they
have
seen
that
way
:
which
,
if
true
,
must
necessarily
be
from
the
South
Sea
.
But
I
perceive
not
that
any
farther
enquiry
hath
been
made
by
them
about
it
;
as
doubtless
a
business
of
so
great
importance
would
deserve
,
viz.
to
finde
such
a
commodious
and
easie
passage
into
the
South
Sea
,
and
thereby
to
the
other
Indies
.
Therefore
I
suppose
those
relations
are
not
much
credited
.
The
Countrie
on
both
sides
the
River
,
is
reasonably
pleasant
and
fertil
,
especially
on
the
South
or
South-west
of
it
;
where
it
seemeth
to
be
a
little
mountainous
,
the
ground
ascending
,
for
the
most
part
upwards
from
the
River
,
and
rising
with
many
little
hills
,
clad
most
of
them
with
Vines
,
of
which
there
is
great
aboundance
in
the
Countrie
,
and
other
trees
,
and
divided
frequently
with
other
lesser
streams
,
which
at
several
places
doe
all
of
them
fall
into
the
great
River
.
In
this
Countrie
the
French
hitherto
,
I
suppose
,
have
made
the
greatest
discoveries
of
any
other
Nation
;
yet
not
the
first
,
but
following
the
tract
of
Corterialis
and
Sir
Sebastian
Cabot
,
that
went
before
them
.
The
whole
Country
containeth
these
particular
Provinces
,
or
subdivisions
,
viz.
1.
New-France
,
more
especially
so
called
.
2.
Nova-Scotia
.
3.
Norimbegua
:
and
4.
some
Islands
adjoyning
.
2.
New-France
,
specially
so
called
,
lyeth
on
the
North-side
of
the
River
Canada
,
somewhat
what
inclining
towards
the
East
;
and
on
the
South
of
Terra
Corterialis
:
but
in
the
Western
,
or
more
inland
parts
,
the
River
divideth
it
in
the
midst
,
the
French
having
seated
themselves
on
both
sides
of
it
.
The
Countrie
naturally
aboundeth
with
Staggs
,
and
other
sorts
of
wilde
Deer
,
Bears
,
Marterns
,
Foxes
,
and
Hares
;
of
which
last
there
is
such
plenty
,
that
the
French
call
one
of
the
Islands
,
Isle
aux
Lieures
,
or
the
Island
of
Hares
.
They
have
likewise
good
store
of
Conies
:
Fish
and
Fowl
in
aboundance
;
only
they
complain
the
Winter
is
long
,
that
the
Snow
lyeth
upon
the
ground
sometimes
till
a
good
part
of
May
be
past
,
and
that
the
North-west
winde
,
especially
in
Winter
,
blows
very
cold
there
,
and
brings
aboundance
of
Snow
with
it
.
The
Countrie
hath
very
much
wood
;
but
otherwise
of
a
Soile
not
unapt
for
Corne
,
especially
Pulse
,
and
such
like
grain
;
of
which
it
affordeth
extraordinarie
increase
.
But
the
peculiar
Commodity
of
the
Countrie
seems
to
be
their
Chains
of
Esurgnuy
,
as
they
call
it
,
which
some
say
is
only
a
kinde
of
shel-fish
of
exceeding
white
colour
;
yet
found
to
be
of
soveraign
vertue
for
the
stanching
of
blood
:
in
which
respect
they
make
both
Beads
and
Bracelets
of
them
,
and
not
only
use
them
,
but
vend
them
also
as
a
chief
Commoditie
;
though
others
,
as
Laet
,
out
of
the
Commentaries
of
the
French-men
themselves
,
seem
to
report
otherwise
,
and
to
describe
the
use
and
making
of
Esurgnuy
only
as
a
piece
of
superstition
among
the
Savages
,
about
some
dead
men
.
The
People
,
when
the
French
came
first
among
them
,
were
altogether
rude
and
barbarous
,
as
the
most
part
of
them
continue
still
;
living
generally
without
houses
or
any
certain
places
of
abode
;
goe
naked
,
save
only
that
they
have
a
little
piece
of
some
Beasts
skin
bound
about
their
middle
.
Those
about
the
Sea
coasts
live
most
upon
fishing
;
which
they
practise
in
certain
light
boats
,
which
at
night
they
are
able
to
draw
to
draw
to
Land
,
without
much
help
;
and
but
turning
the
bottom
upward
,
they
serve
them
for
an
house
to
sleep
in
.
The
Countrie
affords
good
plenty
of
Maiz
in
many
places
,
but
it
is
said
to
be
the
Womens
work
both
to
digge
the
ground
and
sow
it
;
the
Men
giving
themselves
to
no
kinde
of
labour
,
but
only
of
hunting
and
fishing
.
Among
many
other
bad
enough
,
they
are
said
to
have
one
vile
custome
among
them
,
which
is
,
that
the
young
Maidens
,
when
they
are
fourteen
or
fifteen
yeers
old
,
have
leave
to
prostitute
themselves
to
all
Comers
;
and
that
they
marrie
not
usually
,
till
they
have
thus
satiated
themselves
with
promiscuous
lust
for
the
space
of
4
or
5
yeers
together
:
after
which
,
notwithstanding
they
take
husbands
,
and
prove
so
extremely
loving
and
constant
(
if
a
man
could
beleeve
it
)
that
they
never
marrie
twice
,
but
after
their
rude
manner
mourn
for
their
Husbands
all
their
life
long
.
They
have
some
few
Towns
;
the
chief
whereof
are
these
,
viz.
1.
Hochelaga
,
said
to
be
the
seat
and
residence
of
a
King
of
this
Countrie
,
which
at
least
some
of
the
Natives
acknowledge
,
and
exceedingly
reverence
,
carrying
him
sometimes
in
great
pomp
upon
their
shoulders
,
sitting
upon
a
Carpet
of
Beasts
skins
.
This
Town
,
if
there
be
any
such
(
for
it
must
be
confessed
,
the
reports
concerning
it
are
not
so
certain
)
is
situate
far
within
Land
,
at
a
distance
of
six
or
seaven
leagues
from
the
River
Canada
;
and
is
a
kinde
of
fortified
place
,
encompassed
about
with
a
three-fold
course
of
Timber-ramparts
one
within
another
,
of
about
two
Rods
high
from
the
ground
,
with
cross
planks
or
pieces
of
Timber
,
laid
out
on
purpose
to
hinder
the
scaling
,
or
getting
up
,
by
an
Enemie
.
Towards
the
top
there
is
,
as
it
were
,
a
Scaffold
or
Gallery
framed
,
from
whence
they
may
throw
down
stones
(
of
which
there
is
alwaies
good
store
ready
)
or
what
else
they
have
to
annoy
the
assaylants
.
It
hath
one
only
Gate
for
entrance
,
and
that
likewise
well
fortified
,
after
their
manner
.
There
are
said
to
be
in
it
fifty
or
threescore
great
houses
,
built
,
(
as
the
manner
of
the
Americans
generally
is
,
that
use
houses
)
in
a
square
figure
,
each
side
being
about
fiftie
foot
long
or
more
,
and
sixteen
or
twenty
broad
,
but
not
many
stories
high
;
and
in
the
midest
of
the
Court
or
void
space
,
a
place
to
make
their
fire
,
and
doe
other
necessary
work
about
it
.
The
Countrie
round
about
this
Town
pleasant
and
good
.
2.
Stadac
,
or
as
some
call
it
Stadacone
,
another
Town
of
the
Natives
,
not
far
from
the
Isle
d'
Orleance
Westward
.
3.
Quebeque
,
another
old
Town
,
which
the
French
,
having
first
expelled
the
Natives
,
and
made
it
a
Colonie
of
their
own
,
have
since
named
St.
Croix
.
4.
Tadousac
,
a
Town
lying
at
the
mouth
of
the
River
Saguenay
,
having
a
small
Haven
,
but
very
safe
,
and
capable
of
ten
or
twenty
good
ships
.
5.
France-Roy
:
This
is
little
more
than
a
Castle
and
Fort
,
built
by
Mounsieur
Robeval
,
a
French
man
,
at
his
first
landing
there
,
about
the
yeer
1540.
And
lastly
St.
Lewis
,
a
place
which
the
French
designed
for
a
Colonie
,
in
the
year
1611
,
under
the
command
of
Monsieur
Champlain
;
but
it
came
not
to
effect
,
by
reason
of
the
Iroquois
,
a
Savage
and
war-like
People
on
the
South-side
of
the
River
Canada
,
who
doe
often
trouble
and
alarme
the
French
in
their
Quarters
,
and
particularly
hindred
this
Plantation
.
3.
Nova-Scotia
,
or
New-Scotland
,
is
a
part
of
this
Province
of
America
,
so
named
by
Sir
William
Alexander
,
a
Scottish
Gentleman
,
to
whom
King
James
gave
it
by
Letters
Patents
,
in
the
year
1621
,
being
made
afterwards
Secretary
of
State
for
Scotland
;
and
after
that
,
by
King
Charles
,
Earl
of
Sterling
.
It
containeth
all
that
part
of
the
Province
of
Canada
,
or
New-France
,
which
the
French
call
Accadie
,
or
sometimes
Cadia
,
(
which
properly
is
only
a
Peninsula
,
or
half
Island
lying
thereabouts
)
together
with
so
much
of
the
main
Land
as
lyeth
between
the
River
Canada
,
and
the
Bay
Francoise
,
that
is
,
reaching
from
the
River
of
St.
Croix
,
upon
the
West
,
to
the
Isle
of
Assumption
in
the
East
.
This
was
done
presently
after
that
Sir
Samuell
Argall
,
Governour
of
Virginia
,
had
outed
the
French
of
all
their
possessions
on
the
South-side
of
Canada
,
that
is
,
such
as
lay
within
the
bounds
of
Virginia
and
New-England
,
where
they
had
not
any
thing
to
doe
;
much
less
to
molest
and
make-warre
upon
such
people
as
lived
quietly
under
the
protection
of
the
English
.
But
the
Patentee
after
sometime
,
finding
that
to
plant
and
maintain
Colonies
,
was
no
business
to
be
undertaken
by
a
single
person
,
sold
Port-royall
,
which
was
the
principall
place
he
had
there
,
to
the
French
,
and
wholly
discontinued
his
endeavours
in
the
rest
,
which
the
French
therefore
have
since
possessed
.
The
places
of
chief
importance
in
this
Country
are
,
1.
Port-royall
above
mentioned
.
This
was
first
a
Colony
of
French
,
planted
there
,
by
Monsieur
de
Montz
about
the
yeare
1604.
but
being
destroyed
by
the
English
from
Virginia
,
about
the
yeare
1613.
it
was
granted
to
Sir
William
Alexander
;
who
as
we
heard
,
sold
it
back
again
to
the
French
,
and
they
took
possession
of
it
the
second
time
,
and
upon
another
account
.
Howbeit
,
if
report
speak
true
,
as
the
affaires
of
the
world
are
alwais
uncertain
,
it
is
now
again
very
lately
taken
from
them
by
some
English
,
commanded
by
Major
Sedgwick
.
It
hath
a
reasonable
good
Haven
belonging
to
it
,
of
a
mile
broad
and
more
within
,
and
two
miles
in
length
:
the
mouth
or
entrance
being
somewhat
narrower
,
but
neere
upon
a
mile
over
.
2.
St.
Lukes
Bay
,
so
named
by
the
Colony
which
Sir
William
Alexander
sent
thither
;
but
by
the
French
Port
au
Mouton
,
or
Sheeps
Bay
.
3.
Gaspe
or
Gachepe
,
another
fair
Port
right
over
against
the
Isle
of
Assumption
.
4.
To
the
Southwest
of
Nova
Scotia
,
and
Nothward
of
Virginia
,
lieth
the
Country
of
Norim
begua
,
so
generally
called
,
and
as
it
hath
been
thought
,
from
a
great
City
or
Town
in
this
Province
,
or
from
a
River
bearing
the
same
name
.
But
as
for
the
first
,
later
discoveries
finde
none
such
;
and
as
for
the
River
that
should
be
called
Norimbegua
;
it
is
likewise
swallowed
up
in
that
which
is
more
truely
called
Pemtegovet
:
which
is
indeed
a
fair
River
running
many
miles
together
in
this
Tract
,
but
not
well
navigable
above
twenty
or
thirty
at
the
most
,
by
reason
of
the
Cataracts
or
great
falls
of
water
which
it
hath
;
and
which
are
an
inconvenience
incident
unto
many
other
Rivers
of
the
New
World
,
and
doth
make
them
at
severall
places
unpassable
.
The
mouth
of
this
River
is
said
to
be
eight
or
nine
miles
broad
having
many
little
mountainous
Islands
lying
before
and
about
it
;
one
whereof
the
French
call
La
Isle
haute
,
from
the
great
height
which
it
seemeth
to
beare
to
them
at
Sea
.
Westward
of
this
River
Pemtegovet
,
at
a
distance
of
twenty
or
thirty
miles
there
emptyeth
it self
another
great
River
into
the
Sea
,
which
they
call
Quinnebequi
,
but
the
English
,
as
Laet
reporteth
,
Sagadahoc
:
betwixt
and
about
which
two
Rivers
the
cheif
and
most
known
parts
of
this
Country
of
Norimbegua
lyeth
,
saving
only
a
small
Southerly
Tract
upon
another
River
which
they
call
Chovacovet
.
The
aire
of
this
whole
Country
is
found
to
be
of
a
very
good
temperature
,
and
the
soil
,
if
it
were
used
,
supposed
to
be
no
less
fruitfull
;
especially
towards
the
Rivers
,
and
where
it
is
not
mountainous
or
overgrown
with
Woods
,
as
it
is
in
some
parts
;
where
yet
it
affords
much
good
Timber
,
abundance
of
Walnut
trees
,
and
of
other
Nuts
,
Firre-trees
,
Beech
,
with
much
other
necessary
and
usefull
wood
:
elsewhere
there
is
as
much
good
pasturage
and
very
fair
plains
;
only
the
Sea
Coasts
are
said
to
be
shallow
and
full
of
sands
;
so
that
the
sailing
neer
is
generally
accounted
but
dangerous
;
and
which
I
suppose
,
may
be
some
,
reason
why
there
occurres
not
upon
these
Coasts
,
any
particular
Ports
or
havens
,
which
as
yet
Authors
seem
to
have
thought
worthy
of
their
report
.
5.
There
are
adjoyning
to
these
parts
of
Canada
or
New-France
,
cerain
Islands
,
which
although
they
come
not
under
any
one
common
name
,
yet
it
seemes
most
fit
,
that
we
should
take
notice
of
them
as
Appurtenances
to
this
Country
.
The
Principall
of
these
are
,
1.
Natiscotec
,
or
the
Isle
of
Assumption
,
situate
in
the
very
mouth
of
the
great
River
of
Canada
.
It
was
discovered
first
in
the
yeare
1534.
by
Jaques
Cartier
a
French
man
,
and
contains
in
length
thirty
leagues
or
more
,
but
in
breadth
not
much
above
seven
or
eight
.
The
Island
is
for
the
most
part
very
plain
and
level
,
and
of
a
soil
fruitfull
enough
if
it
had
Inhabitants
:
plentifully
stored
both
with
fowl
and
fish
,
having
convenient
roades
but
no
very
good
harbours
for
Ships
to
stand
and
abide
in
.
2.
Rameae
.
These
are
,
as
it
were
,
a
Fry
of
Islets
,
or
lesser
Islands
,
lying
together
in
the
great
Gulf
or
Bay
of
Saint
Lawrence
,
on
the
South-side
of
Natiscotec
;
being
a
place
much
resorted
to
by
the
French
,
for
the
Morsefishing
in
time
of
the
year
,
of
which
we
have
spoken
something
already
.
They
are
so
numerous
upon
these
Coasts
,
that
a
small
French
Bark
,
't
is
said
will
catch
one
thousand
or
five
hundred
of
them
in
a
few
houres
;
and
so
large
,
fat
,
and
unctious
withall
,
that
of
the
bellies
of
five
or
six
Morses
,
they
make
an
Hogs-head
or
more
of
Trane-oile
,
as
good
as
that
which
they
have
of
the
Whale
;
beside
the
benefit
of
their
flesh
,
which
they
say
,
especially
if
it
be
young
,
is
as
tender
and
sweet
as
Veale
.
The
skins
of
them
they
dress
,
as
we
doe
our
Oxe-hides
;
and
they
say
,
they
are
twice
as
thick
and
serviceable
upon
any
occasion
.
3.
Brion
,
a
small
Island
Southward
of
the
Rameae
,
not
above
two
or
three
leagues
in
length
,
and
about
so
much
likewise
in
breadth
,
but
of
a
rich
Soil
and
excellent
good
pasturage
,
though
shaded
in
some
places
with
many
tall
and
lofty
trees
of
severall
kindes
;
having
another
lesser
Island
neighbouring
upon
it
,
which
they
call
Isle
Blanche
,
or
the
white
Island
,
of
like
fertility
with
it self
.
4.
Insula
Britonum
,
or
Isle
Breton
,
called
also
sometimes
the
Isle
of
Saint
Lawrence
.
This
lyeth
to
the
South-East
of
the
Isle
Brion
,
of
a
Triangular
forme
,
containing
about
eighty
leagues
in
compass
,
mountainous
for
a
great
part
of
it
and
rugged
,
but
in
the
Valleys
more
fruitfull
and
pleasant
;
having
no
Rivers
,
at
least
not
any
that
are
much
known
,
but
instead
thereof
,
embraced
much
with
armes
of
the
Sea
,
and
thereby
not
unlikly
to
be
well
stored
with
fish
upon
the
Coasts
of
it
.
In
the
midst
of
the
Country
there
is
a
great
Lake
,
which
containes
within
it
many
lesser
Islands
.
The
Woods
well
replenished
with
most
sorts
of
Deere
,
a
kinde
of
black
Foxes
,
and
aboundance
of
the
American
Birds
,
which
they
call
Pengwins
.
The
chief
Port
,
or
Haven
of
it
is
New-port
,
called
by
the
French
Port
aux
Anglois
,
because
much
frequented
by
the
English
in
regard
of
the
fishing
.
Lastly
,
there
is
the
Isle
de
Sable
,
so
called
by
the
French
,
as
't
is
supposed
,
from
the
Sands
which
lye
so
much
about
it
,
containing
about
fifteen
leagues
in
compass
,
and
distant
from
Breton-Isle
not
much
less
than
twenty
or
thirty
leagues
;
held
to
be
of
an
unsafe
landing
,
by
reason
of
the
said
sands
lying
about
it
:
and
therefore
though
the
planting
of
it
hath
been
twice
attempted
by
the
French
,
and
once
by
the
Portugheses
,
yet
the
business
never
had
success
.
The
Inland
parts
of
this
whole
country
of
Canada
,
are
still
in
the
hands
of
the
Savages
or
Natives
,
and
not
much
discovered
further
than
to
know
the
names
of
the
people
:
the
chief
whereof
that
occurre
,
are
these
,
viz.
the
Iroquois
,
a
stout
and
warlike
people
on
the
Northeast
of
Norimbegua
,
often
molesting
the
French
.
The
Souriquois
and
Etechemins
in
the
Country
of
Accadie
,
or
New-Scotland
,
who
are
more
their
friends
,
and
doe
help
them
somtimes
against
the
Iroquois
.
Beside
on
the
banks
,
and
about
the
River
of
Canada
,
there
are
the
Algoumequins
,
the
Algoiugequins
,
Quenongebins
,
Attagopautans
,
and
many
other
Montagnets
of
such
harsh
names
,
that
we
should
be
enforced
almost
to
pass
them
over
in
silence
,
though
they
otherwise
deserv'd
to
be
named
:
only
this
we
may
observe
in
the
general
,
of
the
Savages
of
these
parts
of
America
,
viz.
That
as
ignorant
and
barbarous
as
they
are
,
yet
they
have
made
shift
to
discover
the
Factions
,
Emulations
,
and
Enmities
than
are
amongst
the
European
People
that
come
thither
;
and
are
able
to
make
such
advantage
of
it
,
by
siding
some
of
them
with
the
one
,
and
some
with
the
other
,
that
they
all
preserve
their
liberty
by
it
:
So
that
as
yet
the
footing
which
either
the
French
,
English
,
or
any
other
Nation
have
among
them
,
seems
rather
to
be
for
the
security
of
their
own
abode
and
trading
where
they
live
,
than
to
give
them
any
absolute
right
of
possession
;
much
less
any
general
command
of
the
Countrie
.
CHAP.
IIII.
Of
Virginia
and
the
Countries
thereto
belonging
.
1.
VIrginia
,
so
named
by
Sir
Walter
Rawleigh
,
about
the
year
1584
,
in
honour
of
our
Maiden
Queen
Elizabeth
,
of
famous
Memorie
,
is
a
fair
Province
of
this
Northern
part
of
America
;
bounded
on
the
North
with
Canada
,
on
the
East
with
the
Sea
called
Mare
del
Nort
,
on
the
South
with
Florida
;
the
Western
confines
of
it
being
not
yet
known
;
but
supposed
,
and
perhaps
not
altogether
improbably
,
to
extend
themselves
as
far
as
the
South
Sea
.
The
more
inland
parts
of
the
Countrie
are
mountainous
and
somewhat
barren
;
but
otherwise
thick
set
with
Woods
,
and
those
as
well
replenished
with
wild
Beasts
,
Venison
,
and
a
sort
of
People
,
not
much
less
wilde
and
savage
than
Beasts
:
the
Maritime
parts
more
plain
and
fruitfull
.
The
whole
Countrie
extends
it self
from
North
to
South
,
that
is
to
say
,
from
the
Southermost
parts
of
Norimbega
to
Florida
,
full
ten
degrees
of
latitude
,
viz.
from
thirty
four
to
fourty
four
,
containing
thereby
inclusively
six
hundred
common
or
English
miles
:
being
sub-divided
into
three
inferiour
Provinces
or
Parts
,
which
are
these
,
viz.
1.
New-England
,
2.
Novum-Belgium
,
or
Neiw-Nederlands
,
as
our
Neighbours
call
it
.
And
3.
Virginia
,
properly
so
called
:
to
which
,
because
it
is
an
English
Plantation
,
and
a
part
of
this
Western
World
,
it
shall
not
be
amiss
to
add
the
Bermudae
Islands
.
2.
New-England
is
that
part
of
this
Province
of
America
which
lyeth
next
to
Canada
,
or
New
France
,
by
which
it
is
bordered
towards
the
North
,
Eastward
with
Norimbegua
,
on
the
South
and
South-west
with
Niew-Nederlande
:
the
other
borders
,
that
is
,
directly
Westward
,
remaining
yet
unknown
.
The
Countrie
lyeth
about
the
middle
of
the
Temperate
Zone
,
betwixt
the
degrees
of
fourty
one
and
fourty
four
,
being
naturally
of
the
same
degree
of
heat
with
France
or
Italy
,
parallel
to
which
it
lyeth
in
the
Western
Hemisphere
;
but
yet
these
heats
so
moderated
and
allayed
by
the
coldness
of
the
adjoyning
Seas
,
that
the
Country
generally
is
found
very
agreeable
to
English
bodies
.
The
Soil
abundantly
fruitfull
,
not
only
of
the
natural
Commodities
of
the
Place
,
but
likewise
of
all
such
as
are
transported
thither
out
of
England
.
Great
store
of
Woods
and
Trees
both
for
Fruit
and
Building
;
plenty
of
Deer
;
and
of
Turkies
,
Partridges
,
Swans
,
Geese
,
Cranes
,
Ducks
,
and
Pigeons
,
so
great
aboundance
,
as
serve
the
Inhabitants
almost
to
excess
.
But
the
Commodities
whereby
they
chiefly
maintain
their
Trade
,
are
rich
Furres
,
many
sorts
of
good
Fish
,
some
quantity
of
Amber
,
Flax
,
Linnen
,
Iron
,
Pitch
,
Masts
,
Cables
,
yea
and
timber
for
Shipping
.
In
a
word
,
it
is
supposed
by
those
which
seem
to
understand
the
Country
well
,
That
there
is
little
coms
for
England
by
the
way
of
the
Sound
,
but
might
be
had
from
hence
,
at
easier
rates
and
less
trouble
,
if
the
busines
were
well
considered
.
The
Natives
of
the
Countrie
are
said
to
be
much
better
disposed
,
more
tractable
,
docil
,
and
apt
to
be
perswaded
to
civility
,
than
their
Neighbours
;
especially
when
they
are
fairly
dealt
withall
,
and
not
provoked
into
distemper
by
rough
handling
.
The
Countrie
on
the
Sea
side
replenished
with
very
good
Havens
.
They
report
,
that
in
the
space
of
70
miles
,
there
are
no
less
than
twenty
or
twenty
five
good
and
secure
ports
,
some
of
them
capable
of
five
hundred
or
a
thousand
sail
of
ships
,
and
fenced
from
the
fury
of
windes
and
Sea
,
by
the
interposition
of
certain
Islets
,
which
,
to
the
number
of
two
hundred
at
least
,
are
said
to
lye
scattered
up
and
down
upon
that
Coast
.
The
places
where
the
English
have
chiefly
seated
themselves
,
are
,
1.
St.
Georges
Fort
;
where
the
first
Plantation
was
setled
,
at
the
mouth
of
the
River
Sagahadoc
,
in
a
kinde
of
Peninsula
or
half-Island
.
2.
New-Plimouth
,
seated
no
less
commodiously
upon
a
large
and
spacious
Bay
,
called
by
the
Natives
Patouxet
.
It
consisted
at
the
first
building
but
of
nineteen
Families
only
,
but
is
now
improved
into
a
handsome
Town
.
3.
New-Bristoll
,
upon
the
Sea
side
also
,
but
lying
more
Northerly
than
Plimouth
.
4.
Barstable
.
5.
Boston
:
And
lastly
Quillipiack
,
which
by
the
name
seems
to
have
been
some
old
Town
of
the
Natives
,
who
upon
a
great
mortality
happening
among
them
,
are
said
to
have
diserted
these
parts
of
the
Countrie
but
a
few
years
before
the
English
came
thither
:
It
lyeth
upon
a
Bay
called
the
Bay
of
the
Massachousetts
,
and
is
at
present
possessed
by
the
English
.
This
part
of
Virginia
was
first
discovered
by
Captain
Gosnold
,
in
the
year
1602.
Four
years
after
that
King
James
granted
it
by
Letters
Patents
unto
a
Corporation
of
certain
Knights
,
Gentlemen
,
and
Merchants
to
be
planted
by
them
and
managed
to
the
best
advantage
of
the
Publique
:
In
which
Sir
John
Popham
,
Lord
chief
Justice
of
the
Common-Pleas
,
being
one
of
the
principall
,
by
his
encouragement
,
and
chiefly
also
at
his
charge
a
Colony
was
sent
thither
in
the
year
1607
,
under
the
Presidencie
of
Captain
George
Popham
,
and
Mr.
Raleigh
Gilbert
:
but
the
President
Popham
dying
the
next
year
after
,
and
not
long
after
him
the
Lord
chief-Justice
likewise
,
who
was
the
chief
Patron
of
the
work
,
the
Colonie
returned
home
:
and
though
afterwards
it
was
attempted
several
times
,
yet
never
could
they
finde
success
in
their
endeavors
,
nor
be
setled
in
any
form
,
till
the
year
1620
:
When
,
by
the
building
of
New-Plimouth
,
and
some
more
particular
care
had
of
the
business
,
by
several
incouragements
sent
from
thence
to
bring
on
others
,
and
by
reason
of
some
domestick
motives
which
perswaded
many
people
to
leave
their
Countrie
and
goe
that
way
,
it
is
grown
at
last
to
a
very
probable
and
hopefull
condition
of
good
subsistence
for
the
future
,
being
,
for
many
temporal
respects
,
worthy
of
all
favour
and
cherishing
by
the
State
.
3.
Novum-Belgium
,
or
Niew-Nederlandt
,
hath
on
the
North-East
New-England
,
on
the
South
and
South-West
Virginia
,
properly
so
called
;
taking
its
name
from
the
Netherlanders
or
Dutchmen
,
who
began
their
Plantation
there
about
the
year
1614
:
The
Countrie
,
as
they
said
,
being
then
void
,
and
therefore
free
for
any
body
that
would
take
possession
of
it
:
Notwithstanding
which
pretence
,
they
were
scarse
warm
in
their
Quarters
,
when
Sir
Sam.
Argall
,
Governour
of
Virginia
,
having
first
spoyled
the
French
in
Accadie
,
as
we
said
,
disputed
the
possession
with
these
also
.
And
although
they
pleaded
Hudsons
right
(
who
by
Commission
from
King
James
,
and
upon
an
English
account
,
had
lately
discovered
those
parts
)
and
pretended
they
had
not
only
bought
all
his
Cards
and
Maps
of
the
Countrie
,
but
all
his
Interest
and
Right
also
,
and
had
fully
contented
him
for
all
his
pains
and
charges
in
the
discovery
;
yet
the
said
Hudson
,
being
an
English
man
,
and
acting
all
that
he
did
,
by
Commission
from
the
King
of
England
,
upon
debate
it
was
concluded
,
That
the
Land
could
not
be
alienated
after
discoverie
,
without
the
King
of
Englands
consent
;
especially
it
being
but
a
part
of
the
Province
of
Virginia
,
already
possessed
by
the
Subjects
of
England
:
So
that
they
were
forced
to
wave
that
title
,
and
the
Dutch
Governor
submitted
his
Plantation
to
his
Majestie
of
England
,
and
to
the
Governor
of
Virginia
,
for
and
under
him
:
Upon
which
Terms
,
for
a
good
while
,
they
held
it
.
Afterwards
,
upon
confidence
,
it
seems
,
of
a
new
Governour
sent
from
Amsterdam
,
they
not
only
failed
to
pay
the
promised
contribution
and
tribute
,
but
fell
to
fortifie
themselves
,
and
to
entitle
the
Merchants
of
Amsterdam
to
an
absolute
Propriety
and
Dominion
of
the
Countrie
,
independent
of
any
other
;
building
Towns
,
as
New
Amsterdam
,
raising
Forts
,
as
Orange
Fort
,
neer
that
branch
of
the
Nordt
River
,
which
they
call
Hell
gates
.
Complaint
whereof
being
made
to
King
Charles
,
and
by
his
Embassador
represented
to
the
States
,
they
disown
the
business
,
and
declare
by
publique
instrument
,
that
they
were
not
interessed
in
it
,
but
that
it
was
only
a
private
undertaking
,
viz.
of
the
West
Indian
Company
of
Amsterdam
.
Whereupon
a
Commission
was
granted
to
Sir
George
Culvert
,
made
Lord
Baltimore
in
Ireland
,
to
possess
and
plant
the
Southern
parts
thereof
,
lying
towards
Virginia
,
by
the
name
of
Maryland
;
and
to
Sir
Edmund
Loyden
to
plant
the
Northern
parts
towards
New-England
,
by
the
name
of
Nova-Albion
:
Which
makes
the
Dutch
the
second
time
seem
willing
to
compound
;
and
for
the
summe
of
two
thousand
and
five
hundred
pounds
,
they
offer
to
be
gone
,
and
leave
all
they
had
there
.
But
by
advantage
of
the
troubles
in
England
,
which
then
began
to
appear
,
and
soon
after
followed
,
they
not
only
goe
back
from
their
first
Propositions
,
and
make
higher
demands
,
but
also
most
mischievously
and
wickedly
(
as
some
report
)
they
furnish
the
Natives
with
Arms
,
and
teach
them
the
use
of
them
,
as
it
may
be
thought
,
expecting
to
use
their
help
,
upon
occasion
,
against
the
English
.
An
Act
questionless
of
very
pernicious
consequence
,
not
only
to
the
English
Adventurers
,
who
have
since
been
much
damnified
and
prejudiced
by
the
said
Natives
in
their
Plantations
,
but
also
to
the
Dutch
themselves
;
who
,
as
't
is
reported
,
were
the
first
,
or
with
the
first
,
that
smarted
by
it
:
The
Savages
,
being
thus
arm'd
and
train'd
,
first
of
all
falling
foule
upon
them
,
destroying
their
Farm-houses
,
and
forcing
them
to
betake
themselves
to
their
Forts
and
Fastnesses
:
So
that
at
present
there
is
but
little
good
account
can
be
given
further
of
the
State
of
this
Countrie
.
As
to
the
nature
and
quality
of
the
soil
,
it
differeth
not
much
from
the
parts
about
it
;
the
temperature
of
the
aire
and
commodities
of
the
Country
being
generally
the
same
,
which
New-England
or
Virginia
yeeldeth
.
And
as
for
Towns
and
places
of
abode
,
it
doth
not
appeare
,
that
either
the
English
or
Dutch
have
as
yet
set
themselves
much
to
building
in
this
Country
.
What
the
English
had
done
before
our
late
troubles
at
home
,
it
may
be
feared
,
is
wholly
ruined
by
the
misfortunes
which
befell
them
there
:
And
for
the
Dutch
,
although
they
make
large
reports
of
the
Country
,
and
challenge
a
huge
Circuit
of
land
under
the
name
of
the
New-Netherlands
,
and
title
of
the
States
;
yet
I
suppose
they
have
had
their
hands
so
full
of
other
business
of
late
,
that
they
have
not
added
much
to
what
they
had
,
when
our
troubles
began
;
which
was
only
New-Amsterdam
,
as
they
call
it
,
and
Orange-Fort
,
afore
mentioned
;
nor
is
it
so
certain
,
whither
they
be
Master
of
them
at
this
day
or
no.
In
stead
of
Rivers
,
which
this
Country
seemeth
a
little
to
want
,
there
are
many
large
and
capacious
Bayes
all
along
the
Coast
:
the
principall
whereof
are
,
that
which
the
Dutch
call
Nassovius-Bay
,
sometimes
the
Nordt-river
,
which
falleth
by
it
into
the
Sea
at
May-port
.
2.
Hell-gate
,
which
is
but
a
Channell
of
the
great
Nordt-river
,
so
called
by
reason
of
its
difficult
and
dangerous
entrance
;
though
within
it
affords
a
very
safe
road
for
shipping
,
and
fifteen
or
sixteen
fathom
of
water
at
the
mouth
.
3.
Zuid-river
,
so
called
because
it
lieth
more
Southerly
than
the
rest
.
4.
But
Virginia
properly
so
called
,
is
in
a
better
condition
.
This
is
an
elder
Daughter
of
England
,
&
one
of
her
first
Plantations
,
which
having
endured
diversitie
of
fortunes
,
and
strugling
for
a
long
time
at
the
beginning
with
ill
successes
,
is
at
last
by
the
favour
of
Divine
Providence
arrived
unto
such
a
competent
happiness
,
as
that
the
Colonie
are
said
to
live
very
comfortably
and
helpfully
among
themselves
,
and
to
give
good
hopes
of
perpetuating
,
and
improving
their
condition
to
posterity
.
The
Country
hath
on
the
North-east
of
it
Niew-Nederlandt
aforesaid
,
on
the
South-west
Florida
;
the
name
of
Virginia
,
which
before
was
common
to
the
whole
Province
,
being
,
upon
the
Plantation
of
New-England
and
that
other
,
restrained
to
this
part
of
the
Country
only
,
which
reacheth
from
the
thirty
fourth
to
the
thirty
eighth
degree
of
Northern
latitude
.
The
Country
somewhat
inclined
to
heats
;
which
yet
are
much
moderated
by
those
Constant
Easterly
windes
,
which
they
call
Brises
,
and
by
some
other
cooling
blasts
from
the
Ocean
ever
and
anon
.
It
is
a
Country
generally
well
distinguished
into
Hills
and
Valleys
:
the
first
whereof
are
well
cloathed
with
Woods
,
and
the
latter
with
Fruits
.
The
soile
being
so
good
,
that
't
is
said
in
many
places
,
an
acre
of
land
well
husbanded
will
return
two
hundred
bushels
,
or
twenty
five
quarter
of
good
grain
:
rich
in
veins
of
Allom
,
as
likewise
in
Pitch
,
Turpentine
,
Oile
,
plenty
of
sweet
Gummes
,
and
severall
sorts
of
plants
for
Dyers
use
:
not
wanting
many
good
Mines
of
Iron
,
Copper
,
&c.
Timber
and
tall
Cedar-trees
in
infinite
abundance
;
much
Cattle
:
Fish
and
Fowl
of
all
sorts
:
no
scarsity
of
Maiz
among
the
Natives
;
on
the
mountains
some
Christall
is
found
,
and
on
the
Shore
Pearls
.
To
be
short
,
excepting
those
metalls
of
Peru
and
Mexico
,
(
of
which
I
hear
not
,
that
any
discoveries
as
yet
have
been
made
in
these
parts
)
it
seems
not
deficient
in
any
thing
,
that
may
encourage
or
reward
an
industrious
people
.
The
Country
not
half
peopled
with
Natives
;
and
those
that
are
there
found
,
as
much
differing
one
from
another
in
size
,
as
in
language
and
manners
.
There
are
some
,
whom
they
call
Sasques-Hanoxi
of
such
a
vast
bulk
and
stature
,
that
they
seemed
,
as
it
were
Gyants
to
the
English
themselves
;
others
,
whom
they
call
Wigcocomoci
,
so
little
and
low
,
that
in
companie
with
the
other
they
seem'd
but
so
many
Pigmies
:
but
the
generality
of
them
,
it
must
be
confessed
,
are
taller
and
well
limb'd
,
though
most
commonly
without
beards
.
Their
cloathing
is
mantles
of
Deer-skins
with
something
like
an
apron
hanging
before
them
.
They
paint
their
bodies
and
faces
all
over
with
figures
of
Serpents
and
other
horrid
creatures
,
'
as
t
is
thought
,
only
that
they
may
seem
terrible
to
their
enimies
,
who
are
so
wise
as
to
fright
them
again
as
much
with
the
same
.
These
of
Virginia
are
held
to
be
crafty
and
revengefull
,
and
not
a
little
more
industrious
and
active
,
than
other
Natives
,
especially
towards
the
North.
There
is
no
Country
in
the
world
,
for
the
bigness
,
better
watered
than
this
part
of
Virginia
is
,
with
many
pleasant
and
fair
Rivers
:
the
cheife
whereof
are
these
,
viz.
1.
Pawhatan
,
so
named
from
a
principall
Roytelet
of
these
parts
,
whose
Territores
are
divided
and
wonderfully
fertilized
by
this
River
,
which
runs
a
course
of
an
hundred
miles
,
navigable
all
the
way
,
at
least
by
smaller
Vessels
,
and
falls
into
the
Sea
with
a
mouth
two
or
three
miles
broad
.
2.
Nansamund
.
3.
Pammanuke
.
4.
Toppaphanock
,
navigable
one
hundred
and
thirty
miles
.
5.
Pawtunxet
,
of
a
deeper
Channell
than
any
of
the
rest
,
and
affording
variety
of
choice
fish
,
with
divers
others
.
The
English
first
setled
their
Plantation
upon
the
South-side
of
a
large
and
goodly
Bay
,
called
by
the
Natives
Chese-peack
,
which
thrusting
it self
a
good
way
up
into
the
Countrie
,
and
receiving
into
its
bosome
many
particular
Rivers
,
yeelds
a
very
safe
station
for
ships
,
and
is
the
only
entrance
into
this
part
of
the
Countrie
:
The
Capes
or
Points
whereof
are
therefore
well
fortified
,
particularly
Cape
Henry
,
Cape
Charls
,
&c.
The
Towns
which
the
English
have
built
,
or
doe
frequent
in
way
of
Trade
,
are
chiefly
1.
James-Town
,
so
named
by
the
first
Adventurers
,
in
honour
of
King
James
:
it
lyeth
on
the
South
side
of
the
Bay
,
and
was
first
built
in
the
year
1606
,
but
since
fortified
with
a
Trench
drawn
round
about
it
,
and
some
pieces
of
Ordinance
planted
.
2.
Henricopolis
,
or
Henries
Town
,
so
named
from
Prince
Henrie
,
then
living
,
built
in
a
very
convenient
place
more
within
Land
,
about
fourscore
miles
distant
from
James-Town
.
3.
Dales-guift
,
so
named
,
because
built
and
planted
at
the
charges
of
Sir
Thomas
Dale
,
Deputy
Governour
of
the
Countrie
,
about
the
year
1610.
There
is
also
Ketoughtan
,
a
Town
of
the
Natives
upon
the
Bay
,
where
the
English
are
said
to
frequent
and
trade
much
.
And
lastly
Wicocomoco
,
a
Town
of
Powhatans
,
one
of
the
chief
Roytelets
of
the
Country
,
as
hath
been
said
,
whom
the
English
,
at
their
first
comming
thither
,
courted
much
,
and
procured
a
Crown
of
Copper
,
with
some
other
richer
presents
,
to
be
sent
him
from
King
James
,
on
purpose
to
oblige
him
:
which
yet
they
were
hardly
able
to
doe
.
For
although
he
professed
likewise
on
his
part
very
much
love
and
affection
to
the
English
,
yet
partly
by
his
procurement
,
as
't
is
said
,
and
partly
through
their
own
overmuch
security
,
not
with
out
some
provocations
given
on
the
part
of
the
English
,
there
were
,
about
the
year
1621
no
less
than
three
hundred
and
fourty
Englishmen
murdred
by
the
Savages
,
unexpectedly
falling
in
upon
them
,
and
with
such
violence
and
resolution
,
as
that
if
a
certain
Native
of
the
Countrie
,
become
Christian
,
had
not
discovered
the
business
a
very
little
before
to
them
at
James-Town
,
their
principall
Fort
and
place
of
strength
had
been
surprized
,
and
the
whole
Colony
almost
at
the
mercy
of
the
Savages
.
But
it
pleased
God
to
prevent
their
utter
destruction
by
that
means
:
And
since
that
time
,
I
suppose
they
stand
better
upon
their
guard
.
5.
The
Bermudas
are
a
multitude
of
small
Islands
in
the
Atlantick
or
North-Sea
,
as
at
the
Indies
they
call
it
,
lying
right
over
against
Virginia
,
at
a
distance
of
four
or
five
hundred
miles
.
They
lye
from
thirty
to
thirty
two
degrees
of
Northern
latitude
,
in
form
of
a
Croissant
,
or
half-Moon
;
being
so
called
from
John
Bermudaz
a
Spaniard
,
who
first
discovered
them
.
But
the
principall
of
them
,
and
that
which
is
most
properly
called
Bermudaz
Island
,
lyeth
at
the
lowest
and
most
Southerly
corner
of
them
,
in
the
latitude
of
thirty
two
degrees
,
and
twenty
five
minutes
.
They
are
sometimes
called
the
Summer
Islands
,
from
Sir
George
Summers
;
who
,
in
the
year
1609.
in
company
of
Sir
Thomas
Gates
,
and
about
one
hundred
and
fifty
persons
more
,
sailing
towards
Virginia
,
hardly
escaped
a
terrible
shipwrack
upon
these
Islands
:
the
ship
,
which
they
were
forced
to
run
on
shore
,
being
lost
,
but
the
men
and
much
of
her
lading
,
by
Gods
great
mercy
,
saved
by
their
Boats
.
They
found
the
place
altogether
desolate
,
inhabited
neither
by
Man
nor
Beast
,
save
only
some
Swine
in
the
Woods
;
but
of
Fowle
such
infinite
plenty
,
that
they
would
take
a
thousand
of
some
one
sort
as
big
as
Pidgeons
,
in
2
or
3
houres
;
with
these
and
the
Swine
they
found
there
,
which
were
very
large
and
fat
,
for
the
most
part
of
the
time
they
stayed
,
and
with
variety
of
fish
they
sustained
themselves
happily
,
till
they
had
built
a
new
Ship
and
a
Bark
,
sufficient
to
wast
them
and
their
Company
over
to
Virginia
.
They
found
likewise
diverse
sorts
of
fruits
in
the
Islands
,
very
pleasing
and
good
:
aboundance
of
Mulberry
trees
and
Silk-worms
.
Palmitos
,
Cedar-trees
,
and
others
;
on
the
Sea
coasts
some
quantity
of
Pearls
,
Amber-greese
,
and
other
good
Commodities
,
an
Aire
generally
so
temperate
and
agreeable
to
their
constitution
,
that
they
reioyced
not
a
little
in
their
misfortune
,
which
had
cast
them
upon
a
place
so
likely
to
be
advantagious
to
themselves
and
the
Nation
:
as
by
their
earnest
procurement
it
hath
since
in
part
proved
:
it
being
at
this
day
one
of
the
chiefest
Plantations
of
the
English
:
and
though
as
yet
they
seem
to
trade
only
in
Tobacco
,
as
likewise
Virginia
is
said
to
doe
;
yet
it
is
not
through
any
defect
either
in
the
one
Countrie
or
the
other
,
as
if
they
afforded
no
better
Commodities
,
but
rather
through
the
fault
and
unskilfulness
of
the
Planters
,
who
busie
themselves
only
in
those
ordinary
and
easie
Commodies
,
and
neglect
the
improvement
of
better
,
viz.
that
of
the
Silk-worms
and
of
making
Silk
.
The
first
Colonie
was
sent
thither
in
the
year
1612
,
under
the
command
of
Captain
Rich.
Moore
;
which
prospered
so
well
,
that
in
a
few
years
the
whole
Island
,
(
viz.
the
principall
one
)
where
they
doe
chiefly
inhabit
,
was
divided
into
Cantreds
,
or
Hundreds
,
as
we
may
call
them
,
and
to
every
Hundred
a
Burrough
or
chief
Town
assigned
,
and
the
Government
setled
entirely
according
to
the
Laws
of
England
.
In
the
year
1623
there
were
no
less
than
three
thousand
reckoned
to
be
there
,
ten
good
Forts
erected
,
and
about
fiftie
pieces
of
Ordinance
planted
upon
them
:
although
the
place
it self
is
so
naturally
fenced
with
Rocks
and
little
Islands
lying
about
it
,
that
the
Inhabitants
,
in
that
respect
only
,
seem
to
contemn
all
dangers
from
without
:
it
being
almost
impossible
,
without
particular
knowledge
of
the
passages
,
for
a
Vessel
of
but
eight
or
ten
Tuns
to
come
safely
into
Harbour
:
and
yet
with
such
knowledge
there
is
both
easie
passage
and
secure
station
for
the
tallest
ships
.
CHAP.
V.
Of
Florida
.
1.
SOuthward
of
Virginia
,
somewhat
towards
the
West
,
lyeth
the
large
and
spacious
Countrie
of
Florida
,
enobled
hitherto
rather
by
the
great
pains
which
the
Spaniards
have
taken
,
and
the
ill
successes
which
they
have
met
with
in
the
discovery
and
search
of
this
Province
,
than
by
any
thing
else
they
have
discovered
in
it
answerable
to
their
desires
.
On
the
East
it
hath
the
Atlantick
Ocean
,
or
Mare
del
Nordt
.
On
the
South
and
some
part
of
the
West
,
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
;
and
on
the
rest
of
the
West
,
part
of
New-Gallicia
,
and
some
other
Countries
,
not
yet
perfectly
known
.
It
was
first
of
all
discovered
by
Sir
Sebastian
Cabot
(
as
hath
been
said
)
at
the
charges
of
the
King
of
England
,
about
the
yeare
1497
;
but
afterwards
more
throughly
searched
into
by
John
de
Ponce
,
a
Spaniard
,
in
the
year
1512
,
and
by
him
named
Florida
,
because
he
first
landed
upon
it
on
Palm-Sunday
,
which
,
as
they
say
,
the
Spaniards
use
to
call
Pascha
de
Flores
,
or
Pascha
Florida
.
The
Countrie
lyeth
in
the
same
parallel
with
Castile
in
Spain
,
and
is
supposed
to
be
of
a
neer
temperature
with
it
,
both
for
Aire
and
Soil
:
only
this
of
America
is
supposed
to
be
somewhat
the
more
fertil
and
lusty
,
as
not
having
as
yet
been
worn
out
with
Tillage
and
use
,
as
the
other
hath
.
They
have
great
plenty
of
Maiz
in
this
Countrie
,
which
they
both
sow
and
reap
in
less
than
four
Moneths
space
;
and
which
is
somewhat
more
observable
,
among
People
otherwise
barbarous
,
it
is
not
counted
among
them
any
mans
private
possession
;
but
laid
up
in
publique
Granaries
and
Barns
out
of
which
it
is
orderly
distributed
at
all
times
to
particular
persons
and
Families
,
according
to
their
necessity
.
It
s
well
stored
likewise
with
diverse
sorts
of
Fruits
,
both
proper
to
the
Country
,
and
common
to
other
parts
;
especially
with
a
kinde
of
Plum
of
a
rare
colour
and
taste
,
Mulberry
trees
,
Cherry
trees
,
Chesnuts
,
Grapes
,
&c.
Beasts
they
have
in
aboundance
,
both
wilde
and
tame
,
with
no
less
plenty
of
Fowl
.
Many
huge
Forests
and
lesser
Woods
,
well
replenished
with
good
Okes
of
the
largest
size
,
lofty
Cedars
,
Cypress
,
and
Bay
trees
,
with
extraordinary
plenty
of
that
wood
which
the
Americans
call
Pavame
,
and
the
French
Saffasras
,
the
bark
whereof
is
said
to
be
very
Medicinal
in
sundry
Diseises
,
especially
for
the
Stone
,
and
all
obstructions
of
Urine
,
Winde-Colick
,
and
others
;
and
therefore
much
used
by
the
Apothecaries
.
They
have
also
another
sort
of
wood
called
Esquine
,
not
unknown
in
other
parts
,
affirmed
to
be
of
soveraign
and
present
remedie
against
the
Lues
Venerea
;
a
Maladie
which
the
Indians
are
said
to
be
generally
,
and
not
seldome
very
fouly
subject
unto
:
yea
they
say
,
that
the
Spaniards
from
the
Indies
first
brought
it
into
Italy
and
other
parts
of
Europe
;
where
formerly
it
was
either
not
at
all
or
at
least
not
much
known
.
'T
is
likewise
thought
,
that
the
Country
is
not
altogether
without
Mines
of
Gold
and
Silver
,
especially
about
the
mountains
Apalatei
,
as
they
call
them
,
though
neglected
by
the
Natives
,
till
the
Spaniards
came
and
rifled
so
strangely
for
Gold
in
the
other
Provinces
;
which
probably
might
make
the
Natives
of
this
Province
to
conceale
theirs
,
when
the
Spaniards
were
among
them
;
and
still
to
forbear
the
searching
after
it
(
in
case
that
indeed
they
have
any
)
only
that
they
may
not
be
troubled
with
such
Ghuests
.
But
for
Emralds
,
Turquoises
,
and
other
fine
Stones
,
it
is
certain
,
the
Countrie
hath
many
,
of
great
worth
and
beauty
:
but
the
plenty
of
these
make
them
cheap
at
the
Indies
,
and
to
be
thought
not
worth
the
searching
after
.
The
People
of
this
Countrie
are
somewhat
of
the
largest
size
and
stature
,
in
respect
of
other
Americans
generally
,
yet
well
proportion'd
withall
,
going
for
the
most
part
naked
,
only
with
some
skin
of
a
Stag
,
or
other
Beast
,
tyed
before
them
.
Their
hair
black
and
let
to
grow
;
so
that
in
many
of
them
it
hangs
down
as
low
as
their
thighs
.
Cunning
they
are
said
to
be
,
and
great
dissemblers
;
stomackfull
,
and
much
given
to
revenge
:
which
is
the
cause
that
they
are
seldome
,
but
in
warre
,
one
with
another
.
One
thing
,
they
say
,
there
is
peculiar
to
this
Country
of
Florida
,
viz.
that
it
breeds
aboundance
of
Hermaphrodites
,
more
than
any
other
part
of
the
world
beside
:
whom
they
likewise
use
most
hardly
,
making
them
carry
their
burthens
and
luggage
like
Beasts
,
and
putting
them
to
all
kinde
of
Drudgery
.
2.
The
Country
is
generally
plain
and
level
,
having
few
or
no
mountains
at
all
in
it
,
save
only
the
Apalatei
,
supposed
by
the
Natives
to
have
rich
Mines
of
gold
in
them
,
and
which
the
Spaniards
saw
,
but
had
not
time
nor
other
necessarie
accommodation
to
stay
and
search
them
;
by
reason
they
were
so
much
wearied
and
wasted
with
a
long
March
,
before
they
gat
thither
,
and
found
the
People
so
stout
and
obstinate
thereabouts
,
that
in
stead
of
entertaining
them
with
their
Hens
and
Fowl
as
other
places
had
done
,
they
were
welcom'd
with
blows
,
and
made
to
return
,
leaving
not
a
few
of
their
best
Soldiers
behinde
.
Rivers
there
are
many
,
and
those
very
large
and
commodious
,
as
namely
Rio
Secco
,
or
the
dry
River
,
so
called
by
the
Spaniards
(
as
some
think
)
because
they
could
finde
no
gold
in
it
.
2.
Rio
Grande
,
or
the
great
River
.
3.
Ligeris
.
4.
Garunna
.
5.
Sequana
,
&c.
These
last
,
so
named
by
the
French
,
who
,
after
the
Spaniards
,
for
some
time
had
,
but
never
held
any
long
possession
of
the
Countrie
.
There
are
also
Rio
de
Flores
,
Rio
de
Nieves
,
Rio
de
Spirito
Santo
,
lesser
streams
,
yet
all
of
them
with
the
rest
,
falling
at
several
places
into
the
great
Lake
of
Mexico
;
and
some
of
them
,
not
a
little
haunted
by
the
Caymans
or
West-Indian
Crocodiles
,
a
Creature
,
as
hath
been
said
before
,
dangerous
both
at
Sea
and
Land
.
The
Country
hath
not
yet
been
so
well
discovered
,
much
less
conquered
or
subdued
by
those
who
pretend
themselves
to
be
Masters
of
it
,
as
to
be
distinguished
into
any
certain
Provinces
.
The
Natives
,
who
as
yet
hold
possession
and
command
of
it
for
the
most
part
,
are
themselves
generally
sorted
into
certain
Tribes
or
great
Families
;
all
which
are
governed
severally
by
a
chief
of
their
own
,
whom
they
call
Paracoussi
;
and
by
reason
thereof
,
are
almost
continally
in
feud
and
warre
one
with
another
.
The
Provinces
or
parts
of
the
Country
,
that
I
finde
any
way
mentioned
by
Authors
,
with
any
account
at
all
of
their
situation
and
bounds
,
are
only
these
,
viz.
1.
Panuco
.
2.
Colas
:
And
3.
Tegesta
,
or
Florida
,
properly
so
called
.
The
first
lyeth
on
the
borders
of
New-Spain
,
beyond
the
Bay
called
de
Spirito
Santo
.
The
second
neer
the
Point
or
Cape
called
Cape
Florida
.
The
third
being
that
long
Peninsula
or
half
Island
which
pointeth
upon
the
Isle
Cuba
,
and
streatcheth
it self
out
North
and
South
an
hundred
leagues
or
more
in
length
;
but
is
not
in
bredth
above
thirty
where
it
is
largest
,
and
in
many
parts
much
less
:
well
known
by
the
Cape
called
Los
Martyres
,
which
looketh
(
as
it
were
)
into
the
Isle
Cuba
,
and
the
River
of
the
Holy
Ghost
,
with
three
other
goodly
Bays
,
which
open
and
empty
themselves
into
that
of
New-Spain
,
or
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
.
3.
The
Towns
and
places
most
known
in
this
Province
,
are
Saint
Helens
,
seated
on
or
neer
unto
a
Promontorie
of
the
same
name
,
where
this
Country
bordereth
on
Virginia
.
2.
Fort
Charls
,
or
Arx
Carolina
,
built
and
so
named
by
the
French
in
the
reign
of
Charls
the
ninth
their
King
,
but
afterwards
ruin'd
by
the
Spaniards
.
3.
Port-royall
,
a
well
frequented
Haven
,
at
the
mouth
of
a
river
which
beareth
the
same
name
.
More
within
land
there
is
,
1.
Apalche
,
an
old
Town
of
the
Natives
,
formerly
a
place
of
great
resort
;
now
a
poor
thing
of
about
some
fourty
or
fifty
Cottages
:
and
yet
as
poor
as
it
is
,
Pamphilus
Narvaez
a
Spaniard
;
at
the
time
when
he
searched
the
Country
,
found
the
Natives
not
willing
to
part
with
it
.
For
though
he
took
it
from
them
,
it
was
not
without
some
resistance
,
and
they
quickly
recovered
it
again
:
and
at
2.
Aute
,
another
old
Town
of
theirs
,
nine
dayes
march
from
the
other
,
they
overtook
him
,
and
fell
so
resolutely
upon
him
,
that
he
left
not
a
few
of
his
best
Souldiers
dead
upon
the
place
,
and
was
content
himself
to
march
quietly
away
with
the
rest
.
3.
Ochalis
,
a
Town
consisting
of
about
5
or
600
Sheds
and
Cottages
likewise
of
the
Natives
.
4.
Vittacuche
a
Burrough
of
two
hundred
Houses
.
There
is
also
on
the
Eastern
shore
of
this
Peninsula
St.
Matthewes
,
a
place
possessed
and
well
fortified
by
the
Spaniards
;
and
Saint
Augustines
on
the
same
Shore
,
but
lying
somewhat
more
Southerly
than
the
other
,
at
the
mouth
of
a
River
called
likewise
Saint
Austins
.
This
latter
was
taken
and
sack'd
by
Sir
Francis
Drake
in
the
yeare
1585.
who
took
out
of
one
only
Fort
,
called
Saint
Johns
,
no
less
than
eighteen
pieces
of
Brass
Ordinance
,
and
twenty
thousand
Florens
in
ready
money
,
which
was
intended
for
the
pay
of
the
Garrison
.
4.
This
Country
is
not
much
inhabited
either
by
Spaniards
or
French
,
though
both
successively
have
had
it
in
possession
:
For
Ponce
a
Native
of
Leon
,
as
hath
been
said
,
first
discovered
the
Peninsula
upon
Palm-Sunday
,
1512.
but
did
no
more
than
only
scowre
along
the
Coasts
,
and
give
some
names
to
the
Promontories
,
Rivers
and
places
of
note
which
he
met
with
.
After
him
,
Vasquez
de
Ayllon
with
some
Ships
from
Hispaniola
fell
in
with
the
more
North-east
parts
of
the
Country
towards
Virginia
,
but
did
no
more
than
get
some
few
of
the
Natives
,
(
and
that
treacherously
,
as
some
say
,
having
first
invited
them
on
shipboard
,
to
dinner
and
upon
pretence
of
traffique
with
them
)
with
whom
he
presently
returned
for
Spain
.
If
it
were
so
,
his
practises
did
not
prosper
with
him
;
for
a
few
years
after
,
returning
again
with
a
stronger
supply
of
men
,
and
provision
to
make
a
further
descovery
of
the
Country
,
one
of
his
Ships
was
cast
away
upon
the
rocks
,
in
the
same
place
viz.
before
the
Cape
Saint
Helena
,
and
two
hundred
of
his
men
murdered
by
the
Natives
before
his
face
upon
their
landing
.
Nor
had
the
voyage
of
Pamphilus
Narvaes
before
mentioned
,
any
better
success
in
the
year
1528.
For
venturing
too
farre
up
into
the
Country
,
viz.
to
Apalche
,
as
was
said
,
(
which
was
a
full
moneths
march
from
the
place
of
his
first
landing
)
out
of
hopes
of
some
great
Treasures
there
to
be
found
,
though
at
first
he
made
shift
to
master
some
of
their
petty
Towns
,
yet
finally
he
lost
both
himself
and
most
of
his
men
.
Lastly
the
expedition
of
Hernandes
a
Soto
in
the
yeare
1543.
though
more
famous
than
any
of
these
,
yet
proved
as
fruitless
as
the
rest
.
He
began
his
March
in
the
yeare
1538.
and
continued
it
till
1543.
over-running
the
country
with
a
little
Armie
of
three
hundred
and
fifty
horse
and
90
foote
,
subduing
the
Paracoussi
,
or
petty
Princes
,
where
he
came
,
to
the
Crown
of
Spain
,
and
compelling
them
to
send
in
their
Turkies
,
Hens
and
other
Fowles
,
for
the
victualling
of
his
running
Camp
,
every
day
:
till
at
last
finding
his
hopes
of
gold
frustrate
,
and
a
good
part
of
his
Army
wasted
,
and
the
rest
much
weakned
with
travell
,
struck
with
greife
,
and
(
as
some
say
also
)
with
a
feaver
he
died
in
the
midst
of
his
journey
,
and
the
remnant
of
his
company
,
under
the
command
of
Ludevico
Muscoso
his
Lieutenant
,
with
much
difficulty
recovered
Mexico
at
last
.
Upon
so
many
unsuccessfull
attempts
,
the
Spaniards
seem
to
leave
the
Country
;
whereupon
the
French
enter
,
sent
thither
by
Gaspar
Coligni
Admirall
of
France
in
the
yeare
1562
,
but
they
were
such
as
the
Spaniards
liked
not
to
have
so
neer
them
:
wherefore
immediatly
upon
the
landing
of
a
second
supply
in
the
year
1565
at
Charls
Fort
upon
the
River
Port-royall
above
said
,
the
Spaniards
set
upon
them
both
by
Sea
and
Land
,
force
their
Ships
violently
upon
the
rocks
,
sack
the
new
Town
,
and
put
the
whole
Colony
to
the
sword
(
scarce
one
man
escaping
)
together
with
Ribault
himself
,
who
was
Commander
in
chief
for
the
expedition
.
There
were
above
six
hundred
French
slain
in
this
Action
,
and
all
their
hopes
in
Florida
thereby
utterly
extinct
.
Since
that
time
the
Spaniards
have
better
fortified
those
places
of
the
Peninsula
,
viz.
Saint
.
Matthews
and
Saint
Augustines
abovesaid
;
together
with
the
Castles
of
Saint
Philip
and
Saint
Jage
in
the
more
northerly
parts
of
it
.
But
it
is
like
Aesops
dog
in
the
manger
,
rather
to
keep
out
others
,
than
that
they
make
any
good
improvement
of
the
Country
themselves
:
and
therefore
if
they
were
beaten
out
,
and
sent
to
attend
their
Mines
and
Sugar-mills
elswhere
,
it
may
seem
but
just
.
The
Country
is
a
large
and
goodly
Province
of
America
,
of
a
fertil
and
good
soil
generally
,
yet
neither
peopled
with
Natives
,
nor
used
in
any
sort
as
it
ought
,
to
the
honor
of
God
and
the
advancement
of
publick
good
.
What
reason
or
justice
therefore
can
it
be
,
that
the
Spaniards
,
only
by
the
advantage
of
a
Fort
or
two
upon
the
Coasts
,
should
pretend
to
be
Lords
of
the
whole
land
?
and
neither
improve
it
themselves
,
as
it
ought
to
be
improved
,
nor
permit
any
other
Nations
,
that
are
willing
so
to
doe
?
'T
is
supposed
indeed
,
they
keep
it
as
a
reserve
of
Treasure
to
themselves
,
that
when
they
have
leasure
,
or
that
their
Mines
at
Potozi
,
or
other
places
fail
,
they
may
make
a
further
search
about
the
Apalatti
of
this
Province
;
of
which
there
are
confident
reports
that
they
have
Mines
;
and
though
success
hitherto
hath
not
answered
their
endeavours
much
,
yet
they
despaire
not
in
due
time
to
finde
them
,
upon
an
absolute
conquest
of
the
Country
and
a
more
thorough
search
.
And
truly
their
policie
and
great
providence
seems
not
easily
to
be
condemned
:
but
in
the
mean
time
,
if
any
other
Nation
upon
just
grounds
shall
happen
to
step
between
and
prevent
them
,
they
have
but
little
reason
to
complain
,
or
to
count
themselves
injured
.
5.
There
lie
over
against
the
Country
of
Florida
westward
,
or
southwest
certain
small
Islands
,
which
because
they
are
but
small
ones
,
and
lye
so
neer
the
Continent
,
Geographers
sometimes
describe
as
a
part
and
appertaining
to
the
Continent
.
They
are
called
by
a
generall
name
the
Leucayae
Islands
,
and
have
not
much
to
be
spoken
of
them
.
The
cheife
are
first
Las
Tortugas
,
or
the
Tortoises
,
which
are
seven
or
eight
little
Islands
lying
together
at
the
South-west
point
of
the
Peninsula
called
Cape
Florida
,
right
over
against
the
Port
Havana
of
the
Isle
Cuba
;
from
which
they
are
distant
about
five
or
six
leagues
;
and
by
their
lying
so
scattered
up
and
down
in
the
Sea
,
as
they
doe
,
they
make
the
passage
from
thence
to
Havana
not
a
little
dangerous
.
Secondly
Los
Martire
.
These
are
three
great
rocks
,
rather
than
Islands
lying
to
the
South-east
of
Cape
Florida
,
and
covered
for
the
most
part
with
a
whitish
sand
and
a
few
bushes
growing
on
them
.
They
seem
at
a
distance
to
beare
a
resemblance
of
men
impald
,
or
bound
to
stakes
,
as
the
Martyrs
in
Primitive
times
usually
were
;
which
occasioned
the
Spaniards
so
to
name
them
.
'T
is
very
dangerous
to
come
too
neer
them
;
but
to
have
sight
of
them
is
of
great
use
to
men
at
Sea
:
For
by
passing
these
rocks
,
and
leaving
them
to
the
South-east
,
they
certainly
know
,
that
they
are
now
entred
the
Streits
,
not
of
Magellan
,
which
lye
many
thousands
of
leagues
further
Southward
,
(
of
which
we
shall
speake
in
due
place
)
but
of
Bahama
;
that
is
,
that
they
have
left
the
Ocean
,
and
are
fallen
in
among
those
many
Islands
,
which
doe
,
as
it
were
Barricado
and
block
up
the
Eastern
Coasts
of
America
towards
Nombre
de
Dios
and
Terra
firma
,
as
they
call
it
;
through
which
the
passage
to
the
Continent
is
sometimes
dangerous
,
by
reason
of
contrary
windes
;
and
alwayes
such
,
as
it
requires
the
skill
and
care
of
an
experienced
Pilot
to
conduct
the
Ships
well
thither
.
Thirdly
,
Bahama
,
lying
westward
of
Cape
Florida
,
famous
for
nothing
but
only
for
giving
name
to
the
Streits
so
called
,
which
run
betwixt
the
Peninsula
of
Florida
and
it
,
with
such
a
violent
course
and
torrent
,
that
although
it
be
above
sixteen
miles
broad
,
yet
many
times
neither
winde
nor
Oares
can
prevail
against
it
.
Fourthly
,
Guanahani
,
the
first
piece
of
American
ground
that
was
discovered
,
and
named
by
Christopher
Columbus
Saint
Saviours
,
or
Salvador
,
as
hath
been
said
.
CHAP.
VI.
Of
Califormia
.
1.
CAliformia
in
the
generall
containeth
all
those
Provinces
of
the
Northern
part
of
America
,
whither
discovered
or
undiscovered
,
which
lie
westward
of
Florida
,
Canada
and
Virginia
,
and
to
the
Northwest
of
New-Gallicia
,
up
to
the
Streits
of
Anian
,
or
that
Sea
,
which
is
supposed
to
divide
the
Continent
of
Tartary
from
America
:
but
more
especially
taken
,
it
comprehends
only
that
large
Peninsula
or
Demy-Island
(
as
it
seemeth
to
be
)
which
stretcheth
it self
from
North
to
South
,
to
a
vast
length
,
on
the
West
side
of
Mar
Vermiglio
,
as
't
is
commonly
called
,
and
sometimes
the
Bay
of
Califormia
.
They
that
take
it
in
ihe
first
and
largest
sense
,
describe
under
the
name
of
Califormia
these
four
particular
Provinces
,
viz.
1.
Quivira
,
2.
Cibola
,
3.
Califormia
,
properly
so
called
,
and
4.
Nova
Albion
.
2.
Quivira
takes
up
the
most
Northern
and
unknown
part
of
America
towards
the
West
,
reaching
as
far
as
the
supposed
Streit
of
Anian
aforesaid
(
if
there
be
any
such
)
or
else
joyning
to
the
Continent
of
Tartary
.
It
is
likewise
the
barrenest
and
least
fruitfull
part
of
all
the
West-Indies
,
especially
for
Corn.
Cattle
it
hath
great
store
,
and
pasturage
good
;
the
Countrie
being
for
the
most
part
plain
and
level
,
and
nothing
else
but
pasturage
:
The
Natives
few
and
Savage
;
living
in
Hoards
,
or
great
Companies
together
,
after
the
manner
of
the
Tartars
:
to
whom
they
are
Neighbours
;
and
,
as
it
is
not
improbably
thought
,
of
their
race
:
They
cloath
themselves
(
viz.
the
Men
)
most
commonly
in
that
kinde
of
Oxes
hide
which
we
described
before
,
chap.
9.
under
the
name
of
Taurus
Mexicanus
:
The
Women
with
little
else
but
their
hair
;
notwithstanding
the
Countrie
,
especially
for
one
halfe
of
the
year
,
is
evcessively
cold
.
Their
Cattel
,
though
they
be
much
less
than
the
ordinary
Kine
of
Europe
,
are
the
chief
sustenance
and
imployment
of
the
Natives
;
by
pasturing
of
huge
Heards
whereof
from
place
to
place
the
People
live
,
and
maintain
a
Traffique
with
other
parts
.
Yet
some
of
them
inhabit
Towns
;
the
chief
whereof
,
as
yet
discovered
,
seem
to
be
these
,
viz.
Acus
,
or
Acuco
,
as
some
call
it
,
a
small
Town
,
but
seated
in
a
strong
defensible
place
,
having
some
small
quantity
of
Cotton
growing
about
it
.
2.
Tignez
,
a
Town
seated
upon
the
banks
of
a
River
,
bearing
the
same
name
,
and
inhabited
,
it
seems
,
by
a
stout
and
resolute
People
,
and
whom
the
Spanish
,
coming
among
them
in
the
year
1540
,
had
much
adoe
to
Master
.
They
endured
a
siege
for
the
space
of
six
weeks
together
;
and
at
last
finding
themselves
so
strongly
begirt
by
enemies
,
that
there
was
no
means
of
escape
,
but
by
death
or
yeelding
up
themselves
,
rather
than
they
would
fall
alive
into
their
hands
,
they
first
buried
and
spoiled
all
such
Treasure
as
they
had
(
which
were
chiefly
Saphirs
,
and
a
few
other
Gemms
that
the
Countrie
afforded
)
and
after
that
setting
fire
on
their
houshold
stuff
,
they
took
their
Wives
and
Children
with
them
,
and
made
a
desperate
salley
out
upon
the
Spaniards
;
wherein
,
although
they
were
most
of
them
slain
,
trod
under
the
horse
feet
,
or
drown'd
in
passing
the
River
,
yet
was
it
not
without
some
loss
to
the
Spaniards
themselves
:
Nor
would
those
few
that
were
left
behinde
deliver
up
the
Town
,
till
it
was
fired
about
their
ears
,
and
that
they
could
no
longer
abide
in
it
.
3.
Cicuic
,
another
small
Town
four
dayes
journey
distant
from
Tignez
.
The
Countrie
about
this
place
,
although
generally
it
be
all
good
pasturage
,
and
maintains
aboundance
of
Cattel
,
yet
is
it
so
open
and
plain
,
that
for
almost
one
hundred
miles
together
the
Spaniards
in
their
march
hither
from
New-Spain
found
neither
stone
nor
tree
,
nor
any
thing
else
that
could
serve
them
for
a
Land-mark
:
so
that
they
were
forced
,
as
they
marched
along
,
to
raise
up
heaps
of
the
Country
Cow-dung
,
to
serve
them
for
direction
in
their
coming
back
:
which
was
not
long
after
.
For
,
not
finding
the
Commodities
they
sought
for
,
and
fearing
to
be
surprized
by
Winter
in
those
cold
Countries
,
where
they
had
no
kinde
of
accommodation
,
they
made
somewhat
a
hasty
retreat
:
leaving
only
behinde
them
some
few
Religious
men
,
of
the
Order
of
St.
Francis
,
whose
desires
to
doe
the
People
good
by
converting
them
to
the
true
knowledge
and
worship
of
Almighty
God
,
procured
them
not
long
after
,
the
Crown
of
Martyrdom
;
being
murdred
all
of
them
save
one
,
by
the
Natives
,
and
he
not
without
much
difficulty
escaping
their
hands
.
3.
Cibola
lyeth
more
Southward
of
Quivira
,
betwixt
it
and
New-Gallicia
to
the
North
and
North-East
:
On
the
West
it
hath
Mar
Vermiglio
,
or
the
Bay
of
Califormia
.
The
Aire
of
the
Province
indifferently
temperate
,
especially
if
compared
to
the
sharp
frosts
and
colds
of
Quivira
.
The
Countrie
,
for
the
most
part
level
and
plain
,
as
Quivira
is
.
Few
trees
at
all
in
it
,
except
here
and
there
some
woods
of
Cedars
:
which
yet
doe
aboundantly
supply
the
Natives
both
with
Timber
and
Fuel
.
The
ground
affords
plenty
of
Maiz
,
and
some
small
white
Pease
;
of
both
which
they
usually
make
bread
.
There
is
great
store
of
Venison
,
and
a
kinde
of
Sheep
(
as
they
say
,
and
as
it
should
seem
by
their
Fleece
)
as
big
as
some
little
Horse
or
Oxen
;
some
of
their
horns
weighing
fourty
or
fifty
pound
.
But
perhaps
,
by
some
mistake
of
Authors
,
this
Beast
may
be
no
other
then
the
Taurus
Mexicanus
afore
described
:
whose
hair
is
extreamly
thick
and
shaggie
,
and
of
which
they
make
cloath
,
as
of
wooll
,
as
hath
been
said
.
There
are
also
Lyons
,
Bears
,
and
Tygres
in
this
Province
,
in
such
numbers
,
than
the
People
of
the
Countrie
are
not
a
little
troubled
with
them
,
and
would
gladly
destroy
them
,
if
they
knew
how
.
The
People
are
generally
well
limb'd
,
tall
of
stature
,
and
seem
to
be
a
little
more
ingenious
than
their
neighbours
of
Quivira
:
yet
they
goe
naked
many
of
them
,
only
covered
before
with
Mantles
made
of
skins
:
which
are
many
times
painted
,
and
that
with
such
curiosity
and
Art
,
as
doe
sufficiently
argue
,
that
neither
themselves
nor
their
neighbours
of
Quivira
,
from
whom
they
have
them
in
traffique
,
doe
make
them
;
but
that
they
are
the
Merchandise
and
Commodities
of
some
other
Nations
,
perhaps
of
Cathay
or
China
,
who
,
by
the
North-west
Seas
,
doe
trade
with
the
Maritime
parts
and
People
of
Quivira
.
4.
This
part
of
the
Countrie
hath
been
reasonably
well
searched
by
the
Spaniards
,
but
as
yet
nothing
discovered
so
considerable
as
to
perswade
them
to
stay
in
it
.
That
which
seems
most
observable
,
is
the
great
Lake
Tonteac
,
situate
almost
in
the
midst
of
the
Province
;
upon
which
,
or
neer
unto
it
,
they
found
seven
or
eight
old
Towns
of
the
Natives
,
some
whereof
contained
four
or
five
hundred
of
their
Cottages
or
little
houses
,
and
were
fortified
also
with
Ramparts
,
and
other
works
of
defence
;
so
as
the
Spaniards
could
not
become
Masters
of
them
but
by
force
and
storming
them
:
in
the
attempt
whereof
Vasquez
Caronado
himself
,
their
Commander
in
chief
,
was
twice
beaten
down
with
stones
,
by
the
Natives
;
yet
at
last
carrying
the
place
,
he
found
in
it
good
plenty
of
Maiz
indeed
,
which
was
some
refreshment
to
his
Army
,
but
nothing
else
:
whereupon
having
named
the
place
Granada
,
in
memory
of
the
Vice-Roy
of
New-Spain
,
who
sent
him
upon
that
expedition
,
he
departed
.
In
his
return
homeward
he
fell
upon
a
certain
Countrie
,
which
he
named
Tucayan
,
of
which
his
companie
report
great
matters
:
as
first
of
a
certain
River
called
Huex
,
on
the
banks
whereof
,
in
the
space
of
twenty
leagues
or
thereabouts
,
there
stand
no
less
than
fifteen
good
Burroughs
well
built
,
and
furnished
likewise
with
stoves
or
hot-houses
,
against
the
cold
,
as
in
other
Countries
of
Europe
:
as
also
of
a
very
fruitfull
and
pleasant
Valley
,
which
therefore
they
called
Aroya
de
Corazones
,
of
another
gteat
Town
and
Territorie
thereto
belonging
,
called
Chichilticala
:
and
lastly
of
the
Valley
of
Nuestra
Sennora
,
or
our
Ladies
dale
,
in
the
South
parts
of
the
said
Territorie
;
all
of
them
described
for
such
rich
and
delicious
places
,
that
some
take
them
for
the
Campi
Elisii
of
America
:
especially
seeing
the
Spaniards
were
never
known
to
visit
them
the
second
time
;
the
discoveries
which
have
been
made
since
,
being
only
of
the
North-west
parts
of
the
Countrie
along
the
coasts
of
Mar
Vermiglio
;
and
this
no
further
than
only
to
give
name
to
certain
Capes
or
Promontories
which
they
met
with
,
as
namely
1.
Porto
de
St.
Clara
,
neer
to
the
mouth
of
the
River
which
they
call
Rio
del
Nordt
.
2.
Las
Playas
.
3.
St.
Michael
.
4.
Lago
del
oro
,
which
bordereth
on
Quivira
:
And
lastly
El
Rey
Coronado
,
Eastward
of
that
.
5.
Califormia
,
specially
so
called
,
is
by
many
thought
and
described
to
be
but
a
Peninsula
or
half
Island
,
by
reason
that
the
Bay
which
divides
it
from
Quivira
and
New-Gallicia
,
towards
the
North
runneth
much
narrower
than
it
doth
Southerly
:
which
made
them
think
,
that
somwhere
or
other
at
the
North
it
was
joyned
to
the
main-Land
of
America
.
But
later
discoveries
have
found
it
to
be
a
perfect
Island
,
and
altogether
separate
from
the
Continent
.
For
about
the
yeer
1620
some
Adventurers
beating
upon
those
coasts
Northward
,
accidentally
,
and
before
they
were
aware
,
fell
upon
a
Streit
,
the
waters
whereof
ran
with
such
a
Torrent
and
violent
course
,
that
they
brought
them
into
Mar
Vermiglio
,
whether
they
would
or
no
,
and
before
they
knew
it
:
and
by
that
means
discovered
that
Califormia
was
an
Island
,
and
that
the
waters
which
were
observed
to
fall
so
violently
into
that
Sea
,
towards
the
North
,
were
not
the
waters
of
any
River
emptying
it self
into
the
Bay
from
the
main-Land
,
as
was
formerly
thought
,
but
the
waters
of
the
North-west
Sea
it self
,
violently
breaking
into
the
Bay
,
and
dividing
it
wholly
from
the
Continent
.
It
lyeth
North
and
South
,
extending
it self
in
a
vast
length
,
full
twenty
degrees
of
latitude
,
viz.
from
twenty
two
to
fourty
two
;
but
the
bredth
nothing
answerable
.
The
most
Northern
point
of
it
is
called
Cape
Blanche
:
that
to
the
South
,
Cape
St.
Lucas
,
memorable
for
that
rich
and
gallant
prize
which
Captain
Cavendish
,
in
the
year
1587
,
being
then
in
his
voyage
about
the
World
,
took
from
the
Spaniards
neer
to
this
place
.
As
for
the
Island
it self
,
it
is
not
at
all
inhabited
by
the
Spaniards
;
whether
it
be
,
that
they
want
men
to
furnish
new
Plantations
,
or
that
they
finde
no
matter
of
invitation
and
encouragement
from
the
Countrie
;
or
perhaps
that
the
access
thither
be
not
so
easie
.
For
't
is
reported
to
be
wonderfully
well
peopled
by
the
Natives
;
and
that
there
were
found
only
upon
the
coasts
and
along
the
shore
of
Mar
Vermiglio
twenty
or
twenty
three
Nations
,
all
of
different
languages
.
The
Countrie
aboundantly
well
stored
both
with
Fish
and
Fowl
,
as
appears
partly
by
the
Natives
;
who
take
an
huge
pride
in
making
themselves
gay
with
the
bones
of
the
one
,
with
which
they
load
their
eares
,
and
sometimes
their
noses
also
:
and
with
the
feathers
of
the
other
,
which
ordinary
People
weare
only
sticking
about
their
waste
;
but
great
persons
,
and
such
as
will
be
fine
indeed
,
beset
their
heads
strangely
with
them
,
and
have
commonly
one
bunch
of
them
bigger
than
ordinary
hanging
down
behinde
them
like
a
tayle
:
Having
no
knowledge
of
the
true
God
,
they
worship
what
the
Devill
will
have
them
,
that
is
,
the
Sun
;
attributing
to
it
only
,
the
increase
of
their
Fruits
and
Plants
,
healthfull
Seasons
,
and
most
of
the
other
good
they
enjoy
,
or
are
sensible
of
.
Their
government
is
said
to
be
only
Oeconomicall
,
each
Father
ordering
the
affairs
of
his
Familie
apart
,
without
subjection
to
any
other
superiour
;
yet
so
well
managed
,
that
they
live
in
good
peace
one
with
another
;
not
without
many
good
Laws
and
Customes
,
viz.
That
they
allow
but
one
wife
to
one
Man
,
That
they
punish
Adultery
with
death
,
That
they
suffer
not
Maids
to
talk
or
converse
with
Men
,
till
they
be
married
,
That
Widdows
may
not
marry
,
till
they
have
mourned
at
least
one
half
of
a
year
for
their
Husbands
deceased
,
and
divers
others
of
like
nature
:
which
perhaps
if
the
truth
were
known
,
doe
more
properly
belong
to
the
Natives
of
Vtopia
or
New-Atlantis
,
then
to
these
of
Califormia
.
6.
The
places
therein
,
as
yet
most
observed
,
are
only
upon
the
Sea
Coasts
,
viz.
the
Capes
St.
Clara
and
St.
Lucas
;
the
one
at
the
South-East
of
the
Island
,
looking
towards
New-Gallicia
;
the
other
at
the
South-west
,
looking
into
the
Sea
and
towards
Asia
.
2.
St.
Cruce
:
This
is
a
large
and
convenient
Haven
,
not
far
from
Cape
St.
Clara.
3.
Cabo
de
las
Playas
,
more
within
the
Bay
.
4.
St.
Andrews
,
another
convenient
Haven
upon
an
Island
of
the
same
name
.
5.
St.
Thome
,
an
Island
at
the
mouth
of
the
Gulf
,
or
Bay
,
of
about
twenty
five
leagues
in
compass
,
rising
Southerly
with
an
high
mountainous
point
,
under
which
is
a
convenient
road
for
shipping
,
and
twenty
five
fathoms
of
water
.
On
the
other
side
of
the
Island
,
towards
the
main
Sea
,
there
is
first
St.
Abad
,
a
good
Haven
,
and
almost
surrounded
with
a
pleasant
and
fruitfull
Countrie
.
2.
Cape
Trinidado
.
3.
Cape
de
Cedras
.
4.
Puebla
de
las
Canoas
,
from
the
aboundance
of
those
little
Boats
which
the
Americans
generally
use
,
and
doe
call
Canoes
;
whereof
perhaps
some
store
is
made
there
.
5.
Cabo
de
Galera
,
and
some
others
.
7.
Nova-Albion
is
only
the
more
Northerly
part
of
this
Island
,
reaching
from
the
thirty
eighth
degree
of
latitude
,
up
towards
the
North
as
far
as
Cape
Blanco
,
first
discovered
by
Sir
Francis
Drake
,
in
his
Circumnavigation
of
the
World
,
in
the
year
1577
,
and
by
him
named
Nova-Albion
,
in
honour
of
England
,
his
own
Countrie
,
which
anciently
bore
that
name
.
They
found
the
Countrie
exceedingly
well
stored
with
Dear
,
grazing
up
and
down
the
Hills
by
thousands
in
a
company
:
The
Men
generally
goe
naked
all
over
,
the
Women
using
only
a
piece
of
a
mat
,
or
some
such
thing
instead
of
an
Apron
.
Their
houses
built
only
of
Turf
and
Osier
;
yet
so
wrought
together
,
that
they
served
very
well
to
keep
out
the
cold
:
in
the
midst
of
it
is
their
hearth
where
they
make
their
fire
,
and
lye
al
round
about
it
together
,
upon
several
Beds
of
Bulrushes
.
What
their
Towns
are
,
or
whither
they
have
any
,
is
not
yet
discovered
.
When
the
English
first
landed
in
those
parts
,
under
Sir
Francis
Drake
,
the
Natives
of
the
Countrie
immediatly
presented
themselves
to
the
General
,
bringing
him
fine
presents
of
Feathers
,
and
some
K●lls
of
Net-work
made
of
Rushes
:
and
the
news
of
their
arrivall
being
spread
up
into
the
Countrie
,
it
was
not
long
before
the
King
himself
came
and
gave
them
a
visit
.
He
was
a
person
of
goodly
stature
,
cloathed
all
over
with
certain
Conie
skins
of
that
Countrie
,
the
furre
whereof
is
exceeding
smooth
and
fine
,
and
the
only
Robe
of
Nobility
there
.
He
had
many
other
tall
men
attending
on
him
,
and
one
that
went
before
him
,
bearing
somewhat
instead
of
a
Mace
;
at
which
there
hung
three
Crowns
,
by
so
many
chains
;
the
Crowns
were
made
of
Feathers
,
the
Chains
of
Bone
;
both
of
them
very
ingeniously
wrought
.
After
these
followed
a
great
multitude
of
the
common
sort
of
People
,
but
none
of
them
without
his
present
of
something
or
other
,
even
to
the
very
Boys
.
The
King
would
needs
have
the
Crowns
put
upon
the
Generals
head
,
and
the
Chains
about
his
neck
;
to
which
he
consented
:
and
by
that
Ceremonie
promised
,
in
the
name
and
behalf
of
the
Queen
of
England
,
from
whom
he
said
he
came
,
to
take
them
into
his
protection
.
So
after
many
other
civilities
given
and
returned
betwixt
them
,
the
King
at
length
departed
,
and
Sir
Francis
with
his
men
returned
to
their
ships
;
having
first
erected
a
pillar
upon
the
place
;
on
which
he
fastned
the
Arms
of
England
,
with
the
Queens
name
and
his
own
,
to
remain
as
a
monument
of
his
being
there
,
and
of
the
surrender
which
was
made
of
that
Country
to
the
Queen
of
England
.
CHAP.
VI.
Of
New-Gallicia
,
and
the
Provinces
thereto
belonging
.
1.
NEw-Gallicia
is
the
most
Northerly
Countrie
of
all
America
,
that
is
inhabited
to
any
purpose
by
the
Spaniards
.
Here
't
is
true
,
they
are
scattered
up
and
down
in
all
the
parts
of
it
;
but
it
is
at
a
huge
distance
,
and
for
the
most
part
only
where
the
Mines
are
.
It
is
bounded
on
the
East
and
to
the
South
with
the
Kingdom
of
Mexico
,
or
New-Spain
:
on
the
West
with
the
Gulf
or
Bay
of
Califormia
.
Northward
,
for
so
much
as
is
yet
discovered
,
with
Quivira
and
Cibola
;
lying
between
eighteen
and
twenty
eight
degrees
of
Northern
latitude
,
that
is
,
from
La
Natividad
,
a
Port
so
named
by
the
Spaniards
,
in
the
confines
of
New-Spain
,
to
the
most
Northerly
borders
of
Cinoloa
,
a
part
of
this
Province
;
containing
,
as
is
supposed
,
not
much
less
than
three
hundred
leagues
in
length
,
and
in
bredth
much
more
;
and
whereof
not
a
tenth
part
is
either
used
or
frequented
by
the
Spaniards
:
The
Aire
is
generally
here
very
temperate
,
inclining
rather
to
heat
than
cold
,
and
subject
now
and
then
to
sodain
storms
of
rain
and
great
claps
of
thunder
;
which
yet
doe
not
hinder
,
but
that
the
Countrie
is
held
to
be
reasonably
healthfull
,
and
the
people
observed
to
live
generally
to
a
good
old
age
.
The
Soil
,
by
reason
of
the
Climate
,
would
be
a
little
inclining
to
drought
,
but
that
beside
the
frequent
rains
which
it
hath
,
it
is
constantly
moistned
with
fresh
morning
dews
;
which
make
it
for
the
most
part
wonderfully
fruitfull
,
almost
beyond
beleef
:
yeelding
for
every
bushel
of
Wheat
that
is
sown
threescore
;
and
of
Maiz
two
hundred
for
one
:
beside
great
plenty
of
Sugar-Canes
and
Cochineel
;
both
which
,
notwithstanding
the
Spaniards
are
said
to
neglect
in
some
sort
,
imploying
themselves
wholly
about
richer
Commodities
.
For
the
Countrie
affords
them
good
store
of
Mines
,
viz.
of
Sylver
and
Brass
;
but
of
Gold
or
Iron
,
not
many
as
yet
have
been
found
:
the
Rivers
plentifully
abounding
with
Fish
,
and
the
Woods
with
Venison
and
some
other
wilde
Beasts
.
The
Countrie
generally
more
mountainous
than
plain
,
frequently
shaded
with
Woods
and
whole
Forrests
of
the
statelyest
Pine
trees
and
Oaks
of
timber
that
are
to
be
seen
.
The
People
are
said
to
be
somewhat
of
a
wavering
and
inconstant
disposition
,
apt
to
take
offence
;
and
though
civilized
in
some
measure
,
and
made
Christians
by
the
Spaniards
,
yet
oftentimes
upon
some
light
distaste
given
,
they
seem
willing
to
return
again
to
their
Woods
and
Barbarism
.
The
reason
whereof
in
part
is
conceived
to
be
a
natural
slothfulness
and
unwillingness
unto
any
kinde
of
labour
in
this
People
;
which
they
labour
most
of
all
to
avoid
,
and
are
so
wise
,
that
they
never
will
be
brought
to
it
,
but
upon
good
wages
:
but
on
the
contrary
,
given
to
sports
very
much
,
viz.
singing
,
dancing
,
and
drinking
out
of
measure
;
in
so
much
as
't
is
thought
,
if
it
were
not
for
their
beloved
liquor
,
they
would
hardly
be
perswaded
long
to
take
either
the
care
or
the
pains
of
Husbandry
.
They
are
of
stature
reasonably
tall
,
dwelling
both
in
Towns
and
Villages
;
being
distinguished
into
certain
Clans
or
Tribes
;
each
whereof
is
governed
by
one
Chief
,
but
all
of
them
subject
to
the
Judges
and
Officers
of
the
King
of
Spain
.
It
contains
in
it
these
inferiour
Provinces
,
1.
Cinoloa
.
2.
Couliacan
.
3.
Xalisco
.
4.
Guadalaiara
;
all
of
them
on
the
Western
shore
.
5.
Zacatecas
.
6.
New-Biscay
:
and
7.
New-Mexico
,
more
within
Land
.
2.
Cinoloa
is
the
most
Northern
part
of
New-Gallicia
,
bounded
on
the
West
,
with
some
part
of
the
Gulf
or
Bay
of
Califormia
:
On
the
East
with
a
long
ridge
of
Mountains
,
which
they
call
Tepecsuan
:
On
the
North
with
Cibola
;
and
with
Couliacan
on
the
South
.
The
Country
,
beside
the
general
fertility
of
the
whole
Province
of
New
Gallicia
,
yeelds
great
store
of
Cotton-wooll
,
by
reason
whereof
both
Men
and
Women
here
are
better
appareld
,
for
the
most
part
,
than
elsewhere
the
Americans
are
.
Exceedingly
well
watered
with
Rivers
,
which
descend
from
those
mountains
Tepecsuan
,
not
above
thirty
or
fourty
leagues
distant
from
the
Sea
;
and
which
,
with
the
varietie
of
their
streams
and
Meandrous
glidings
,
doe
divide
the
Country
into
many
and
good
pastures
,
which
are
likewise
stored
with
aboundance
of
Kine
,
Oxen
and
other
Cattel
.
The
chief
towns
of
the
Spaniards
are
,
1.
St.
Philip
and
Jacob
,
seated
towards
the
Sea
side
,
on
the
banks
of
a
fair
River
,
some
thirty
or
fourty
leagues
distant
from
the
town
of
Couliacan
.
2.
St.
John
de
Cinoloa
,
an
ancient
Colonie
of
Spaniards
,
setled
there
by
Francisco
de
Tharra
,
in
the
year
1554
,
which
is
all
they
have
in
this
Countrie
;
except
some
few
old
Forts
of
the
Natives
,
which
they
found
,
after
their
manner
,
poorly
furnished
;
but
have
since
repaired
them
for
defense
against
the
Natives
of
those
parts
,
which
as
yet
remain
unreduced
.
3.
Couliacan
lyeth
Southward
of
Cinoloa
,
coasting
all
along
the
Bay
of
Califormia
,
which
it
hath
on
the
West
.
On
the
East
it
hath
New-Biscay
:
and
on
the
South
Xalisco
.
The
Countrie
not
defective
in
any
kinde
of
necessary
Provision
,
more
especially
aboundeth
with
Fruits
of
all
sorts
:
But
the
Spaniards
look
only
at
the
Mines
;
of
which
they
have
some
few
in
this
Countrie
.
The
People
were
generally
cloathed
with
Garments
of
Cotton-wooll
,
when
the
Spaniards
came
first
among
them
,
but
yet
never
a
whit
the
more
modest
;
being
exceedingly
given
to
Venery
,
and
that
in
a
more
shameless
and
beastly
manner
,
than
many
other
Americans
were
,
that
goe
naked
.
The
Spanish
Towns
are
these
,
1.
Hiustula
,
seated
on
the
banks
of
a
fair
River
,
distant
about
a
dayes
journie
from
the
Sea
.
2.
Quinola
.
3.
Quatrabarrios
,
an
old
Town
of
the
Natives
,
but
new
named
by
the
Spaniards
.
4.
El
Leon
,
an
old
burrough
.
5.
Couliacan
,
the
chief
town
of
the
Province
.
6.
St.
Michael
,
in
the
Valley
of
Arroba
,
two
leagues
distant
from
the
Sea
,
in
a
rich
and
plentifull
Countrie
both
for
Corn
and
fruit
,
and
built
by
Nunnez
de
Gusman
in
the
year
1531
,
after
he
had
burnt
the
Towns
,
and
destroyed
a
great
part
of
the
Natives
,
inhabitants
of
the
Country
.
4.
Xalisco
,
or
Galesco
,
as
some
call
it
,
is
bounded
on
the
North
with
Couliacan
:
On
the
South
with
some
parts
of
New-Spain
:
On
the
East
with
the
Province
of
Guadalaiara
;
and
on
the
West
with
the
Gulf
or
Bay
of
Califormia
.
The
Countrie
chiefly
fertil
in
Maiz
and
Mines
of
Silver
;
not
altogether
so
apt
for
herbage
and
pasture
,
as
some
other
Countries
about
it
.
The
People
were
Cannibals
,
before
the
Spaniards
came
among
them
,
and
did
eate
Mans-flesh
;
were
much
given
to
quarrelling
and
contentions
among
themselves
;
but
by
this
time
't
is
supposed
,
are
reasonably
well
reclaimed
both
from
the
one
and
the
other
.
In
this
Countrie
,
beside
many
other
goodly
streams
,
is
the
great
and
famous
River
Barania
,
on
the
banks
whereof
are
seated
most
of
their
principall
Towns
,
viz.
Xalisco
,
which
gives
name
to
the
whole
Province
,
and
to
a
large
Promontory
or
Foreland
on
the
Western
coasts
,
which
shoots
it self
out
into
the
Bay
of
Califormia
,
right
over
against
certain
Islands
which
the
Spaniards
call
the
Three
Maries
.
This
was
an
ancient
Cittie
or
Town
of
the
Natives
;
but
sacked
and
taken
from
them
by
Nunnez
de
Gusman
,
in
the
year
1530.
2.
Compostella
,
now
the
chief
City
of
the
Province
,
and
a
Bishops
Sea
.
3.
La
Purification
,
a
small
Town
on
the
Sea
side
towards
the
confines
of
New-Spain
.
4.
St.
Sebastians
,
in
Chiametla
,
so
called
from
the
River
upon
which
it
is
built
;
having
rich
Mines
of
silver
round
about
it
;
and
therefore
made
a
Colony
by
Franciscus
de
Tharra
above
mentioned
,
in
the
year
1554.
5.
Guadalaiara
,
is
bounded
on
the
West
with
Xalisco
;
on
the
South
,
and
South-west
with
New-Spain
;
on
the
North
with
Zacatecas
.
A
Countrie
exceeding
pleasant
,
and
rich
in
all
kinde
of
Commodities
,
but
especially
in
its
Mines
of
silver
:
Well
watered
with
the
River
Barania
,
which
runneth
through
the
midst
of
it
,
and
with
divers
other
streams
:
Yeelding
aboundantly
,
both
Wheat
,
Maiz
,
and
some
other
grain
.
In
a
word
,
there
is
nothing
said
of
the
properties
of
New-Gallicia
in
generall
,
either
for
Soile
,
Climate
,
or
People
,
but
is
peculiarly
verified
of
this
Province
.
The
chief
Towns
whereof
are
,
1.
Guadalaiara
,
which
gives
name
to
the
whole
Province
about
it
.
It
is
seated
on
the
banks
of
the
River
Barania
,
in
a
most
delectable
and
sweet
Aire
,
and
a
rich
Soil
;
by
advantage
whereof
it
is
become
the
Metropolis
of
New-Gallicia
,
honoured
with
an
Episcopall
Sea
,
which
was
translated
thither
from
Compostella
,
in
the
year
1570
,
with
the
Courts
of
Judicature
,
and
with
the
Residence
of
the
Kings
Treasurers
for
that
Province
.
2.
St.
Maria
de
los
lagos
,
a
town
thirty
leagues
Eastward
of
Guadalaiara
;
being
a
Frontier
place
,
and
built
on
purpose
to
secure
the
Countrie
against
the
Chichemecae
,
which
are
a
barbarous
and
unreduced
People
of
the
North-East
parts
of
this
Country
;
who
harbouring
themselves
in
Caves
under
ground
in
the
thickest
of
huge
Woods
and
Forests
,
doe
oftentimes
issue
out
and
make
foul
spoil
in
the
Countrie
where
they
come
;
and
would
doe
much
more
harme
,
if
it
were
not
for
this
Garrison
.
3.
Del
Spiritu
Santo
,
built
by
the
Founder
of
the
other
two
,
viz.
Nunnez
de
Gusman
aforesaid
,
in
a
part
of
the
Countrie
which
they
call
Tepeque
.
6.
The
Zacatecas
,
as
they
call
them
,
are
bounded
on
the
South
with
Guadalaiara
:
on
the
North
with
New-Biscay
:
on
the
West
with
Couliacan
,
and
some
part
of
Xalisco
:
and
on
the
East
with
New-Span
.
The
Countrie
,
especially
the
more
Western
part
of
it
,
very
rich
in
silver
Mines
,
no
Province
of
this
part
of
America
richer
;
but
not
so
apt
either
for
Wheat
or
Maiz.
'T
is
a
Countrie
that
would
please
some
rich
Miser
well
,
that
could
live
only
with
the
sight
of
his
money
:
But
the
Eastern
parts
of
it
aboundantly
stored
with
all
sorts
of
Fruits
;
the
Woods
every
where
replenished
with
Deer
;
the
Fields
no
less
with
Corn
,
and
every
tree
almost
giving
entertainment
to
some
Bird
or
other
.
The
towns
are
,
1.
Las
Zacatecas
,
fourty
leagues
distant
from
Guadalaiara
,
and
four-score
from
Mexico
,
but
neighboured
with
most
rich
Mines
;
and
therefore
both
Garrison'd
and
also
well
peopled
by
the
Spaniards
:
'T
is
supposed
there
are
no
less
then
five
hundred
Families
of
them
in
the
Town
and
about
the
Mines
.
2.
St.
Martins
,
twenty
seven
leagues
distant
from
Zacatecas
,
and
as
rich
a
place
;
having
a
Colony
of
four
hundred
Spaniards
at
least
.
3.
St.
Lucas
de
Avinno
.
4.
Erena
,
lesser
towns
,
but
both
of
them
rich
and
seated
in
the
midst
of
excellent
Mines
.
6.
Nombre
de
Dios
,
in
the
most
Northerly
part
of
all
this
Countrie
,
sixty
eight
leagues
distant
from
Guadalaiara
,
and
founded
by
the
aforesaid
Francisco
de
Tharra
;
who
having
subdued
and
quieted
the
Natives
,
and
thereby
gained
to
himself
the
Government
of
these
Countries
,
granted
the
propriety
of
some
silver
Mines
both
to
the
Spaniards
and
Natives
;
and
by
that
means
drew
so
many
of
them
thither
,
that
in
a
short
time
it
became
the
chiefest
and
best
Peopled
town
of
the
whole
Province
.
7.
Durango
,
in
the
Valley
of
Guadiana
,
eight
leagues
distant
from
Nombre
de
Dios.
8.
Xeres
de
Frontera
,
a
place
built
on
purpose
for
the
repressing
of
the
Chichemecae
aforesaid
,
and
other
Savages
that
infested
the
borders
of
Guadalaiara
,
in
the
regencie
of
the
Marquis
of
Villa
Manrique
.
And
lastly
St.
Lewis
,
built
by
Alonso
Pacheco
,
in
that
part
of
the
Countrie
which
is
called
Vxitipa
,
and
Peopled
by
him
with
a
Colonie
of
Spaniards
;
being
distant
about
twenty
leagues
from
Panuco
in
New-Spain
,
to
which
the
whole
Countrie
of
Vxitipa
once
belonged
.
7.
New-Biscay
hath
on
the
South
the
Zacatecas
;
on
the
West
the
Countrie
of
Cinoloa
.
Northward
it
is
bounded
with
New-Mexico
;
the
Eastern
borders
of
it
looking
towards
Florida
,
not
yet
well
discovered
;
so
called
by
the
Spaniards
only
from
its
neighbourhood
to
New-Gallicia
.
It
is
,
as
the
other
Provinces
,
exceedingly
rich
in
silver
Mines
,
and
hath
some
also
of
lead
:
which
serve
principally
,
as
some
say
,
for
the
refining
or
purging
of
the
other
Metal
.
The
people
generally
of
a
stout
and
resolute
disposition
,
and
with
much
difficulty
submitting
to
the
yoake
:
yea
the
Spaniards
●hemselves
confess
,
there
remain
yet
to
this
day
four
great
Towns
unreduced
,
though
they
lye
,
as
it
were
,
in
the
middle
way
,
betwixt
the
Zacatecas
aforesaid
,
and
the
Mines
and
Town
of
St.
Barbara
of
this
Province
.
The
Spaniards
call
them
Las
quatro
Ceinegas
,
or
the
four
Quagmires
,
as
lying
perhaps
in
the
Marishes
,
or
in
some
fenny
and
lower
parts
of
the
Countrie
.
The
towns
which
themselves
hold
are
1.
St.
Barbara
,
famous
for
the
rich
Mines
about
it
.
2.
St.
Johns
,
equall
to
the
other
,
and
not
above
three
or
four
leagues
distant
from
it
.
3.
Ende
,
the
most
Northerly
town
which
the
Spaniards
have
in
this
Countrie
,
distant
about
twenty
leagues
from
the
other
.
These
be
all
Colonies
of
the
Spaniards
,
and
built
on
purpose
for
securing
the
Mines
.
7.
New-Mexico
(
as
't
is
called
for
distinction
sake
)
is
bounded
on
the
South-west
with
New-Biscay
;
more
directly
Westward
with
some
parts
of
Quivira
:
the
Countries
Northward
of
it
,
not
yet
discovered
:
Eastward
it
extends
it self
as
far
as
Florida
.
This
is
,
without
comparison
,
the
largest
Province
of
all
New-Gallicia
,
having
been
searched
and
discovered
by
the
Spaniards
above
one
hundred
,
some
say
above
two
hundred
leagues
directly
Eastward
and
to
the
North-East
:
and
they
report
wonders
of
it
,
if
we
may
beleeve
them
,
at
least
in
respect
of
what
was
generally
found
in
these
Northern
parts
of
America
at
their
first
discovery
;
as
namely
,
that
they
have
Towns
fairly
and
well
built
of
Lime
and
Stone
,
houses
of
four
stories
high
,
and
most
of
them
provided
with
stoves
for
the
winter
season
,
as
well
as
any
in
Europe
:
The
streets
fair
and
broad
,
and
the
People
as
curious
and
expert
in
divers
Arts
and
Manufactures
,
as
any
of
theirs
.
More
particularly
they
tell
us
of
a
town
called
Chia
,
of
the
Province
of
Cuames
,
so
big
,
that
it
is
said
to
contain
eight
several
Market-places
.
Another
called
Acoma
,
a
great
Town
,
but
seated
on
the
top
of
an
high
Rock
,
without
any
ordinary
way
of
access
to
it
,
but
by
a
pair
of
staires
,
hewn
out
of
the
hard
stone
;
or
else
by
certain
ladders
which
the
Inhabitants
let
down
and
take
up
as
they
please
.
And
likewise
of
a
third
,
which
they
call
Conibas
,
containing
,
as
they
say
,
no
less
than
seven
leagues
in
length
,
&
about
half
as
much
in
breadth
,
seated
upon
a
Lake
,
but
scatteringly
built
,
and
much
of
the
space
taken
up
with
mountains
and
many
fair
Gardens
,
in
the
midst
of
which
the
Town
standeth
.
This
is
certain
,
that
the
Countrie
,
to
which
they
give
the
general
name
of
New-Mexico
,
is
of
a
vast
extent
,
reaching
from
the
Mines
of
St.
Barbara
in
New-Biscay
Eastward
and
to
the
North-East
above
two
hundred
leagues
already
discovered
,
but
doubtless
taking
up
no
small
part
of
those
Countries
which
are
sometimes
assigned
to
Florida
,
if
not
of
the
confines
of
Virginia
also
.
The
first
discoverer
of
this
Countrie
was
one
Augustino
Royaz
,
a
Franciscan
Frier
,
about
the
year
1580
,
by
whose
report
and
incouragement
Antonio
de
Espeio
,
a
Native
of
Corduba
,
but
then
dwelling
at
Mexico
,
raised
,
at
his
own
charges
,
a
Band
of
an
150
Horsemen
,
and
with
a
competent
number
of
Slaves
,
Beasts
of
carriage
,
and
other
necessaries
,
undertook
the
business
,
and
discovered
many
Nations
,
as
the
Conchi
,
Tobosi
,
Passaguates
,
Tepoames
,
Quires
,
and
divers
others
;
still
marching
on
till
he
arrived
at
a
great
River
,
which
he
named
Rio
del
Nordt
.
Here
he
made
some
stay
and
caused
the
Countrie
on
each
side
of
the
River
to
be
called
Nova-Mexicana
,
and
a
City
to
be
built
,
which
he
likewise
named
New-Mexico
.
It
is
seated
in
the
37
degree
of
Northern
latitude
,
and
distant
from
Old-Mexico
four
hundred
leagues
.
The
name
whereof
is
since
changed
into
that
of
St.
Foy
;
but
the
dignity
of
the
place
improved
:
being
at
present
the
Metropolis
of
that
Province
,
a
Bishops
Sea
,
the
ordinary
Residence
of
the
Governour
,
and
hath
a
Garrison
of
about
two
hundred
and
fifty
Souldiers
in
it
,
which
both
commands
the
Countrie
and
secures
their
Mines
,
of
which
they
have
some
in
the
towns
hereabouts
:
the
chief
of
which
towns
are
,
1.
S.
Antonio
de
Senecu
,
the
first
Town
which
they
have
upon
the
Nordt
River
.
2.
Socorro
,
so
named
by
the
Spaniards
from
the
releefe
which
they
found
there
both
for
themselves
and
Horses
,
being
almost
starved
with
a
long
march
.
3.
Pilabo
.
4.
Siviletta
;
all
of
them
old
towns
,
but
new
named
by
the
Spaniards
.
5.
St.
Johns
,
built
some
yeers
after
the
first
discovery
of
the
Countrie
by
John
D'
Ognate
,
a
Spaniard
,
who
in
the
year
1599
,
or
thereabouts
over-ran
the
Countrie
a
second
time
with
a
greater
Army
,
yet
pursuing
the
tract
of
d'
Espeio
,
by
which
means
,
having
gathered
together
an
infinite
mass
of
treasure
,
he
found
no
better
way
to
secure
it
,
than
by
building
this
town
.
CHAP.
VIII
.
Of
New-Spain
,
and
its
Provinces
.
1.
THe
Kingdom
of
Mexico
,
or
New-Spain
,
was
formerly
,
that
is
,
before
the
Spaniards
conquer'd
and
dismembred
it
,
much
larger
than
now
it
is
;
for
as
much
as
it
comprehended
the
whole
Province
of
New-Gallicia
,
and
reached
from
the
furthest
point
of
the
Peninsula
of
Jucatan
Southward
;
as
far
as
New-Biscay
and
the
confines
of
Califormia
Northward
:
containing
in
length
seven
hundred
leagues
or
more
,
and
about
half
as
much
in
breadth
.
But
since
the
conquest
by
Hernando
Cortez
and
his
followers
,
the
whole
Countrie
of
New-Gallicia
is
taken
from
it
,
and
made
a
distinct
Government
,
or
Audiencia
,
as
the
Spaniards
call
it
,
of
it self
.
The
Natives
of
the
Countrie
are
of
the
race
of
the
Chichimecae
,
a
savage
and
wilde
sort
of
People
of
the
Province
of
New-Gallicia
,
especially
in
the
parts
of
New-Biscay
,
living
in
Forests
and
in
deep
caves
under
ground
;
whose
posterity
doe
still
at
this
day
much
trouble
and
annoy
the
Countrie
thereabouts
;
notwithstanding
all
the
endeavours
of
the
Spaniards
,
and
the
Garrisons
which
they
keep
in
those
parts
on
purpose
to
destroy
them
.
About
five
hundred
years
agoe
or
more
,
according
to
the
account
of
the
Mexican
Annals
,
divers
Hoards
or
Swarms
of
these
Chichimecae
,
weary
,
it
seems
,
of
their
Woods
and
subterraneous
dwellings
,
issued
out
into
the
more
open
Aire
,
and
fell
down
in
huge
multitudes
into
these
Southerly
parts
of
America
,
which
are
now
called
Mexico
and
New-Spain
:
not
all
at
once
,
but
at
several
times
,
and
under
several
names
,
viz.
of
the
Suchimilci
,
Chalcae
,
Tepanecae
,
Tlascaltecae
,
and
others
;
who
subduing
or
driving
out
the
People
they
found
in
those
parts
,
seated
themselves
in
their
room
:
And
though
at
first
every
Nation
or
Company
of
them
,
as
they
came
,
seized
upon
some
Province
apart
by
themselves
,
and
held
it
,
as
it
were
,
in
Soveraignty
to
themselves
,
without
acknowledgement
of
any
dependance
or
subjection
to
their
Neighbours
,
or
those
that
were
there
before
them
;
yet
in
tract
of
time
,
and
by
fortune
of
the
Warrs
,
which
they
made
one
upon
another
,
they
all
fell
under
the
Government
of
one
King
,
viz.
the
King
of
Mexico
:
which
was
the
chief
City
of
the
Province
.
This
Kingdome
,
at
the
time
that
the
Spaniards
first
discovered
the
Countrie
,
was
governed
by
a
Prince
,
named
Motezuma
;
one
,
who
by
his
valour
and
good
success
in
the
warres
,
had
in
a
few
years
of
his
reign
,
before
the
Spaniards
came
thither
,
subdued
the
better
part
of
a
hundred
Cities
and
great
Towns
to
his
Dominion
;
and
held
in
actual
submission
to
his
Government
,
and
tributary
to
him
,
no
less
than
thirty
several
Casiques
or
petty
Princes
;
every
one
of
which
pay'd
him
Tribute
,
and
were
able
upon
occasion
to
bring
into
the
field
an
hundred
thousand
men
.
He
is
said
to
have
been
,
for
his
person
,
a
wise
and
good
Prince
,
just
,
affable
,
and
tender
of
his
Subjects
good
:
but
by
reason
of
some
heavy
exactions
,
which
his
own
power
and
the
practise
of
his
Ancestors
before
him
,
gave
him
the
confidence
to
impose
upon
the
conquered
People
,
a
great
part
of
his
Subjects
lived
but
unwillingly
under
his
obedience
,
and
rather
by
constraint
than
otherwise
:
being
also
further
exasperated
against
him
by
one
barbarous
custome
,
which
the
Mexicans
frequently
used
,
viz.
the
Sacrificing
of
men
.
Their
manner
was
,
whensoever
they
had
any
solemn
occasion
of
doing
honour
to
their
Devil-god
Vitzilopuchtli
,
as
they
called
him
,
to
send
out
an
Army
of
men
from
Mexico
,
into
some
of
the
subdued
Provinces
,
(
in
case
they
had
no
enemies
neerer
hand
)
and
to
fetch
in
as
many
men
as
they
thought
good
,
to
be
sacrificed
;
whose
flesh
likewise
afterwards
they
did
eate
in
a
solemn
Banquet
.
This
being
a
business
of
their
Satanicall
Religion
,
and
Motezuma
a
Prince
extremely
superstitious
and
devoted
to
the
service
of
his
gods
,
it
is
said
,
that
he
sacrificed
commonly
,
one
yeer
with
another
,
twenty
thousand
men
,
and
some
yeers
,
upon
extraordinary
occasions
,
not
less
than
fifty
thousand
:
So
great
and
grievous
a
Tyranny
,
by
the
just
judgement
and
permission
of
Almighty
God
,
for
their
great
and
unnatural
sins
,
did
the
Enemy
of
Mankinde
exercise
upon
them
.
He
was
likewise
much
given
to
Women
;
but
it
was
only
to
such
as
were
counted
his
Wives
;
of
which
he
is
said
to
have
had
no
less
than
one
hundred
and
fifty
with
child
by
him
at
one
time
.
2.
Cortez
,
that
fortunate
Spaniard
,
who
first
conquered
this
rich
and
mighty
Kingdom
,
soon
discovered
the
discontents
and
ill
affections
which
a
great
part
of
Motezumas
People
bare
towards
his
Government
;
and
resolved
to
make
his
advantage
of
it
.
Wherefore
,
being
already
landed
in
the
Island
Acusamil
,
or
Cozamul
,
as
't
is
often
called
,
and
having
gained
his
first
battel
at
Potonchan
,
and
after
that
another
at
Cintla
,
where
,
with
a
handfull
of
men
(
not
above
five
hundred
in
all
)
some
horse
,
and
a
few
pieces
of
Ordinance
,
he
defeated
an
Army
of
fourty
thousand
Indians
,
he
quickly
obliged
those
of
Zempoallan
and
Tlascaella
to
take
part
with
him
against
Motezuma
;
and
by
their
means
divers
others
:
as
likewise
they
did
,
assisting
him
both
in
his
first
march
towards
Mexico
with
a
competent
number
of
Men
,
and
at
the
siege
and
taking
of
it
,
with
an
Army
of
an
hundred
thousand
:
In
recompense
whereof
,
they
enjoy
at
this
day
many
great
Immunities
and
priviledges
above
the
rest
of
the
Americans
,
and
in
a
manner
equall
to
those
of
the
Spaniards
themselves
.
Motezuma
was
so
frighted
with
the
success
of
Cortez
,
and
with
the
revolt
of
so
many
of
his
own
Subjects
from
him
,
especially
upon
his
gaining
a
third
battel
,
and
sacking
of
the
rich
town
of
Chololla
,
that
at
the
first
he
freely
admitted
him
into
Mexico
,
and
soon
after
without
much
contestation
,
acknowledged
himself
Vassal
to
the
Emperor
and
King
of
Spain
;
presenting
him
in
the
nature
of
a
Tribute
,
as
much
gold
as
amounted
to
one
hundred
and
sixty
thousand
Castlins
or
pieces
of
Castile
,
which
are
said
to
be
nine
shillings
and
seven
pence
a
peece
of
common
money
.
Nothwithstanding
,
not
long
after
,
upon
some
differences
growing
betwixt
the
Spaniards
and
People
of
Mexico
,
and
that
a
Governor
of
Motezumas
in
the
Country
,
named
Qualpopoca
,
had
put
some
Spaniards
to
death
,
Motezuma
was
confined
to
Cortez
his
house
,
and
for
the
more
security
of
his
person
,
a
pair
of
Gives
or
Fetters
put
upon
his
leggs
;
although
he
utterly
disclaimed
the
fact
of
Qualpopoca
,
and
caused
him
with
his
Son
and
some
others
that
were
complices
in
the
business
,
to
be
publiquely
burnt
for
it
in
the
Market
place
of
Mexico
,
and
that
by
the
sentence
of
Cortez
himself
.
The
Mexicans
,
provoked
with
the
injurie
and
indignity
offered
to
their
King
,
in
the
midst
of
his
Royal
Citie
,
and
in
the
sight
of
his
People
,
begin
to
mutiny
and
take
Arms
for
the
rescue
of
their
Prince
.
They
besiege
the
Spaniards
in
their
house
,
together
with
Motezuma
,
and
press
so
hard
upon
them
,
that
the
Fetters
are
taken
off
,
and
Motezuma's
help
used
for
the
allaying
of
the
tumult
,
and
quieting
the
People
:
and
although
they
keep
him
still
under
guard
,
yet
they
permit
him
to
command
and
dispatch
all
affairs
,
as
freely
as
if
he
were
at
liberty
;
to
be
attended
by
his
Noblemen
and
other
Servants
,
in
the
full
State
and
dignity
of
a
King
;
only
he
went
not
abroad
but
some
guard
of
Spaniards
were
with
him
.
3.
About
this
time
there
were
certain
ships
come
to
Vera
Crux
,
which
was
a
new
Port
town
of
this
Countrie
that
the
Spaniards
had
built
since
their
coming
thither
,
and
had
landed
neer
upon
a
thousand
men
;
which
was
an
accident
that
had
like
to
have
spoiled
the
design
of
Cortez
and
all
his
Company
at
Mexico
:
these
men
being
sent
by
James
Velasquez
,
Governour
of
Cuba
,
expressly
against
Cortez
and
his
men
,
upon
pretence
that
they
acted
not
conformably
to
the
Commission
which
they
had
received
from
him
;
and
gave
him
no
account
of
their
proceedings
:
which
in
a
great
part
was
true
.
For
it
must
be
confessed
,
Cortez
and
his
men
finding
themselves
to
have
fallen
upon
an
adventure
that
was
certainly
rich
and
good
;
and
having
got
such
footing
and
interest
in
the
Country
already
,
by
their
success
and
victories
,
and
chiefly
by
their
confederacy
with
so
many
of
the
Natives
and
People
of
the
Countrie
revolted
to
them
,
did
almost
at
first
▪
by
a
general
consent
,
renounce
their
Commission
and
dependency
upon
Velasquez
,
and
professed
to
act
immediatly
from
and
for
the
King
of
Spain
.
What
pretences
they
had
for
such
a
resolution
,
seemingly
at
least
irregular
,
is
not
so
well
known
.
What
ever
they
were
,
they
proceed
in
it
,
and
the
whole
company
,
(
excepting
only
some
few
who
yet
went
along
with
the
rest
)
choose
Cortez
anew
for
their
Commander
in
chief
,
and
appoint
likewise
,
by
common
consent
,
all
other
Officers
of
Justice
,
both
Civil
and
Military
,
among
themselves
:
and
to
give
the
better
colour
at
Court
to
their
proceedings
,
they
send
Portocorrero
and
Monteio
,
two
of
their
principalls
,
into
Spain
,
with
a
rich
and
huge
present
,
to
the
Emperour
,
both
to
make
report
of
the
State
of
the
Country
,
and
to
procure
immediate
Commission
from
his
Majestie
,
to
proceed
:
after
which
they
advance
towards
Mexico
,
as
hath
been
said
.
Velasquez
,
at
Cuba
,
understanding
their
proceedings
,
labored
to
intercept
both
their
Messengers
and
Present
,
but
could
not
:
and
therefore
sent
Pamphilo
Narvaez
with
eleven
ships
,
and
about
nine
hundred
or
a
thousand
men
,
to
apprehend
Cortez
and
oppose
his
proceedings
.
This
hapned
about
the
time
that
the
differences
were
but
newly
calmed
betwixt
the
Spaniards
and
the
People
of
Mexico
;
and
though
it
obliged
Cortez
to
leave
the
City
in
a
wavering
and
unsetled
condition
,
yet
he
took
such
order
,
that
Motezuma
still
remained
under
the
guard
of
the
Spaniards
,
as
before
,
assisted
with
some
thousands
of
their
friends
of
Tlascalla
;
and
he
himself
taking
the
rest
and
some
few
Spaniards
along
with
him
,
with
undaunted
courage
and
resolution
,
marched
against
Narvaez
.
And
such
was
his
good
fortune
,
that
not
only
Narvaez
became
his
prisoner
,
without
much
bloodshed
,
but
likewise
all
his
Men
joyned
with
him
in
his
designe
,
through
the
favour
of
the
Chancery
,
or
supreme
Court
of
St.
Domingo
,
and
by
the
procurement
of
the
Licentiate
Vasquez
de
Ayllon
,
a
Judge
of
it
,
who
was
sent
with
Narvaez
to
accommodate
the
differences
.
4.
With
this
recruit
Cortez
marches
back
again
to
Mexico
;
but
at
his
comming
findes
things
in
a
very
bad
condition
.
For
the
Mexicans
were
now
in
an
absolute
Rebellion
,
and
made
open
warre
against
the
Spaniards
;
had
block'd
up
those
in
the
Citie
,
together
with
their
friends
the
Tlascaltecans
,
and
either
stopped
up
or
possessed
themselves
of
all
the
Avennues
by
land
or
water
:
so
that
it
was
some
time
before
Cortez
could
get
in
with
his
forces
.
But
at
last
by
advantage
of
the
night
,
in
which
the
Mexicans
never
use
to
fight
,
nor
yet
to
keep
any
very
good
guard
,
he
found
a
passage
,
and
made
shift
to
bring
in
his
forces
,
to
the
great
rejoycing
and
incouragement
of
his
men
within
,
who
were
very
hard
put
to
it
by
the
numerous
Mexicans
,
and
pressed
to
yeeld
themselves
,
and
deliver
up
Motezuma
.
But
upon
his
coming
they
took
heart
again
;
and
he
with
his
fresh
Companies
sallying
out
upon
the
Citizens
,
easily
set
them
at
further
distance
.
But
yet
their
numbers
were
such
,
and
so
infinitely
surpassing
his
,
being
called
in
from
all
parts
of
the
Kingdome
not
revolted
,
and
their
resolution
such
to
destroy
or
starve
the
Spaniards
,
as
they
would
neither
admit
,
nor
so
much
as
hear
of
any
terms
of
Accommodation
;
which
Cortez
profered
them
divers
times
:
their
general
cry
being
nothing
else
,
but
Get
you
hence
,
deliver
up
the
King
;
and
calling
them
Enemies
,
Theevs
,
Robbers
,
and
what
not
?
and
truly
the
condition
of
the
Spaniards
was
such
,
and
the
Mexicans
had
them
so
much
in
their
power
,
if
not
to
kill
,
yet
at
least
to
starve
them
,
by
reason
of
their
infinite
numbers
,
which
dayly
increased
,
and
by
being
so
much
Masters
of
the
City
both
by
land
and
water
,
and
having
broken
down
all
,
or
most
of
the
bridges
,
by
which
only
there
was
passage
out
of
it
,
that
the
Spaniards
would
gladly
have
been
gone
,
if
they
durst
:
but
they
knew
,
their
but
offering
to
leave
the
City
would
be
their
destruction
.
Mexico
is
built
,
like
Venice
,
upon
the
water
,
in
the
midst
of
an
huge
Lake
,
having
three
only
waies
to
enter
it
by
land
,
which
are
upon
three
several
Causeys
,
of
a
league
,
two
leagues
,
and
half
a
league
long
;
and
of
but
little
breadth
:
on
all
other
parts
it
is
surrounded
by
the
Lake
,
which
by
sundry
and
large
Channels
enters
and
waters
the
Citie
in
all
the
quarters
of
it
;
where
they
have
draw-bridges
to
pull
up
and
let
down
at
pleasure
.
At
these
passes
the
Spaniards
knew
very
well
they
should
be
over-power'd
by
their
enemies
;
who
by
this
time
were
grown
so
resolute
and
hardy
,
that
they
seem'd
not
to
fear
or
regard
death
,
but
in
fight
would
run
desperately
in
multitudes
even
upon
the
mouths
of
the
Ordinance
:
and
doubtless
but
for
the
Hors-men
,
which
stav'd
them
off
,
they
would
in
a
short
time
have
rendred
them
in
a
manner
useless
,
and
have
choak'd
them
up
(
as
it
were
)
with
their
own
dead
bodies
.
In
this
hurly-burly
and
distress
the
Spaniards
,
whither
by
force
or
otherwise
,
procured
Motezuma
(
who
was
yet
in
their
power
)
to
appear
above
upon
a
Gallerie
,
or
flat
of
roof
the
house
,
upon
a
pretence
,
that
he
should
offer
som
terms
of
accomodation
from
the
Spaniards
,
and
to
shew
himself
to
be
well
:
But
it
was
in
a
place
where
the
stones
and
arrows
flew
so
thick
from
the
enraged
multitude
below
,
that
Motezuma
himself
received
a
wound
,
by
one
of
them
,
in
his
head
,
so
unhappily
,
that
within
a
few
dayes
after
he
dyed
of
it
:
as
they
say
,
who
would
not
have
the
Spaniards
thought
to
have
murder'd
him
;
as
the
Mexicans
say
they
did
,
with
divers
other
Noble-men
,
and
some
of
his
Children
,
the
very
night
they
fled
.
However
it
were
,
not
long
after
his
death
,
out
of
extream
necessity
,
and
chiefly
for
want
of
Victuals
,
the
Spaniards
were
forced
to
leave
the
City
in
the
night
time
,
and
with
the
loss
of
four
hundred
and
fifty
of
their
men
,
who
were
slain
or
taken
prisoners
at
the
passing
of
a
draw-Bridge
;
the
rest
making
a
heavy
retreat
to
their
friends
at
Tlascalla
.
There
is
standing
at
this
day
in
Mexico
,
upon
the
place
where
so
many
of
them
were
killed
,
a
certain
Hermitage
,
which
they
call
Los
Martyres
,
or
the
Hermitage
of
the
Martyrs
;
but
very
improperly
,
saith
mine
Author
,
their
own
Countriman
:
for
what
reason
I
shall
not
here
enquire
.
5.
This
retreat
of
the
Spaniards
out
of
Mexico
happened
to
be
upon
the
tenth
of
July
after
mid-night
in
the
year
1520
,
which
the
Spaniards
at
Mexico
call
the
dolefull
night
.
Nevertheless
the
undaunted
Cortez
,
being
got
,
though
with
huge
difficulty
and
trouble
,
by
reason
of
the
pursuit
of
the
Mexicans
for
a
good
part
of
the
way
,
to
his
sure
friends
of
Tlascalla
,
neither
lost
his
courage
,
nor
gave
over
his
resolution
of
yet
gaining
Mexico
:
especially
the
way
being
now
laid
open
,
and
sufficient
occasion
given
,
by
the
death
of
Motezuma
,
and
the
provocations
of
the
Mexicans
themselves
,
to
make
himself
absolute
and
sole
Lord
of
the
place
.
Wherefore
having
sent
for
,
and
procured
a
competent
supply
of
fresh
Souldiers
from
St.
Domingo
,
or
Hispaniola
,
Almeria
,
Cuba
,
and
other
places
,
being
in
all
nine
hundred
Foot
,
eight
hundred
Horse
,
and
seventeen
pieces
of
Ordinance
,
he
joyns
himself
with
the
Auxiliary
Forces
of
Tlascalla
,
which
were
no
less
than
an
hundred
thousand
men
,
armed
with
Bows
and
Arrows
:
and
with
this
Army
marches
again
towards
Mexico
,
and
besieges
it
both
by
Land
and
Water
,
viz.
with
the
help
of
thirteen
Vergantines
,
or
Galliots
,
which
he
had
built
upon
the
Lake
,
and
six
thousand
Canoas
,
or
little
Boats
,
which
his
friends
and
confederates
had
procured
him
.
By
which
means
,
and
by
his
Army
on
Land
,
in
a
short
time
he
cut
off
all
Provision
from
the
Citie
,
and
after
a
siege
of
full
three
moneths
or
more
;
and
a
most
stout
and
obstinate
resistance
made
by
the
People
within
,
in
which
they
are
said
to
have
lost
above
a
hundred
thousand
men
,
beside
those
which
perished
by
famine
,
sickness
,
or
otherwise
,
he
took
it
by
force
upon
tuesday
the
thirteenth
of
August
1521
,
sackt
it
first
,
and
then
burnt
it
to
the
ground
:
yet
afterwards
he
caused
it
to
be
rebuilt
again
,
far
more
beautifully
than
at
first
it
was
;
as
in
due
place
we
shall
further
see
.
They
speak
not
of
above
fifty
Spaniards
slain
during
the
whole
siege
,
six
horses
,
and
not
many
Tlascaltecans
.
In
this
manner
,
and
with
so
little
charges
to
the
Conqueror
,
there
fell
to
the
Crown
of
Spain
the
richest
and
goodliest
Kingdome
(
one
of
them
)
of
the
whole
World
,
viz.
the
Kingdome
of
Mexico
,
which
the
Conquerors
presently
named
New-Spain
;
and
in
reference
to
which
name
,
the
Catholike
King
hath
ever
since
stiled
himself
in
the
plural
Hispaniarum
Rex
,
or
King
of
both
Spains
:
and
all
by
the
valour
,
prudence
,
admirable
resolution
,
and
happy
conduct
of
Cortez
;
who
was
at
first
but
a
private
Adventurer
in
the
American
Plantations
and
discoveries
,
though
otherwise
a
Gentleman
of
a
good
Familie
in
Spain
,
born
at
Medellin
in
the
Countrie
of
Estramedura
.
The
Emperor
Charls
the
fifth
,
who
was
then
also
King
of
Spain
,
for
his
great
services
endowed
him
deservedly
with
many
great
and
rich
Territories
in
the
Provinces
of
Tlascalla
,
Mechoacan
,
and
other
parts
thereabouts
,
made
him
Marquis
of
the
Valley
,
viz.
of
Guaxata
,
(
which
is
his
chief
Title
)
a
rich
and
flourishing
Province
of
that
Country
,
Captain
General
,
or
Commander
in
chief
,
of
all
the
Military
forces
of
New-Spain
,
and
General
Discoverer
of
all
the
Maritime
parts
and
Coasts
of
America
towards
the
South-Sea
,
assigning
him
in
propriety
the
twelfth
part
of
whatsoever
should
be
discovered
,
to
him
and
his
Heirs
for
ever
:
But
denyed
him
the
Government
of
Mexico
out
of
reason
of
State
;
though
't
is
said
,
he
much
desired
it
.
6.
The
bounds
of
this
Kingdome
at
present
are
thus
.
On
the
East
it
hath
a
large
Arm
of
the
Sea
,
which
they
call
the
Bay
of
New-Spain
,
or
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
:
On
the
West
it
hath
some
parts
of
New-Gallicia
and
Mare
del
Zur
:
On
the
North
the
rest
of
New-Gallicia
,
and
part
of
Florida
:
and
on
the
South
Mare
del
Zur
again
,
and
part
of
Guatimala
.
It
extendeth
it self
in
length
from
the
furthest
point
of
Jucatan
South-East
,
to
the
borders
of
New-Gallicia
Northward
,
above
one
thousand
Italian
miles
;
and
in
breadth
from
Panuco
to
the
South-Sea
,
about
half
so
much
.
It
lyeth
wholly
under
the
Torrid
Zone
;
nor
is
it
a
Countrie
generally
so
mountainous
or
high
seated
,
as
some
others
of
America
are
,
but
for
the
most
part
level
or
low
;
yet
is
it
so
fanned
,
for
three
parts
at
least
of
four
,
by
the
cooling
blasts
off
the
Sea
,
and
the
heats
otherwise
so
moderated
with
frequent
rains
,
which
it
hath
constantly
three
moneths
in
the
year
,
viz.
June
,
July
,
and
August
,
that
the
Aire
is
rendred
thereby
exceeding
temperate
and
agreeable
,
and
the
Climate
not
unhealthfull
,
especially
to
temperate
bodies
,
and
such
as
be
never
so
little
used
to
it
.
A
goodly
Country
it
is
,
of
inexhaustible
wealth
and
riches
;
whether
we
regard
the
Mines
of
Gold
,
Silver
,
Brass
,
Iron
,
&c.
of
all
which
it
hath
many
,
and
very
good
;
or
the
Fruits
of
the
Earth
,
aboundance
of
Cattel
,
plenty
of
Corn
and
Grain
,
or
any
other
Commodities
and
endowments
of
Nature
;
which
serve
for
the
enriching
of
the
World
.
Among
other
things
it
affords
good
store
of
Cassia
;
the
fruit
whereof
is
a
thing
well
known
and
much
commended
by
the
Apothecaries
for
its
use
in
Physick
,
especially
for
Purgations
,
and
removing
of
all
obstructions
of
phlegm
,
cholar
,
&c.
Such
store
of
Balm
,
Amber
,
all
sorts
of
Gumms
and
precious
Liquors
,
as
no
Country
in
the
World
is
better
furnished
with
matter
of
excellent
Perfumes
and
Physi●k
,
than
the
Kingdom
of
New-Spain
is
;
aboundance
of
Coco-nuts
,
and
such
plenty
of
that
excellent
Dye
,
called
Coccinele
,
that
't
is
said
,
no
less
than
five
or
six
thousand
Arrobes
of
Spanish
measure
(
which
make
above
five
times
so
many
English
Bushels
)
are
yearly
transported
thence
.
Good
plenty
likewise
both
of
Wheat
and
Maiz
,
with
Barley
and
Pulse
of
all
sorts
:
All
kinde
of
garden
Hearbs
,
Roots
and
Plants
in
so
great
aboundance
,
and
so
admirably
thriving
,
that
't
is
scarcely
to
be
beleeved
.
Whole
Woods
and
Forests
,
as
it
were
,
of
Oranges
,
Limmons
,
Citrons
and
other
such
fruit
,
as
hath
been
said
.
Some
Cherries
;
but
of
Apples
,
Pears
,
and
Figgs
,
&c.
beyond
measure
.
The
Natives
of
the
Country
very
ingenious
in
divers
Mechanicall
Arts
,
especially
in
making
of
feather-Pictures
;
a
piece
of
curiosity
,
wherein
they
are
held
to
be
incomparably
,
or
rather
inimitably
excellent
;
and
so
industrious
at
it
,
that
although
the
Americans
generally
be
not
a
People
over
much
addicted
to
any
kinde
of
labour
or
study
,
yet
at
this
they
will
sit
a
whole
day
together
,
without
either
meat
or
drink
,
only
out
of
a
natural
affection
they
have
to
the
work
,
and
a
desire
to
be
excellent
in
it
.
The
Country
indeed
affords
them
great
variety
of
Birds
,
and
other
Fowl
,
of
most
rare
and
exquisite
colours
;
which
is
a
great
advantage
to
their
skill
,
and
helps
much
to
the
accomplishment
of
their
work
.
They
paint
likewise
very
curiously
upon
their
Cottons
;
and
are
held
to
be
generally
the
best
Gold-smiths
in
the
world
;
of
most
perfect
skil
in
the
purging
and
refining
of
all
sorts
of
Metals
,
but
especially
of
Gold
and
Silver
.
And
yet
in
other
things
so
strangely
stupid
and
ignorant
,
that
when
the
Spaniards
first
appeard
among
them
on
Horse-back
,
't
is
reported
,
not
a
few
of
them
took
the
Horse
and
Man
both
for
one
Cteature
;
and
when
the
Horse
neighed
,
they
would
enquire
very
seriously
,
what
he
said
.
There
be
likewise
many
fair
Lakes
in
the
Province
of
New-Spain
;
but
the
principall
are
those
of
Chapala
and
Mexico
:
the
former
of
which
is
in
the
more
Northern
parts
of
the
Kingdome
,
towards
the
borders
of
New
Gallicia
,
and
is
chiefly
famous
for
the
aboundance
of
good
Salt
that
is
yeerly
made
and
transported
thence
.
The
other
of
Mexico
is
the
largest
and
goodliest
(
one
of
them
)
in
the
World
,
of
circular
form
,
and
containing
,
as
some
say
,
little
less
than
nine
hundred
miles
in
comp●●s
,
invironed
with
the
main
Land
,
the
Peninsula
or
Cape
of
Florida
,
Jucatan
,
and
the
Island
Cuba
;
having
two
only
passages
in
and
out
,
and
both
of
them
well
fortified
:
the
one
betwixt
the
point
of
Jucatan
,
and
the
Isle
Cuba
,
where
the
tide
violently
enters
;
and
the
other
betwixt
the
said
Island
and
the
Cape
Florida
,
where
it
goeth
as
violently
out
:
upon
which
Gulf
the
King
of
Spain
hath
alwaies
some
good
ships
in
readiness
for
all
occasions
;
and
by
them
't
is
supposed
,
he
doth
more
assure
his
Estates
in
those
parts
of
America
,
than
by
all
his
Garrisons
beside
.
The
whole
Kingdome
of
New-Spain
is
subdivided
into
these
inferior
Provinces
,
viz.
1.
Panuco
.
2.
Mexicana
.
3.
Mechoacan
.
4.
Tlascalla
.
5.
Guaxata
.
6.
Chiapa
:
and
7.
Jucatan
.
7.
Panuco
is
the
most
Northerly
Province
of
New-Spain
,
by
some
called
Guasteca
,
bounded
on
the
East
with
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
:
on
the
West
with
Vxitipa
,
a
Country
of
New-Gallicia
:
on
the
North
with
some
undiscovered
Countries
of
Florida
,
from
which
it
is
divided
by
the
River
of
Palms
;
on
the
South
with
Mechoacan
and
Mexicana
.
It
is
called
Panuco
from
a
River
of
that
name
;
which
running
from
the
mountains
Tepecsuan
in
New
Gallicia
,
and
,
dividing
New-Biscay
from
the
Province
of
Zacatecas
,
passeth
through
the
midst
of
this
Country
also
,
and
at
last
emptieth
it self
into
the
Gulf.
The
Country
is
reckoned
to
be
about
fifty
leagues
in
length
,
and
not
much
less
in
breadth
;
of
a
fruitfull
Soile
,
having
some
Mines
of
gold
in
it
,
and
once
very
Populous
,
till
Hernando
Cortez
and
the
Spaniards
,
about
the
year
1522
,
dispeopled
it
by
their
cruelty
.
The
chief
towns
now
remaining
and
inhabited
by
the
Spaniards
are
,
first
St.
Lewis
de
Tampice
,
a
Colony
of
Spaniards
situate
on
the
Northern
bank
of
the
River
Panuco
,
at
the
very
mouth
of
it
;
where
it
hath
a
very
large
Haven
,
but
so
barred
with
sands
,
that
no
ship
of
any
great
burden
can
enter
or
abide
in
it
with
safety
;
and
yet
the
River
otherwise
so
deep
,
that
Vessels
of
five
hundred
tun
,
might
sail
up
threescore
leagues
at
least
within
land
,
and
thereby
visit
the
rich
Mines
of
Zatatecas
on
the
one
side
of
it
,
and
of
New-Biscay
on
the
other
,
at
pleasure
,
and
without
fear
of
much
opposition
.
2.
St.
Stevan
del
Puerto
on
the
South
side
of
the
same
River
,
eight
leagues
distant
from
the
Sea
or
Gulf
of
Mexico
;
at
present
the
Metropolis
or
chief
town
of
the
Province
,
built
by
Cortez
,
in
the
place
where
stood
old
Panuco
,
which
was
likewise
the
Metropolis
or
head
town
of
the
Natives
,
before
the
Spaniards
burnt
and
destroyed
it
.
3.
St.
Jago
de
los
Valles
.
This
is
a
Frontier
place
,
and
enjoyeth
certain
speciar
Immunities
and
some
fair
possessions
also
fo
defense
of
the
Country
against
the
Savages
.
It
is
twenty
five
leagues
distant
from
St.
Steven
del
Puerto
,
lying
in
an
open
or
Champain
Country
,
and
is
fenced
about
with
a
wall
of
Earth
.
8.
Mechoacan
hath
on
the
North-East
Panuco
;
on
the
East
Mexicana
,
properly
so
called
,
on
the
South
part
of
Tlascalla
;
on
the
West
the
main
Ocean
,
or
Mare
del
Zur
;
and
last
of
all
more
directly
Northward
Xalisco
,
which
is
a
Province
of
New
Gallicia
.
The
name
signifieth
in
the
American
language
,
as
much
as
a
Fish
Country
;
&
so
it
is
,
having
many
fair
Lakes
and
Rivers
in
it
aboundantly
well
stored
with
good
Fish
.
The
Country
so
exceedingly
pleasant
and
healthfull
,
that
't
is
usuall
for
sick
persons
of
other
Provinces
to
come
hither
to
recover
their
health
,
only
by
the
benefit
of
a
good
Aire
.
The
Soil
so
aboundantly
fertil
of
all
sorts
of
grain
,
that
of
four
measures
of
seed
,
it
hath
been
often
observed
,
they
have
reaped
the
next
harvest
more
than
so
many
hundred
measures
of
the
same
grain
.
Very
well
wooded
;
and
by
reason
of
its
many
Rivers
and
fresh
springs
equally
rich
in
good
pasture
:
and
beside
great
plenty
of
Medicinall
Hearbs
and
Plants
.
It
affordeth
good
store
of
Amber
nigh
the
Sea
Coasts
,
Mulberry-trees
,
&
consequently
Silks
;
much
Honey
,
wax
and
divers
other
Commodities
,
both
for
necessity
and
pleasure
.
The
People
of
the
Country
are
generally
tall
,
of
a
strong
active
body
,
and
a
good
wit
,
especially
in
comparison
of
other
Natives
:
not
unskilfull
in
divers
curious
Manufactures
;
and
the
most
excellent
Feather-Picturers
,
aforementioned
,
are
said
to
be
found
in
this
Province
.
They
seem
more
generally
inclined
to
the
humors
and
customes
of
the
Spaniards
,
than
many
other
Americans
;
and
received
the
preaching
of
Christian
Religion
,
when
time
was
,
with
much
willingness
:
so
that
the
Country
is
now
entirely
Christian
,
and
divided
into
several
Parishes
.
There
are
said
to
be
in
it
one
hundred
and
fifty
Towns
or
Burroughs
(
beside
many
scattered
Villages
)
most
of
which
have
free
Schools
erected
in
them
,
for
the
training
up
of
youth
in
Christian
Religion
,
good
literature
and
Arts
;
and
few
of
them
without
an
Hospitall
for
the
sick
,
of
which
towns
the
principall
are
such
as
follow
,
viz.
Zinzoutza
,
the
seat
of
the
ancient
Kings
of
Mechoacan
.
2.
Pascuar
,
a
City
fourty
seven
leagues
distant
from
Mexico
,
once
a
Bishops
Sea
,
but
now
removed
to
Valladolit
.
3.
Valladolit
,
the
Metropolis
or
chief
City
of
the
Province
,
since
the
Episcopall
chair
was
removed
from
Pascuar
thither
.
It
lyeth
upon
a
great
Lake
,
equall
almost
for
bigness
to
that
of
Mexico
,
and
is
about
seven
leagues
distant
from
Pascuar
,
towards
the
East
.
4
St.
Michaels
,
a
good
town
,
fourty
leagues
Westward
of
Mexico
,
and
in
the
way
to
the
Zacatecas
,
but
lying
in
a
road
that
is
somewhat
dangerous
,
being
not
a
little
infested
with
Savages
on
both
sides
of
it
.
5.
St.
Philips
.
6.
La
Conception
de
Salaya
,
17
leagues
distant
from
Valladolid
,
and
a
convenient
stage
for
Travellers
;
being
indeed
,
with
the
two
last
mentioned
,
built
chiefly
for
the
defence
and
securing
of
the
Country
against
the
Savages
.
7.
Guaxanato
,
a
Town
on
the
borders
of
Panuco
,
where
there
are
very
rich
Mines
of
silver
.
8.
Leon
,
another
Town
likewise
of
very
rich
Mines
,
twenty
four
leagues
distant
from
Valladolid
,
and
threescore
from
Mexico
.
9.
Zamorra
.
10.
Villa
de
los
Lagos
,
and
others
.
Towards
the
Sea
there
is
,
1.
Acatlan
,
but
two
miles
distant
from
the
Coast
,
and
a
small
town
;
yet
by
reason
of
a
safe
and
very
good
Harbour
which
it
hath
for
shipping
,
a
place
of
no
little
trading
.
2.
Natividad
,
another
well
known
and
convenient
Haven
upon
Mare
del
Zur
,
pertaining
to
this
Province
,
and
from
whence
they
usually
set
sail
for
the
Philippine
Islands
.
3.
St.
Jago
de
buena
Speranza
,
so
called
by
the
Spaniards
,
perhaps
from
the
aboundance
of
good
Pearls
they
found
upon
this
Coast
.
4.
Colyma
.
5.
Zacatula
,
and
some
others
.
This
Province
,
as
we
said
,
was
at
first
a
distinct
Kingdome
of
it self
,
yet
subordinate
and
tributary
to
that
of
Mexico
;
the
King
whereof
named
Tamgaivan
Bimbicha
(
as
Laet
reporteth
)
at
the
first
coming
of
the
Spaniards
thither
,
after
the
conquest
of
Mexico
,
voluntarily
submitted
himself
to
them
,
and
was
baptized
.
Nevertheless
afterwards
,
upon
a
pretence
of
I
know
not
what
Treason
intended
by
him
against
them
,
and
which
the
Spanish
Writers
themselves
professedly
think
to
have
been
feigned
▪
by
command
of
Nunnez
de
Gusman
,
President
of
the
Chancery
of
Mexico
,
he
was
most
inhumanely
burnt
alive
,
and
the
Spaniards
seized
upon
his
Kingdome
.
9.
Mexicana
,
specially
so
called
,
is
bounded
on
the
East
with
the
Gulf
of
Mexico
;
on
the
West
with
Mechoacan
:
on
the
North
with
Panuco
,
and
some
parts
of
New-Gallicia
;
and
on
the
South
with
Tlascalla
:
so
called
from
Mexico
,
which
is
the
chief
City
of
the
Province
,
and
of
all
America
beside
.
A
large
and
rich
Country
,
containing
not
much
less
than
one
hundred
and
thirty
leagues
both
in
length
and
bredth
;
and
if
it
yeelds
any
thing
to
Peru
in
the
plenty
of
gold
and
silver
,
't
is
certain
,
it
much
excells
it
in
many
other
commodities
:
as
namely
in
all
sorts
of
Fruits
,
aboundance
of
Cattel
,
plenty
of
Corn
and
Grain
;
in
all
which
the
advantage
which
this
Country
hath
,
not
only
of
Peru
,
but
of
all
the
other
Provinces
of
America
beside
,
is
well
known
:
not
to
speak
any
thing
of
the
great
plenty
and
variety
of
good
Fish
,
which
both
the
Rivers
and
Lakes
of
this
Country
afford
,
which
is
very
great
:
insomuch
that
the
very
tribute
of
the
one
Lake
of
Mexico
is
said
to
yeeld
an
Income
of
above
twenty
thousand
Crowns
yearly
,
one
with
another
.
The
People
of
the
Country
are
generally
industrious
and
active
,
especially
since
the
Spaniards
came
among
them
;
rich
Merchants
,
if
they
apply
themselves
to
it
;
and
they
say
likewise
good
Souldiers
,
when
they
are
trained
and
imployed
that
way
.
The
chief
towns
and
places
of
the
Province
are
,
1.
Mexico
,
both
anciently
and
at
present
the
Metropolis
and
Capitall
City
;
being
the
seat
of
an
Archbishop
,
and
the
ordinary
Residence
of
the
Vice-Roy
and
chief
Governours
of
New-Spain
.
Formerly
it
stood
like
another
Venice
,
upon
the
water
,
being
built
upon
certain
Islands
within
the
Lake
,
and
interlaced
in
all
the
quarters
of
it
with
divers
pleasant
Currents
,
both
of
fresh
and
salt
water
.
But
the
old
City
being
destroyed
by
Cortez
,
as
we
said
,
it
was
rebuilt
by
him
more
upon
the
firm
Land
,
almost
upon
the
banks
of
the
great
Lake
;
(
for
there
are
two
of
them
,
the
one
of
salt-water
,
the
other
of
fresh
;
which
continually
ebbe
and
flow
into
one
another
,
&
contain
in
the
compass
of
the
whole
,
about
thirty
leagues
or
more
:
upon
which
there
are
thought
to
be
not
less
than
fourty
or
fifty
thousand
Canoas
or
little
Boats
continually
plying
from
one
Town
to
another
;
)
and
in
the
midst
of
a
fair
Plain
,
or
Champaign
Country
,
containing
likewise
,
as
some
say
,
not
less
than
sixty
or
seventy
leagues
in
compass
,
and
environed
with
mountains
of
so
great
height
,
that
the
tops
of
them
are
said
to
be
continually
covered
with
snow
.
At
present
it
is
thought
to
be
one
of
the
richest
Cities
of
the
World
,
abounding
(
if
reports
be
true
)
in
all
kinde
of
voluptuous
gallantry
and
bravery
,
even
to
excess
:
It
is
supposed
to
contain
about
six
or
seven
miles
in
compass
,
and
to
consist
of
above
an
hundred
thousand
Houses
or
Families
▪
whereof
not
the
tenth
part
Spaniards
:
but
those
that
are
,
be
all
Gentlemen
,
I
mean
as
to
their
garb
and
manner
of
living
;
for
they
live
most
splendidly
in
all
respects
,
both
for
dyet
and
apparel
.
For
the
first
,
we
have
spoken
so
much
already
of
the
general
plenty
of
all
things
in
the
Kingdom
of
New-Spain
,
that
pertain
to
this
part
of
pleasure
,
that
it
is
not
to
be
doubted
:
and
for
the
second
this
may
be
some
instance
,
viz.
that
it
is
no
extraordinary
matter
to
see
an
Hat-band
and
Role
all
of
Diamonds
,
in
some
ordinary
Gentlemans
Hat
;
and
of
Pearl
among
the
common
Citizens
and
Tradesmen
.
The
Coaches
(
which
most
Gentlemen
keep
)
almost
covered
with
gold
and
silver
,
richly
beset
with
precious
stones
,
and
within
ordinarily
lined
with
cloth
of
gold
,
or
the
best
China
silk
that
can
be
gotten
:
of
which
Coaches
,
in
time
of
year
,
at
the
Alameda
,
as
they
call
it
,
which
is
,
as
it
were
,
the
Hide
Park
of
Mexico
,
and
a
place
made
of
purpose
for
recreation
and
delight
,
a
man
shall
observe
not
seldome
,
above
a
thousand
or
two
thousand
Coaches
,
full
of
Ladies
and
Gallants
coming
thither
only
to
take
the
aire
and
their
pleasure
,
both
the
one
and
the
other
attended
with
a
numerous
train
of
servants
and
Mulattos
of
both
sexes
.
In
la
Plateria
,
which
is
but
one
only
street
in
Mexico
,
nigh
to
the
Vice-Roys
Palace
,
in
less
than
half
an
hours
space
,
with
the
turn
of
an
eye
,
you
may
see
millions
of
wealth
in
Gold
,
Silver
,
and
precious
Stones
,
in
the
Gold-smiths
and
Jewellers
shops
thereabouts
.
In
a
word
,
there
is
nothing
hinders
Mexico
from
being
the
most
absolute
Citie
in
the
World
for
delight
and
bravery
,
but
only
two
inconvinces
to
which
it
is
subject
.
The
one
is
the
danger
of
the
Lake
;
with
the
Infalls
whereof
it
may
seem
to
be
almost
continually
threatned
,
and
in
the
year
1629
,
did
actually
suffer
a
very
great
calamity
:
the
waters
breaking
through
the
banks
,
and
drowning
a
great
part
of
the
City
,
with
the
destruction
of
much
People
,
and
the
loss
of
all
their
goods
intirely
,
through
the
avarice
(
as
is
supposed
)
of
the
Vice-Roy
that
then
was
,
and
some
other
of
the
Kings
Officers
,
who
diverted
the
money
that
should
have
been
imployed
,
for
the
fortifying
and
repairing
of
the
banks
,
to
their
proper
uses
.
The
other
is
from
the
Nature
of
the
Soil
and
ground
it self
,
on
which
the
City
standeth
;
which
is
found
to
have
a
tincture
of
of
salt-Nitre
in
it
,
somewhat
strong
;
and
the
windes
partly
from
the
Lake
it self
,
and
partly
from
the
Hills
about
it
,
raising
the
dust
of
this
earth
constantly
every
evening
,
for
many
moneths
of
the
year
together
,
so
violently
,
that
the
Aire
is
even
darkned
therewith
for
some
time
:
the
Inhabitants
are
much
annoyed
by
it
,
and
made
subject
to
divers
Hypocondriacall
pains
and
infirmities
,
and
sometimes
killed
with
it
,
especially
such
as
either
cannot
or
care
not
much
to
avoid
it
.
The
Citie
lyeth
about
60
leagues
or
one
hundred
and
fifty
miles
distant
from
the
Atlantick
or
North
Sea
;
from
whence
by
the
Port
of
St.
John
D'Vllua
,
or
Vera
Crux
,
(
which
are
the
usuall
landing
places
)
there
is
a
fair
and
easie
march
to
Mexico
,
by
the
Cities
of
Xalapa
,
Perotta
,
Puebla
de
los
Angelos
,
and
Tlascalla
,
all
of
them
open
and
unfortified
places
(
as
likewise
Mexico
it self
is
)
and
the
Country
round
about
very
rich
and
well
accommodated
with
all
things
.
The
second
town
of
this
Province
is
Tescuco
,
an
ancient
and
fair
Citie
seated
upon
the
same
Lake
six
or
seven
leagues
distant
from
Mexico
,
to
which
it
yeeldeth
not
much
either
for
beau-or
bravery
.
3.
Quitlavaca
,
a
Citie
built
wholly
upon
certain
Islets
within
the
Lake
,
and
therefore
called
sometimes
by
the
Spaniards
Venezuela
,
or
Little-Venice
,
having
one
only
passage
by
Land
to
it
,
over
a
Causey
of
flint-stone
half
a
league
or
more
in
length
,
and
about
sixteen
or
twenty
foot
broad
.
4.
Vztacpalapa
,
a
City
of
ten
thousand
Housholds
or
thereabnuts
,
six
leagues
distant
from
Tescuco
,
and
about
twenty
from
Mexico
.
5.
Mexicaltzingo
a
Burrough
of
four
thousand
Housholds
.
6.
Cuyacan
,
of
six
thousand
:
All
these
are
seated
upon
the
Lake
.
Further
from
the
Lake
there
is
Chololla
,
a
great
Citie
and
a
rich
place
,
not
much
inferiour-to
Mexico
.
Anciently
this
City
was
,
as
it
were
,
the
Sanctuary
of
the
Mexican
Kings
,
and
the
chief
place
of
their
barbarous
and
inhumane
Superstitions
,
where
yearly
not
less
than
five
or
six
thousand
Indian
Children
of
both
sexes
were
sacrificed
to
Vitzilopuchtli
,
that
is
,
to
the
Devil
.
It
was
likewise
the
chief
burying
place
of
all
the
Mexican
Nobility
,
whose
Tombs
and
Monuments
there
afforded
the
Spaniards
at
their
first
rifling
of
them
,
an
infinite
mass
of
Treasure
;
and
yet
not
half
so
much
,
as
by
report
,
they
both
desired
and
expected
.
2.
Mastitlan
,
a
Town
pleasantly
seated
upon
the
top
of
an
huge
mountain
,
in
the
midst
of
most
delicate
Groves
and
shady
Woods
round
about
it
,
and
reckoned
to
contain
not
less
than
thirty
thousand
Inhabitants
in
all
,
dwelling
either
in
the
Citie
,
or
upon
the
sides
of
the
Mountain
.
3.
Autepecque
,
this
is
a
Town
belonging
to
the
Marquiss
de
Valle
,
who
is
of
the
Posterity
of
Cortez
,
and
said
to
be
seated
in
the
most
delicious
place
of
all
New-Spain
.
4.
Acapulco
,
a
Town
seated
upon
the
South-Sea
,
or
Mare
del
Zur
,
yet
belonging
to
this
Province
.
It
is
a
Haven
Town
and
one
of
the
most
frequented
upon
the
South
Sea
,
situate
upon
a
large
and
capacious
Bay
of
about
a
league
broad
at
the
entrance
,
and
affording
many
convenient
stations
and
Docks
for
shipping
.
At
the
bottome
of
the
Bay
Westward
lyeth
the
Town
,
with
a
strong
Castle
very
opportunely
built
both
for
the
command
and
security
of
the
Port
,
well
walled
and
fortifyed
with
Bulwarks
,
and
having
a
constant
Garrison
of
four
hundred
Souldiers
in
it
,
or
thereabouts
.
The
reason
whereof
I
suppose
may
be
chiefly
this
,
viz.
that
from
this
Port
there
is
the
greatest
traffique
and
entercourse
held
betwixt
the
East
and
West-Indies
,
together
with
the
Philippine
Islands
.
The
Country
hath
many
rich
Mines
of
silver
in
it
,
and
some
of
Gold
:
the
chief
of
which
first
are
by
Herera
reported
to
be
these
,
viz.
1.
those
of
Puchuca
,
fourteen
leagues
distant
from
Mexico
.
2.
Of
Tasco
,
twenty
four
leagues
distant
.
3.
Talpuiana
.
4.
Cultepeque
.
5.
Zacualpa
.
6.
Zupanguo
,
and
divers
others
.
10.
Tlascalla
is
a
Province
of
New-Spain
,
which
extendeth
it self
entirely
from
one
Sea
to
another
,
viz.
from
the
Atlantick
to
Mare
del
Zur
,
with
which
it
is
bounded
on
the
East
and
West
parts
;
lying
otherwise
and
for
the
most
part
betwixt
the
Provinces
of
Mexicana
last
spoken
of
,
and
that
of
Guaxata
which
followeth
;
containing
in
length
,
viz.
from
one
Sea
to
the
other
,
not
much
less
than
an
hundred
leagues
,
and
in
some
places
fourscore
in
bredth
;
but
towards
the
South-Sea
growing
much
narrower
.
It
is
a
Country
exceedingly
plentifull
both
of
Corn
and
Cattel
,
full
of
rich
pasturage
,
and
so
plentifully
stored
with
Maiz
,
some
Wheat
,
and
other
Grain
,
that
it
is
counted
,
as
it
were
,
the
Granary
of
America
.
The
People
of
this
Country
,
when
the
Spaniards
first
landed
among
them
,
lived
in
the
form
of
a
Common-wealth
or
Free
State
,
refusing
to
be
subject
to
the
King
of
Mexico
,
with
whom
they
had
almost
continuall
Warre
;
and
upon
that
account
,
as
hath
been
said
,
assisted
Cortez
in
the
Conquest
of
the
Kingdom
:
and
without
whose
help
't
is
most
certain
,
he
had
never
been
able
to
doe
any
thing
.
They
enjoy
therefore
many
speciall
Priviledges
and
Immunities
,
more
than
other
Americans
doe
.
They
pay
no
tribute
but
only
an
handfull
of
Wheat
yearly
for
every
person
,
in
way
of
acknowledgement
and
otherwise
living
under
the
protection
of
the
Spaniards
,
wholly
in
the
form
of
their
ancient
Government
.
The
whole
Province
is
said
to
contain
two
hundred
good
Towns
and
Burroughs
,
and
more
than
one
thousand
Villages
,
all
of
them
exceedingly
populous
,
and
supposed
to
contain
in
the
whole
above
a
million
and
half
of
Natives
,
beside
Spaniards
,
who
have
some
few
Colonies
in
the
Country
for
securing
of
it
.
The
chief
Towns
of
the
Province
are
,
1.
Tlascalla
it self
,
which
denominates
the
whole
Country
as
the
Metropolis
of
it
.
It
is
a
fair
town
,
and
commodiously
seated
in
the
midst
of
a
large
and
fertil
Campaign
of
threescore
miles
in
compass
.
It
consisteth
of
four
large
and
beautifull
streets
or
quarters
,
and
in
the
midest
of
them
where
they
all
meet
,
hath
a
Piazza
,
or
Market
place
,
equall
to
that
of
Mexico
,
and
able
to
receive
twenty
or
thirty
thousand
persons
conveniently
to
buy
and
sell
in
it
.
2.
Puebla
de
los
Angeles
,
or
the
Citie
of
Angels
,
a
town
built
by
Sebastian
Ramirez
,
a
Church-man
,
and
he
that
was
the
first
president
or
chief
Governour
of
Mexico
,
under
the
Crown
of
Castile
.
It
was
built
in
the
year
1531
,
almost
in
the
road
way
from
Vera
Crux
to
Mexico
;
and
seated
in
a
very
delicate
and
fertil
Country
,
and
of
a
good
Aire
.
It
is
a
Bishops
Sea
,
and
valued
at
twenty
thousand
Duckets
of
yearly
Rent
;
the
Citie
it self
supposed
to
contain
about
fifteen
hundred
Families
;
where
there
is
aboundance
of
excellent
cloath
made
,
and
for
fineness
not
yeelding
to
the
best
of
Spain
.
3.
Zempoallan
,
seated
upon
a
River
of
the
same
name
.
4.
Napaluca
.
5.
Guaxacingo
:
all
of
them
great
and
ancient
towns
of
the
Natives
.
6.
Segura
de
la
Frontera
,
a
Spanish
town
,
built
by
Cortez
presently
upon
the
Conquest
of
Mexico
,
for
the
securing
of
the
confines
,
as
the
name
importeth
.
7.
Vera
Crux
,
a
town
built
by
Cortez
and
his
Companions
,
at
their
first
landing
;
and
where
afterward
,
by
a
stratagem
,
and
out
of
a
resolution
either
to
Conquer
or
dye
in
the
Country
,
he
caused
all
his
ships
to
be
burnt
,
that
his
Souldiers
might
not
so
much
as
think
of
returning
back
from
whence
they
came
.
The
town
was
at
first
built
five
or
six
leagues
up
within
land
;
but
the
place
being
found
not
to
be
so
healthfull
,
the
Inhabitants
in
a
short
time
deserted
it
,
and
seated
themselves
upon
a
Bay
of
the
Sea
right
over
against
St.
John
D'ullua
.
8.
Medellin
,
another
Spanish
town
,
built
likewise
by
Cortez
,
in
memory
of
his
own
birth
place
;
which
was
Medellin
,
a
small
town
of
Estramedura
,
a
Province
of
Spain
.
Lastly
,
St.
John
D'ullua
,
a
noted
and
the
most
usuall
Port
to
all
this
Province
,
and
likewise
to
the
City
of
Mexico
it self
,
from
the
North
Sea
:
but
of
difficult
entrance
,
especially
to
such
as
are
not
well
acquainted
with
the
passage
,
or
want
Guides
;
by
reason
of
certain
Rocks
and
quick-sands
,
wherewith
the
mouth
of
the
Haven
is
said
to
be
barred
:
but
within
,
the
station
is
more
safe
.
It
hath
likewise
two
strong
Bullwarks
or
Forts
raised
,
on
either
side
of
the
entrance
one
,
to
defend
the
passage
.
11.
Guaxata
hath
on
the
North
the
Bay
of
Mexico
;
on
the
South
Mare
del
Zur
;
on
the
East
Jucatan
and
Chiapa
,
which
is
one
of
the
Provinces
of
Guatimala
;
on
the
West
Tlascalla
.
The
Country
extendeth
it self
upon
the
South
Sea
about
an
hundred
leagues
in
length
,
but
from
the
Sea
to
the
borders
of
Tlascalla
one
hundred
and
twenty
:
Eastward
not
above
half
so
much
;
having
a
good
Aire
,
and
a
Soil
no
less
fruitfull
,
especially
in
Mulberry
trees
,
and
a
great
aboundance
of
Silks
,
which
the
Country
affordeth
more
than
any
other
Province
of
America
beside
.
Nor
is
it
less
rich
in
Mines
of
gold
and
silver
;
there
being
scarse
a
River
in
the
whole
Country
,
but
the
sands
of
it
are
said
to
be
tinctured
more
or
less
with
that
yellow
Metal
.
It
yeeldeth
likewise
great
plenty
of
Cassia
and
Cocchinele
,
two
rich
Commodities
:
and
the
People
generally
,
if
they
would
takes
pains
,
might
be
the
wealthiest
,
't
is
thought
,
of
any
other
in
America
:
but
whether
it
be
through
any
voluntary
contempt
of
Riches
,
or
through
any
naturall
sloathfullness
,
as
yet
they
seem
to
pine
in
the
midst
of
plenty
,
living
,
for
the
most
part
of
them
,
little
better
than
from
hand
to
mouth
;
nevertheless
exceeding
liberall
of
what
they
have
,
especially
to
such
as
bear
the
habit
of
Religion
,
and
attend
the
service
of
their
Souls
;
maintaining
in
a
plentifull
and
good
manner
,
as
't
is
said
,
no
less
than
one
hundred
and
twenty
Convents
of
Religious
Men
,
of
several
Orders
,
in
this
only
Province
;
besides
Hospitals
,
Schools
for
the
training
up
of
Youth
,
and
other
places
of
publique
Charity
.
It
is
subdivided
into
many
particular
Provinces
;
which
,
because
they
are
many
and
but
small
,
in
comparison
of
some
other
,
we
may
call
Wapentakes
,
or
Hundreds
,
rather
than
Provinces
:
the
principall
whereof
are
these
that
follow
,
viz.
1.
Misteca
.
2.
Tutepecque
.
3.
Zapoteca
.
4.
Guazacoalco
.
5.
Gueztaxatla
:
and
6.
the
Vally
of
Guaxata
,
from
whence
Cortez
,
after
the
Conquest
of
Mexico
,
had
his
title
given
him
by
the
Emperor
,
Marquess
of
the
Valley
.
It
is
the
richest
and
most
pleasant
part
of
the
whole
Province
,
extended
in
a
continued
tract
together
full
sixteen
leagues
or
more
,
lying
about
fourscore
Southward
of
Mexico
,
and
wanting
neither
Mines
of
gold
and
silver
nor
any
other
of
the
prime
and
best
Commodities
of
the
New-World
.
The
towns
of
principall
note
inhabited
by
the
Spaniards
in
this
Province
are
,
first
Antequera
,
in
the
Valley
aforesaid
,
a
stately
Citie
,
and
beautified
with
a
fair
Cathedrall
Church
,
built
with
pillars
of
the
finest
Marble
,
of
great
height
and
bigness
.
2.
St.
Ildephonso
.
3.
St.
Jago
,
commonly
called
St.
Jago
of
the
Valley
Nexatapa
;
yet
is
it self
a
City
fairly
seated
upon
a
Hill.
4.
Del
Spirito
Santo
,
a
town
built
by
Gonsalvo
Sandovall
,
in
the
year
1526
,
distant
not
above
three
leagues
from
the
Gulf
or
Bay
of
Honduras
.
5.
Aguatulco
,
otherwise
called
Guatulco
,
a
noted
and
convenient
Haven
,
or
Port-town
upon
the
South
Sea
,
yet
pertaining
to
this
Province
:
A
rich
place
by
reason
of
the
trade
from
Mexico
to
Peru
,
and
from
Peru
to
Mexico
,
which
passeth
all
through
this
town
.
There
are
reckoned
of
the
Natives
of
this
Province
not
less
than
six
hundred
and
fifty
Burroughs
and
Villages
,
and
in
them
above
an
hundred
and
fifty
thousand
persons
that
pay
tribute
;
beside
Women
and
Children
,
and
Spaniards
in
great
number
.
12.
Jucatan
is
a
Peninsula
,
or
half-Island
,
encompassed
for
the
most
part
with
the
Sea
;
save
only
to
the
South-west
,
where
it
is
joyned
to
Guaxata
:
it
s
farther
and
more
Easterly
point
looking
towards
Cuba
.
The
whole
Province
contains
in
compass
nine
hundred
miles
or
more
,
the
Aire
somewhat
hot
,
and
the
Soil
not
altogether
so
fertil
in
all
Commodities
,
as
some
other
parts
of
New-Spain
are
:
yet
are
the
People
therefore
more
industrious
living
for
the
most
part
by
Handicrafts
and
Trades
,
and
much
more
willing
to
take
pains
than
their
Neigbours
.
They
report
some
speciall
things
of
this
Province
of
Jucatan
,
as
namely
,
that
the
People
of
the
Countrie
used
generally
,
and
long
before
the
Spaniards
came
thither
,
a
certain
Ceremony
of
Religion
,
not
much
unlike
to
our
Baptism
,
and
which
they
called
by
a
name
that
in
their
language
signified
Regeneration
,
or
a
second
Birth
;
that
they
observed
it
so
diligently
,
that
few
or
none
among
them
omitted
to
initiate
themselves
by
it
,
beleeving
,
that
thereby
the
Seeds
and
ground-work
of
all
goodness
was
laid
in
them
,
and
that
they
were
fortified
by
it
against
the
assaults
and
molestations
of
evil-Spirits
:
That
after
they
were
three
or
four
yeers
old
,
till
they
came
to
twelve
,
they
usually
thus
washed
and
baptized
themselves
;
and
that
none
were
permitted
among
them
to
marry
,
that
were
not
first
initiated
after
this
manner
:
That
they
chose
likewise
a
solemn
day
upon
which
to
doe
this
;
and
fasted
(
at
least
the
Father
and
Mother
of
the
party
to
be
initiated
)
alwaies
three
dayes
before
:
and
that
a
great
many
of
the
Natives
had
a
Tradition
,
or
general
report
among
them
,
that
of
ancient
time
this
Province
of
Jucatan
was
possessed
and
cultivated
by
a
certain
People
which
came
thither
from
the
East
,
after
a
tedious
long
wandering
and
many
hardships
endured
at
Sea
,
having
escaped
the
hands
of
their
Enemies
only
through
the
power
of
God
,
or
the
Deity
they
worshiped
;
who
helped
them
,
and
made
them
to
pass
securely
,
even
through
the
waves
of
the
Sea
.
All
which
,
if
true
,
seems
not
a
little
to
confirm
the
report
which
goeth
for
current
in
the
Welch
Chronicles
,
of
one
Madoc
ap
Owen
the
sonne
of
Guineth
,
a
Prince
of
that
Countrie
,
who
is
said
to
have
fallen
upon
a
farre
Countrie
this
way
in
his
travels
;
which
he
liked
so
well
,
that
having
secured
to
his
Companions
their
safe
abode
there
,
during
his
absence
,
he
returned
himself
into
Wales
for
more
Men
;
and
that
he
transported
thither
as
many
as
he
could
carry
in
ten
Barks
full
laden
.
This
he
is
said
to
have
done
about
the
year
of
our
Lord
1170.
But
neither
he
nor
any
of
his
Men
were
ever
heard
of
since
;
and
the
success
of
the
expedition
,
it
seems
,
little
enquired
after
by
the
Welch
.
However
the
relation
seems
not
altogether
incredible
,
or
beyond
belief
.
The
chief
towns
of
the
Province
are
,
1.
Merida
,
in
the
Navil
of
the
Country
,
and
the
seat
of
the
Governor
,
twelve
leagues
distant
from
the
Sea
on
either
side
.
2.
Valladolidt
,
thirty
leagues
distant
from
Merida
.
3.
Campeche
,
a
great
town
consisting
of
about
three
thousand
housholds
or
more
,
when
first
conquered
by
the
Spaniards
;
who
found
such
Monuments
of
Art
and
curious
industrie
in
it
,
as
did
cleerly
argue
,
that
the
place
had
been
once
possessed
by
some
People
that
were
not
barbarous
.
It
is
now
called
St.
Francisco
,
and
was
surprized
in
the
year
1596
by
Captain
Parker
,
an
English
man
,
who
took
the
Governor
himself
and
some
other
persons
of
quality
prisoners
,
and
carried
them
away
with
him
,
together
with
a
ship
richly
laden
with
gold
and
silver
,
beside
other
Commodities
of
good
value
.
4.
Tabasco
,
by
the
Spaniard
now
called
Villa
de
Nuestra
Sennara
de
Victoria
,
and
commonly
Victoria
only
,
in
memory
,
as
't
is
thought
,
of
the
first
great
victory
which
Cortez
obtained
over
these
People
at
the
battel
of
Potonchan
,
as
hath
been
said
.
5.
Cintla
.
6.
Potonchan
.
7.
Salamanca
.
All
along
the
Coast
of
this
Country
there
lye
certain
Islands
,
some
within
the
Bay
or
Gulf
called
Honduras
,
pertaining
to
the
next
Province
,
as
1.
La
Zarza
.
2.
La
Desconescida
.
3.
Vermeia
.
4.
Los
Negrillos
;
and
some
without
it
,
as
1.
Zaratan
.
2.
Pantoia
.
3.
De
Mugeres
,
or
the
Island
of
Women
;
so
named
by
the
Spaniards
,
who
at
their
first
discovery
of
these
parts
,
for
a
long
time
together
could
meet
with
none
but
Women
.
The
chief
of
them
is
called
Acusamil
,
commonly
Cozamul
,
and
is
fifteen
leagues
in
length
,
and
about
five
broad
,
and
was
,
as
it
were
,
the
thorough-fare
,
or
common
road
of
the
Spaniards
when
they
first
discovered
the
Countries
of
New-Spain
.
For
first
here
landed
Ferdinando
de
Corduba
,
after
him
John
de
Griialva
,
and
others
;
and
last
of
all
,
the
fortunate
Cortez
.
It
is
now
called
St.
Crux
.
CHAP.
IX
.
Of
Guatimala
.
1.
GVatimala
is
the
last
general
Province
of
this
Northern
part
of
America
,
and
brings
us
down
to
the
Isthmus
or
neck
of
Land
,
which
,
as
we
said
,
joyneth
the
Northern
and
Southern
parts
of
the
New-World
together
.
This
Countrie
,
viz.
Guatimala
,
is
bounded
Northward
with
the
Peninsula
of
Jucatan
abovesaid
,
and
part
of
the
Gulf
or
Bay
of
Honduras
;
on
the
South
with
Mare
del
Zur
:
on
the
East
and
South-East
it
hath
Castella
aurea
:
and
on
the
West
New-Spain
.
The
length
of
it
lyeth
upon
the
coast
of
Mare
del
Zur
,
and
is
said
to
be
little
less
than
three
hundred
leagues
;
but
the
breadth
not
half
so
much
in
any
place
,
and
in
some
very
narrow
.
It
is
generally
a
fertil
and
good
Countrie
in
all
respects
,
but
especially
abounding
in
Cattel
and
good
Pastures
:
being
subdivided
into
six
inferiour
Provinces
or
Countries
,
which
are
,
1.
Chiapa
.
2.
Verapaz
.
3.
Guatimala
,
specially
so
called
.
4.
Honduras
.
5.
Nicaragua
:
And
lastly
,
6.
Veragua
.
2.
Chiapa
is
bordered
on
the
West
with
New-Spain
;
on
the
East
with
Vera
paz
:
on
the
North
with
Jucatan
:
and
on
the
South
with
Mare
del
Zur
.
It
is
a
Countrie
much
shaded
with
Woods
,
and
those
replenished
with
many
fair
and
goodly
trees
,
of
divers
sorts
and
of
the
largest
size
,
as
Oaks
,
Pines
,
Cedar
,
and
Cypress
trees
;
besides
others
which
yeeld
them
a
good
kinde
of
Rosin
,
precious
Gumms
,
&c.
It
hath
likewise
good
plenty
of
Cocchinele
:
but
as
for
Mines
either
of
gold
or
silver
,
I
observe
not
much
to
be
spoken
;
the
Countrie
is
supposed
to
afford
some
,
but
hitherto
no
great
search
hath
been
made
;
possibly
for
want
of
Labourers
to
work
in
the
Mines
.
The
only
inconvenience
which
the
Countrie
seemeth
to
lye
under
,
is
the
aboundance
of
Serpents
,
or
Snakes
which
it
breedeth
:
there
are
some
of
them
said
to
be
twenty
foot
long
or
more
;
and
doe
not
a
little
infest
the
Natives
:
who
yet
are
not
without
a
general
Antidote
or
Remedy
which
the
Countrie
likewise
naturally
affordeth
:
which
is
nothing
else
but
the
leaves
of
some
of
their
trees
dryed
to
powder
;
of
which
they
make
a
plaister
of
soveraign
efficacie
,
as
't
is
said
,
against
their
venome
;
and
otherwise
generally
good
for
any
old
and
inveterate
sores
.
The
places
of
more
principall
note
in
this
Countrie
inhabited
by
the
Spaniards
,
are
1.
Ciudad
Real
,
pleasantly
seated
in
the
midst
of
a
round
Vale
or
Plain
,
and
almost
encompassed
with
Hills
round
about
it
,
in
form
of
an
Amphitheatre
;
at
the
foot
of
one
of
which
,
standing
in
the
midst
of
the
rest
,
the
City
is
built
.
It
is
a
Citie
specially
priviledged
by
the
Kings
of
Spain
;
of
a
pure
and
temperate
Aire
,
and
the
Country
about
plentifully
abounding
both
in
Corn
and
Fruit.
2.
Chiapa
,
which
giveth
name
to
the
Valley
aforesaid
;
it
is
a
Bishops
Sea
,
and
famous
,
if
but
for
one
of
its
Prelates
,
viz.
Bartholomaeus
de
las
Casas
,
of
the
Order
of
Preachers
,
who
was
Bishop
of
this
Citie
,
and
his
memory
justly
precious
among
the
poor
Americans
at
this
day
,
for
his
Charity
towards
them
,
and
for
the
stout
and
zealous
opposition
which
he
made
against
the
Spaniards
cruel
and
inhumane
dealings
with
the
Natives
at
the
beginning
of
their
Conquests
:
by
which
at
last
,
notwithstanding
much
difficulty
and
resistance
made
by
interessed
persons
of
the
other
side
,
he
procured
them
liberty
,
and
an
Edict
from
the
Emperor
in
favour
of
them
;
whereby
they
were
declared
to
be
Free
People
,
and
not
Slaves
;
and
the
Spaniards
forbidden
to
use
them
any
longer
as
such
,
or
to
force
them
to
any
kinde
of
labour
against
their
wills
,
or
otherwise
than
by
agreement
with
them
,
which
liberty
they
enjoy
to
this
day
;
and
though
the
Spaniaiards
are
said
to
give
them
very
small
wages
in
some
places
,
and
for
their
work
in
their
Sugar
Mills
(
which
is
no
small
labor
)
not
above
five
Royalls
or
two
Shillings
six
Pence
a
week
,
for
the
maintenance
of
themselves
,
their
Wives
and
Children
,
yet
by
reason
,
it
is
with
their
consent
,
and
in
a
Country
where
all
things
are
plentifull
and
cheap
:
their
condition
is
much
better
than
it
was
,
and
the
favour
which
that
good
Bishop
did
them
,
never
to
be
forgotten
.
It
is
at
present
a
great
City
and
populous
,
and
lyeth
almost
in
the
middle
way
betwixt
the
Cities
of
Mexico
and
Guatimala
.
3.
St.
Bartholomews
.
4.
Tecpatlan
and
some
others
belonging
to
the
Natives
.
3.
Vera
paz
,
or
the
Country
of
True
peace
,
was
so
named
by
the
Spaniards
,
as
they
say
,
because
it
was
never
conquered
by
the
Sword
,
but
reduced
to
obedience
only
by
the
preaching
of
the
Dominican
Friers
.
It
is
bounded
on
the
West
and
South-west
with
Chiapa
;
on
the
East
with
some
part
of
Guatimala
,
and
Honduras
,
and
on
the
North
with
Jucatan
,
It
Containes
about
thirty
leagues
length
,
and
almost
as
much
in
breadth
,
being
a
woody
and
mountainous
Country
for
the
most
part
,
yet
well
distingushed
with
Valleys
and
lower
grownd
.
It
is
thought
to
be
a
little
too
much
subject
to
rain
,
which
't
is
said
to
have
for
nine
moneths
of
the
year
almost
continually
;
by
reason
whereof
the
Country
,
being
otherwise
hot
,
is
much
anoyed
with
a
kind
of
Mosquit
,
or
great
sort
of
Gnatts
,
which
spoyle
the
fruit
very
much
,
and
are
otherwise
not
a
little
troublsome
to
the
people
.
The
chief
Commodities
of
this
Country
,
are
first
a
kinde
of
Amber
,
which
some
call
liquid
Amber
,
which
drops
from
divers
of
their
trees
,
and
is
said
to
be
a
Commodity
very
precious
and
of
much
use
.
Mastick
,
Sazaparilla
,
China
wood
,
and
divers
other
Medicinall
woods
,
which
it
affordeth
in
great
plenty
.
But
as
for
any
Towns
or
places
of
much
Traffique
or
note
,
inhabited
by
the
Spaniards
;
I
finde
not
any
named
,
save
only
St.
Augustines
;
neer
unto
which
,
there
is
said
to
be
a
Cave
and
Fountain
within
ground
,
which
converts
the
water
that
falleth
into
it
,
out
of
several
lesser
Springs
,
into
a
kinde
of
Alablaster
,
or
stone
perfectly
white
,
and
fashions
it
likewise
into
pillars
,
statues
,
and
other
artificiall
formes
very
curiously
,
as
Laet
reporteth
.
4.
Guatimala
,
specially
so
called
,
hath
on
the
West
the
river
Xicalapa
,
which
divides
it
from
Vera
paz
.
On
the
East
it
is
bounded
with
the
Country
of
Nicaragua
,
on
the
North
with
Honduras
,
and
on
the
South
with
Mare
del
Zur
.
The
Country
by
reason
of
its
Neighbourhood
with
Vera
paz
,
not
altogether
clear
of
Mountains
,
but
otherwise
well
watered
with
Rivers
,
and
enriched
with
fair
and
fruitfull
Valleyes
,
which
afford
not
only
good
pasturage
,
and
many
great
heards
of
Cattel
,
but
likewise
good
store
of
Wheate
,
Maiz
and
other
fruits
of
the
Earth
.
Great
plenty
of
Cotton-Wooll
,
generally
both
here
and
in
the
other
Provinces
,
viz.
of
Vera
paz
,
Chiapa
,
&c.
some
medicinall
woods
likewise
and
liquors
;
and
absolutely
the
best
Sulfur
of
America
.
The
people
generally
tractable
and
well
dispoed
,
both
in
poynt
of
Religion
and
Civill
Government
.
The
Towns
of
cheif
note
are
,
1.
Guatimala
,
otherwise
called
St.
Jago
de
Guatimala
,
the
cheif
City
of
the
Province
,
situate
upon
the
banks
of
a
pleasant
River
,
and
in
all
respects
convenient
but
for
the
Neighbourhood
of
two
Vulcans
(
as
they
call
them
at
the
West-Indies
)
that
is
,
of
certain
Mountains
,
which
cast
fire
and
smoak
out
of
them
more
or
less
continually
,
and
with
which
,
about
the
year
1586.
it
was
almost
buried
with
ashes
and
burnt
Earth
,
which
the
one
of
them
,
for
the
space
of
six
moneths
together
,
continualled
belched
out
in
such
fearfull
quantity
,
that
many
people
were
slain
,
and
the
City
received
much
damage
by
it
.
There
are
many
of
these
Vulcans
in
severall
parts
of
America
,
as
namely
at
Arequipa
in
the
Kingdome
of
Peru
,
at
Puebla
de
los
Angeles
,
in
the
Province
of
Tlascalla
abovesaid
;
a
Mountain
of
so
great
height
,
that
they
are
said
to
goe
little
less
than
thirty
leagues
,
turning
and
winding
,
before
they
can
reach
the
top
of
it
,
and
others
in
severall
other
places
.
They
are
generally
Mountains
of
great
height
,
and
running
sharp
upwards
,
but
at
the
top
containing
some
quantity
of
plain
and
level
grownd
;
in
the
midst
whereof
is
the
pit
or
hole
,
out
of
which
aboundance
of
smoak
and
fiery
ashes
are
vomited
almost
continually
,
and
so
deep
,
that
they
are
supposed
for
the
most
part
to
reach
to
the
very
bottom
of
the
Mountain
.
Some
of
these
Vulcans
cast
forth
neither
fire
nor
smoak
,
yet
are
clearly
seen
to
burn
at
the
bottom
with
a
quick
fire
,
and
which
is
so
extremely
hot
,
that
it
instantly
melteth
Iron
,
or
any
other
Metall
that
is
cast
into
it
;
as
by
experience
hath
been
found
.
For
some
,
conceiving
that
the
matter
which
maintains
these
fires
,
within
the
bowells
of
the
Earth
so
long
together
,
can
be
nothing
els
but
melted
Gold
,
have
endeavoured
severall
times
to
extract
and
draw
it
forth
in
certain
Vessels
of
Iron
and
Brass
,
which
they
have
caused
to
be
let
down
into
the
bottom
of
the
Vulcan
or
pit
,
by
long
Iron
chaines
made
on
purpose
,
but
as
we
said
,
the
extreme
heat
and
force
of
the
fire
below
,
alwayes
melted
them
,
before
they
could
be
drawn
up
again
,
and
by
that
meanes
hath
hitherto
rendred
all
such
attempts
frustrate
.
2.
St.
Salvador
fourty
leagues
distant
from
Guatimala
Eastward
,
and
seated
upon
the
River
Guacapa
.
3.
Acaputla
,
a
Town
of
the
Natives
situated
at
the
mouth
of
the
said
River
,
and
is
,
as
it
were
,
the
port
Town
to
St.
Salvador
.
4.
Trinidad
,
a
Town
of
great
resort
,
being
the
generall
Empory
and
place
of
Traffique
,
for
all
sorts
of
Commodities
,
betwixt
the
people
of
New-Spain
and
Peru.
5.
St.
Michaels
two
or
three
leagues
distant
from
the
Bay
Fonseca
,
upon
the
South
Sea
.
6.
Xeres
de
la
Frontera
,
in
the
Confines
of
this
Province
,
towards
the
borders
of
Nicaragua
.
5.
Honduras
hath
on
the
South
Guatimala
abovesaid
,
on
the
West
a
certain
Bay
or
Arme
of
the
Sea
,
which
they
call
Goulfo
dulce
,
from
the
aboundace
of
fresh
waters
which
run
into
it
from
all
parts
:
On
the
North
and
North-east
the
Atlantick
Ocean
;
and
somewhat
to
the
South-east
Nicaragua
.
It
containes
in
length
viz.
from
East
to
West
,
coasting
along
upon
the
Sea
,
about
one
hundred
and
fifty
leagues
,
and
in
breadth
fourscore
.
The
Country
rich
both
in
Corn
and
Pasturage
,
being
said
to
be
very
much
advantaged
that
way
,
by
the
constant
overflowings
of
the
Rivers
,
which
it
hath
very
many
,
about
Michael-mass
time
,
and
which
the
people
order
so
well
,
that
they
water
their
very
Gardens
,
and
exceedingly
fertilize
the
whol
Champaign
,
or
lower
parts
of
the
ground
by
them
.
The
Country
is
not
thought
to
be
without
some
good
Mines
both
of
Gold
and
Silver
:
but
the
Natives
so
little
covetous
of
wealth
,
and
the
Spaniards
,
it
seemes
,
so
much
busied
elsewhere
,
that
as
yet
no
great
discoveries
have
been
made
,
save
only
about
Gracias
a
Dios
,
and
some
few
other
places
,
where
there
are
good
Mines
.
The
cheif
Towns
of
this
Province
are
,
1.
New-Valladolidt
,
anciently
called
Commayagua
,
seated
in
a
pleasant
and
fruitfull
Valley
upon
the
banks
of
the
River
Chamalucon
,
fourty
leagues
distant
from
the
Sea
.
2.
Gracias
a
Dios
,
thirty
leagues
distant
from
Valladolidt
▪
Westward
,
made
a
Colony
of
Spaniards
by
Gabriel
de
Roias
in
the
year
1530
,
for
defence
of
the
Mines
thereabouts
,
against
some
Savages
that
were
not
then
reduced
.
3.
San
Pedro
,
a
place
of
great
wealth
and
traffique
,
and
the
usuall
residence
of
the
Farmours
of
the
Kings
customes
for
this
Province
.
4.
Puerto
de
Cavallos
,
ten
leagues
distant
from
San
Pedro
,
so
called
from
the
aboundance
of
Horses
,
which
in
a
great
tempest
and
storm
at
Sea
,
the
Spaniards
were
forced
to
cast
over
board
at
this
place
.
It
is
one
of
the
most
noted
Havens
of
these
parts
,
and
naturally
strong
,
yet
so
ill
guarded
formerly
,
that
the
English
twice
pillaged
it
,
viz.
in
the
year
1591
,
under
Captain
Newport
,
and
in
the
year
1596
,
under
Captain
Shirley
.
What
the
state
of
it
at
present
is
,
I
cannot
say
,
only
that
it
is
a
good
inlet
into
a
rich
Country
.
5.
St.
Thomas
de
Castile
,
eighteen
leagues
distant
from
Cavallos
,
another
strong
place
,
and
to
which
,
they
say
,
the
Colony
of
Puerto
Cavallas
was
lately
transpoted
.
6.
Truxillo
,
a
Town
pleasantly
seated
betwixt
two
Rivers
at
the
foot
of
a
Mountain
,
not
far
from
the
Cape
de
Honduras
,
which
at
this
Town
first
begins
to
shew
it self
,
running
far
out
into
the
Sea
;
from
whence
the
shore
still
withdrawing
it self
,
as
it
were
more
inwards
,
all
along
the
Coast
of
this
Province
,
till
it
joyneth
with
Jucatan
;
there
is
made
a
very
spacious
and
goodly
Bay
,
called
commonly
the
Bay
of
Honduras
,
otherwise
Golfo
dulce
,
as
we
said
,
having
many
good
and
secure
stations
for
shipping
.
7.
St.
George
de
Olancho
,
so
called
from
the
Valley
of
Olancho
,
in
which
it
is
seated
:
a
rich
part
of
the
Country
both
in
Mines
and
otherwise
;
insomuch
that
the
Governors
of
this
Province
and
these
of
Nicaragua
,
more
than
once
fought
for
the
possession
of
it
in
the
field
;
and
it
was
some
time
before
the
King
of
Spain
could
determine
the
Controversie
betwixt
them
.
6.
Nicaragua
is
a
Country
of
this
Province
bordered
Northward
with
Honduras
;
on
the
East
with
the
Atlantick
Ocean
and
part
of
Veragua
;
on
the
South
with
Mare
del
zur
;
and
on
the
West
with
Guatimala
,
being
called
by
some
the
new
Kingdome
of
Leon.
It
hath
few
Rivers
in
it
;
the
want
whereof
is
supplyed
by
the
benefit
of
a
great
Lake
,
in
the
midst
of
the
Country
,
called
by
the
Spaniards
Laguna
de
Nicaragua
,
containing
,
as
is
supposed
,
above
one
hundred
in
leagues
compass
.
It
emptyes
it self
by
the
Port
of
St.
Juan
into
the
Atlantick
or
North
Sea
,
but
reacheth
as
far
as
the
South
or
Mare
del
Zur
,
at
least
within
a
very
few
leagues
;
and
from
whence
some
Spanish
Captains
are
said
to
have
made
a
passage
,
though
with
much
difficulty
,
into
the
Lake
,
and
from
thence
to
the
North
Sea
.
It
is
aboundantly
well
stored
with
good
fish
,
but
withall
much
haunted
with
Crocodiles
;
and
the
Country
about
it
so
plentifull
in
all
things
,
especially
Cattel
,
Cotten-wooll
,
Sugars
,
and
all
kinde
of
Fruits
,
that
the
Spaniards
commonly
call
it
Mahomets
Paradise
;
the
People
said
to
be
the
most
Hispanioliz'd
of
all
other
Americans
since
the
Conquest
,
both
in
behaviour
,
apparel
,
manners
,
&c.
The
chief
Towns
are
1.
Leon
de
Nicaragua
,
a
Bishops
Sea
.
2.
Granada
,
both
of
them
seated
upon
the
Lake
very
commodiously
,
yet
distant
one
from
the
other
fourteen
or
fifteen
leagues
at
least
.
3.
Segovia
,
thirty
leagues
distant
from
Granada
,
having
some
veins
of
silver
about
it
.
4.
Jaen
,
a
town
almost
at
the
end
or
mouth
of
the
Lake
,
from
whence
,
by
a
long
Channel
of
about
three
or
four
leagues
,
it
disembogues
or
emptieth
it self
into
the
Sea
,
at
the
Port
St.
Juan
.
5.
Realeio
:
This
is
,
as
it
were
,
the
Chattam
of
America
,
being
a
place
on
the
South-Sea
,
where
the
King
of
Spain
hath
all
his
ships
built
,
that
are
built
of
American
timber
,
and
inhabited
by
few
or
none
but
Shipwrights
,
Mariners
,
and
men
of
that
profession
.
6.
Nicoya
,
a
town
that
giveth
name
to
a
little
Territorie
,
which
some
reckon
as
a
distinct
part
of
this
Province
by
it self
.
7.
Avarines
.
8.
Cartago
,
fourty
leagues
distant
from
Nicoya
,
and
lying
,
almost
in
the
midst
of
the
Isthmus
or
Streit
of
Darien
,
equally
distant
both
from
the
North
and
South
Sea
;
on
both
which
it
is
said
likewise
to
have
a
convenient
Port
or
Haven
for
shipping
.
7.
Veragua
is
bounded
on
the
West
with
that
part
of
Nicaragua
,
which
some
call
Casta
ricca
,
&
make
a
distinct
Province
of
this
Countrie
,
being
indeed
a
very
wealthy
part
of
it
:
on
the
East
it
hath
the
district
,
or
Country
of
Panama
,
being
otherwise
washed
on
all
sides
by
the
Sea
.
It
hath
its
name
from
a
River
of
great
note
in
this
tract
,
by
which
it
was
first
discovered
.
The
Countrie
is
for
the
most
part
Mountainous
,
and
the
Soil
outwardly
but
barren
,
but
recompencing
all
defects
with
the
aboundance
of
its
more
inward
wealth
.
I
mean
in
the
richness
of
its
Mines
;
of
which
it
is
said
to
afford
many
,
and
so
inexhaustibly
rich
and
good
,
that
the
Spaniards
here
know
no
end
of
their
wealth
;
although
,
by
reason
of
the
stoutness
and
untamableness
of
the
Natives
,
it
were
a
long
time
,
and
they
met
with
no
small
difficulties
,
before
they
could
make
themselves
masters
of
the
Treasure
.
The
chief
Towns
they
have
here
are
,
1.
La
Conception
,
lying
at
the
mouth
of
a
River
so
named
,
and
the
seat
of
the
Governor
.
2.
La
Trinidad
,
upon
the
banks
of
the
same
River
likewise
,
but
more
down
towards
Port
Beleno
,
and
about
six
leagues
Eastward
of
Conception
.
3.
St.
Foy
,
twelve
leagues
more
to
the
South
,
where
the
Spaniards
melt
their
gold
,
and
cast
it
into
Bars
or
Ingots
.
4.
Carlos
,
a
town
they
have
upon
the
Coast
of
Mare
del
Zur
.
5.
Philippina
,
another
on
the
West
of
Carlos
;
both
of
these
well
seated
upon
a
large
and
capacious
Bay
:
before
which
there
lyeth
a
fry
of
certain
little
Islands
,
to
the
number
of
thirty
or
more
,
which
the
Spaniards
are
said
to
have
wholly
dispeopled
long
since
,
by
forcing
the
Natives
over
into
the
Continent
,
to
work
in
the
Mines
;
as
usually
they
did
before
the
Emperors
prohibition
:
but
now
they
use
Slaves
or
Negros
,
which
they
buy
for
that
purpose
from
Guiny
and
other
parts
.
CHAP.
X.
Of
Peruana
;
or
the
Southern
part
of
America
.
1.
THe
Country
of
Peru
,
understanding
by
it
all
that
part
of
America
which
lyeth
on
the
South
of
Darien
,
is
generally
resembled
to
the
form
of
a
Pyramis
reversed
;
the
Basis
whereof
,
that
is
(
as
I
conconceive
)
the
more
Southerly
parts
of
it
towards
Magellanica
and
the
Streits
,
extend
themselves
largely
both
East
and
West
,
becoming
more
sharp
and
streit
towards
the
North
,
and
those
parts
by
which
it
is
joyned
to
Mexicana
:
in
the
whole
it
is
supposed
to
contain
a
circuit
of
seventeen
thousand
miles
at
least
,
and
is
watered
with
four
of
the
greatest
Rivers
of
the
World
,
beside
aboundance
of
lessers
streams
,
which
issuing
from
the
Andes
and
other
Mountains
of
the
Countrie
,
doe
run
from
all
parts
both
into
the
North
and
South
Sea
,
much
fertilizing
the
Countries
through
which
they
pass
.
The
four
principall
are
these
.
1.
Orellana
,
otherwise
called
the
River
of
Amazons
.
This
riseth
in
the
Province
of
Peru
,
and
runneth
a
course
of
little
less
than
five
thousand
miles
,
discharging
it self
at
last
into
the
North
Sea
,
through
a
channel
as
some
say
,
of
threescore
leagues
broad
,
and
yet
with
such
a
violent
current
or
stream
,
that
it
is
said
to
keep
its
natural
colour
and
taste
almost
thirty
miles
in
the
Sea
.
2.
Orenoque
,
a
River
of
the
Province
of
Guiana
,
whose
head
or
spring
is
not
yet
discovered
,
it
is
said
to
be
Navigable
a
thousand
miles
together
by
the
tallest
ships
,
and
no
less
than
two
thousand
by
Pinnaces
and
smaller
Vessels
,
and
dischargeth
it self
likewise
into
the
North
Sea
by
sixteen
several
channels
or
mouths
,
making
thereby
several
Islands
,
some
whereof
are
said
to
be
of
good
bigness
,
and
to
lye
at
a
distance
of
one
hundred
miles
or
more
one
from
the
other
.
3.
Maragnon
,
a
River
of
a
yet
larger
course
than
any
of
the
former
,
being
,
as
't
is
said
,
no
less
than
six
thousand
miles
from
its
head
,
which
is
out
of
the
Andes
in
Peru
,
to
its
fall
,
which
is
likewise
into
the
North
Sea
;
about
Cape
Blanco
,
by
a
channel
of
seventy
leagues
in
breadth
.
4.
Rio
de
la
Plata
,
otherwise
called
Paraguay
,
a
River
of
two
thousand
miles
course
,
and
falling
,
as
the
rest
,
into
the
North
Sea
,
by
a
channel
of
threescore
miles
over
,
and
about
thirty
four
degrees
Southward
of
the
Line
,
towards
Magellans
Streits
.
This
Southern
part
of
America
containeth
these
particular
Provinces
following
,
all
of
them
wealthy
and
large
,
viz.
Castella
aurea
,
or
Golden
Castile
.
2.
Nova-Granada
,
or
the
new
Kingdome
,
as
they
call
it
.
3.
Peru
,
specially
so
called
.
4.
Chile
.
5.
Paraguay
.
6.
Brasil
.
7.
Guiana
:
And
8.
Paria
;
with
some
lesser
Islands
adjoyning
to
all
or
most
of
these
Provinces
,
and
commonly
reckoned
as
part
of
them
.
CHAP.
XI
.
Of
Castella
Aurea
.
1.
CAstella
del
oro
,
as
the
Spaniards
call
it
,
or
golden
Castile
,
taketh
up
all
the
rest
of
the
Isthmus
or
streit
of
Darien
,
which
hath
not
been
yet
spoken
of
,
being
bounded
Eastward
and
to
the
North-East
with
the
Atlantick
Ocean
,
and
on
the
West
with
Mare
del
Zur
,
and
some
part
of
Veragua
:
Southward
it
hath
the
new
Kingdom
or
Granada
.
It
is
called
sometimes
Terra
firma
,
because
it
was
one
of
the
first
parts
of
firm
Land
which
the
Spaniards
touched
upon
,
after
they
had
passed
so
many
Islands
,
as
seemed
,
for
some
time
,
to
block
up
and
barre
them
from
the
Continent
of
America
.
It
is
subdivided
into
these
inferiour
Provinces
or
Countries
,
viz.
1.
Panama
.
2.
Darien
.
3.
Nova-Andaluzia
.
4.
St.
Martha
:
And
5.
the
little
Province
De
la
Hacha
.
2.
Panama
,
commonly
called
the
District
or
Circle
of
Panama
,
is
bounded
Eastward
with
the
Gulf
or
Bay
of
Vrraba
,
by
which
it
is
separate
from
the
rest
of
the
Continent
of
this
Southern
part
of
America
:
on
the
West
it
hath
Veragua
,
one
of
the
Provinces
of
Guatimala
;
being
on
both
the
other
sides
washed
with
the
Sea
.
It
is
supposed
to
contain
in
length
from
Cartagena
and
Popayan
,
to
the
confines
of
Veragua
,
about
fourscore
or
ninety
leagues
;
in
breadth
not
above
threescore
in
any
part
:
and
where
it
is
narrowest
,
viz.
betwixt
the
City
of
Panama
and
Nombre
de
Dios
,
if
measured
by
a
right
line
,
not
above
six
or
seven
over
from
Sea
to
Sea
.
It
lyeth
almost
under
the
Equinoctial
line
,
but
a
few
degrees
Northward
of
it
,
and
therefore
somewhat
hot
,
and
by
the
neighbourhood
of
both
Seas
,
subject
to
a
foggy
and
gross
Aire
,
in
comparison
of
some
other
parts
;
so
that
it
is
not
counted
generally
so
healthfull
a
Countrie
,
especially
for
strangers
,
and
in
the
Summer
time
.
The
chief
towns
and
places
which
the
Spaniards
inhabit
here
are
,
1.
St.
Philip
,
otherwise
called
Porto
Bello
,
from
the
good
Haven
adjoyning
to
it
.
A
strong
town
and
at
present
the
staple
of
Trade
betwixt
Panama
and
Spain
:
the
Haven
fortified
likewise
with
two
strong
Castles
:
notwithstanding
which
,
it
was
both
surprized
and
well
pillaged
by
the
English
,
under
the
Command
of
Captain
Parker
,
about
the
year
1601
,
and
the
Governour
himself
Pedro
Melendez
taken
prisoner
.
2.
Nombre
de
Dios
,
so
named
by
Didaco
Niquesa
,
a
Spanish
Adventurer
,
who
being
driven
by
distress
of
weather
,
and
ready
to
be
wracked
,
bad
his
Men
here
get
on
shore
en
Nombre
de
Dios
(
that
is
,
in
Gods
name
.
)
The
town
was
very
well
seated
for
Commerce
and
Trade
at
the
beginning
,
and
enjoyed
it
for
a
good
while
;
but
the
place
being
found
something
less
healthfull
,
and
otherwise
obnoxious
to
Enemies
at
Sea
,
the
Trade
and
chief
Inhabitants
are
since
removed
to
Porto
Bello
,
or
St.
Philip
aforesaid
,
as
to
a
more
fortified
and
securer
place
.
3.
Acla
,
a
Town
upon
the
same
Coast
,
but
lying
South-East
of
Nombre
de
Dios.
4.
Nata
,
commonly
called
St.
Jago
de
Nata
,
situated
on
the
West
side
of
this
Province
,
upon
Mare
del
Zur
,
or
the
South
Sea
,
about
thirty
leagues
distance
from
Panama
,
towards
the
borders
of
Veragua
.
5.
Panama
,
the
chief
City
of
the
Province
,
being
also
a
Bishops
Sea
,
who
is
Suffragan
to
the
Archbishop
of
Lima
,
and
the
ordinary
residence
of
the
Governour
and
Courts
of
Justice
for
these
parts
.
It
is
seated
likewise
upon
the
South
Sea
,
and
so
neer
,
that
at
high
water
,
the
ships
are
said
to
ride
even
under
the
walls
.
Through
this
town
the
wealth
both
of
Peru
and
Spain
passeth
once
every
yeer
:
from
Spain
by
Nombre
de
Dios
and
Porto
Bello
,
from
whence
whatsoever
Merchandise
or
other
Commodities
come
from
Spain
,
are
transported
to
Panama
by
Land
,
and
from
thence
by
Sea
to
all
the
parts
of
Peru
;
and
by
Panama
,
whatsoever
comes
from
Peru
,
to
be
sent
into
Spain
.
It
hath
commonly
a
strong
Garrison
of
Souldiers
in
it
,
and
is
doubtless
a
place
otherwise
well
fortified
,
being
of
so
great
importance
.
Lastly
La
Crux
Real
,
a
few
leagues
distant
from
Panama
,
and
for
the
most
part
inhabited
by
Negros
.
3.
Darien
hath
on
the
North
the
District
,
or
Circle
of
Panama
;
on
the
South
the
new
Kingdome
of
Granada
:
Eastward
it
is
bounded
with
the
Gulf
of
Vrraba
abovesaid
,
and
some
part
of
the
River
Darien
,
which
giveth
name
to
the
Province
:
and
to
the
West
with
the
South
Sea
;
of
a
more
temperate
Aire
by
farre
than
that
of
Panama
,
and
a
Soil
so
admirably
fruitfull
and
lusty
,
that
they
say
Melons
,
Cucumers
,
and
generally
all
other
Fruits
of
the
Garden
are
ripe
and
fit
to
gather
within
twenty
dayes
or
less
,
after
their
first
sowing
.
The
chief
and
indeed
only
Town
of
this
tract
is
Darien
,
called
anciently
by
the
first
Founders
of
it
St.
Maria
Antiqua
,
and
by
others
the
Antique
of
Darien
;
being
one
of
the
first
Towns
that
were
built
by
the
Spaniards
on
the
firm
Land
.
4.
Eastward
of
Darien
and
the
Gulf
of
Vrraba
lyeth
the
Countrie
of
New-Andaluzia
,
as
some
call
it
,
though
that
name
be
likewise
(
and
perhaps
more
truly
)
attributed
to
the
Province
of
Paria
hereafter
to
be
spoken
of
:
on
the
East
it
hath
the
Countrie
called
St.
Martha
:
on
the
North
the
main
Ocean
;
and
New-Granada
towards
the
South
.
It
is
for
the
most
part
a
Mountainous
Countrie
,
and
full
of
Woods
,
which
,
they
say
,
yeeld
aboundance
of
Rosin
,
Gumms
,
and
some
very
good
Balsams
.
But
the
Plains
,
by
reason
of
much
rain
,
to
which
the
Countrie
is
subject
,
especially
for
some
times
of
the
year
,
of
but
a
spewy
and
cold
Soil
.
The
Spaniards
,
at
their
first
comming
,
found
it
a
rich
Country
,
not
so
much
from
the
nature
and
profits
of
the
Soil
(
though
it
be
said
to
have
some
Mines
in
it
,
and
those
of
Gold
)
but
by
reason
of
a
certain
opinion
,
and
respect
,
which
the
Americans
of
these
parts
are
generally
said
to
have
born
towards
this
Country
,
insomuch
that
they
would
be
brought
and
buryed
therein
from
other
places
very
remote
;
and
according
to
the
custome
of
the
Country
,
not
without
good
store
of
Gold
and
other
Jewels
,
according
to
the
quality
and
condition
of
the
Person
that
was
buried
:
of
which
the
Spaniards
soon
gained
intelligence
,
and
in
ransacking
the
Graves
and
Monuments
of
the
Dead
,
are
supposed
to
have
found
an
infinite
Mass
of
Treasure
:
But
those
Mines
are
long
since
exhausted
.
The
places
of
chief
impotance
here
are
,
1.
Carthagena
,
situate
upon
the
North
Sea
in
a
sandy
Peninsula
or
half
Island
,
well
built
,
and
for
the
bigness
of
it
,
of
good
wealth
and
riches
;
as
the
English
well
found
under
Sir
Francis
Drake
,
in
the
yeare
1585
,
when
they
took
the
place
,
and
having
pillaged
it
,
carried
away
,
beside
aboundance
of
Treasure
;
no
less
than
two
hundred
and
fourty
brass
peices
of
Ordinance
.
It
is
counted
one
of
the
best
Havens
belonging
to
the
firme
land
of
America
.
2.
Tolu
,
by
the
Spaniards
now
called
St.
Jago
,
twelve
leagues
distant
from
Cartagena
;
a
place
memorable
for
the
excellent
Balsam
which
is
brought
from
thence
,
&
commonly
called
the
Balsam
of
Tolu
.
3.
St.
Crux
de
Mopox
,
a
neate
Town
,
seated
a
little
above
the
confluence
of
the
two
Rivers
St.
Martha
and
Magdalene
,
which
water
this
Province
.
4.
Baranca
de
Nolambo
,
a
place
of
great
Traffique
,
especially
for
all
Commodities
of
the
new
Kingdome
of
Granada
:
it
standeth
upon
the
banks
of
the
Magdelene
River
,
and
about
six
leagues
distant
from
the
Sea
.
5.
Buena
Vista
,
otherwise
called
St.
Sabastian
de
Buena
Vista
,
a
Town
commodiously
seated
upon
a
rising
ground
not
far
from
the
Gulf
of
Vrraba
or
the
Sound
of
Darien
,
about
a
league
and
half
from
the
Sea
:
and
lastly
Villa
de
St.
Maria
,
thirty
leagues
southward
of
Cartagena
.
5.
St.
Martha
,
so
called
from
the
cheif
City
of
the
Province
,
is
bordered
on
the
West
with
New-Andaluzia
;
on
the
East
with
Rio
de
la
Hacha
;
on
the
North
with
the
Ocean
,
and
on
the
South
with
New-Granada
.
It
is
about
threescore
and
ten
leagues
in
length
,
and
not
much
less
in
breadth
;
a
mountainous
Country
likewise
for
the
most
part
,
and
the
ground
not
much
commended
,
but
only
for
some
fruits
of
the
Ordinary
growth
of
Spain
,
viz.
Oranges
,
Limons
,
&c.
which
thrive
here
very
well
.
The
aire
upon
the
Coasts
very
hot
,
but
more
within
land
as
extremely
cold
,
viz.
upon
the
Mountaines
.
The
Country
is
well
watered
with
Rivers
,
the
chief
whereof
is
Rio
Grande
,
as
they
call
it
,
or
the
great
River
of
Magdalene
,
which
rising
in
the
Mountains
of
New-Granada
,
falleth
down
into
this
province
,
&
empties
it self
into
the
Sea
,
betwixt
the
Cities
of
St.
Martha
and
Cartegena
,
though
at
a
distance
of
ten
or
twenty
leagues
from
either
,
with
a
double
stream
,
and
such
a
violent
course
,
that
as
Acosta
testifies
,
it
is
counted
not
a
little
dangerous
,
to
attempt
the
entrance
of
it
sometimes
,
viz.
when
the
Tyde
and
the
stream
are
contrary
.
The
chief
Towns
are
,
1.
St.
Martha
,
seated
upon
the
Sea
coast
,
having
a
safe
and
very
convenient
Haven
belonging
to
it
,
and
well
defended
from
the
windes
by
the
advantage
of
an
high
Mountain
,
lying
almost
right
over
against
it
.
It
is
no
great
Town
but
rich
,
for
the
bigness
:
at
least
it
was
found
so
when
Sir
Francis
Drake
surprised
it
,
in
the
year
1595.
What
it
was
the
year
following
,
when
Sir
Anthony
Shirly
called
there
,
and
in
the
yeare
1630
,
when
the
Dutch
took
it
,
I
cannot
say
.
2.
Tenariffe
on
the
banks
of
the
Magdalene
,
fourty
leagues
distant
from
St.
Martha
.
3.
Villa
de
las
Palmas
,
twenty
leagues
southward
of
Tenariff
.
4.
Ciudad
de
los
Reyes
in
the
Valley
of
Vpar
,
and
upon
the
banks
of
a
large
River
called
Guataporta
,
which
a
little
below
this
Town
falleth
into
the
Magdalene
.
It
is
a
Frontire
place
,
and
but
ill
neighboured
by
reason
of
certain
unreduced
Savages
inhabiting
the
Mountain
Tayrone
,
and
those
other
Mountains
of
this
Province
,
which
the
Spaniards
call
las
Sierras
Nievadas
,
because
their
tops
are
perpetually
covered
with
Snow
.
5.
New-Salamanca
,
in
the
same
Valley
of
Vpar
,
famous
for
its
Brass
Mines
.
6.
Ocanna
and
others
.
6.
Rio
de
la
Hacha
is
the
name
of
a
little
Province
lyinging
on
the
North-East
of
St.
Martha
,
washed
on
all
other
parts
with
the
waters
of
the
main
Ocean
,
or
with
the
Gulf
or
Bay
of
Venezuela
.
It
taketh
its
name
from
a
small
Town
called
de
la
Hacha
,
about
a
mile
distant
from
the
Sea
,
having
no
convenient
Haven
,
but
otherwise
seated
in
a
soile
very
rich
and
fertill
,
not
only
of
all
sorts
of
Fruits
and
and
Plants
,
especially
such
as
are
brought
from
Spain
,
but
likewise
in
many
Mines
of
Gold
,
Gemmes
of
great
size
and
value
,
and
many
excellent
Salt
Wiches
,
as
they
call
them
.
It
is
eight
leagues
distant
from
Salamanca
aforesaid
,
and
eighteen
from
Cape
Vela
the
most
westerly
Point
,
or
Foreland
of
the
Bay
of
Venuezuela
;
and
with
the
rest
,
had
the
hard
hap
to
be
surprised
and
pillaged
by
the
English
with
Sir
Francis
Drake
in
the
year
1595.
2.
Rancheria
six
leagues
Eastward
of
la
Hacha
,
inhabited
cheifly
by
Pearl-fishers
,
or
such
as
get
their
living
for
the
most
part
by
fishing
for
Pearle
;
which
was
wont
to
be
good
on
these
Coasts
.
3.
Tapia
and
some
others
.
CHAP.
XII
.
Of
New-Granada
.
1.
THe
new
Kingdome
of
Granada
,
as
't
is
commonly
called
,
was
for
the
most
part
both
discovered
and
conquered
by
Gonsalvo
Ximenes
,
about
the
yeare
1536
,
and
with
so
good
success
that
in
less
than
a
years
space
,
the
whole
Country
was
quietly
setled
under
the
Spaniards
government
,
and
the
Captain
with
his
Small
Company
had
made
shift
to
gather
together
such
a
mass
of
Treasure
,
as
may
seem
almost
incredible
,
viz.
from
the
Reguli
,
or
petty
Princes
of
those
Countries
,
whom
he
had
either
destroyed
or
made
Tributary
.
Laet
casteth
up
the
summe
thus
,
one
hundred
ninty
one
thousand
,
two
hundred
ninty
four
Pezos
of
absolute
fine
Gold
,
thirty
seven
thousand
of
Gold
less
fine
,
and
eighteen
thousand
of
the
coursest
sort
of
all
.
Of
Emralds
great
and
small
eighteeen
hundred
,
besides
aboundance
of
other
rich
booty
.
The
Country
is
bounded
on
the
North
with
Castella
aurea
aforesaid
;
on
the
West
with
Mare
del
Zur
;
on
the
East
with
Venezuela
;
the
Southern
parts
of
it
being
not
yet
well
discovered
,
by
reason
of
certain
huge
and
unpassable
Mountains
,
which
block
it
up
wholly
on
that
side
,
save
only
where
a
passage
is
kept
open
into
the
Province
of
Peru
,
specially
so
called
.
It
containeth
in
length
about
one
hundred
and
thirty
leagues
,
and
not
much
less
in
breadth
,
being
for
the
most
part
a
very
healthfull
Country
,
and
abounding
in
Mines
of
the
best
sort
of
Metal
,
beside
others
of
Brass
and
Iron
.
It
is
subdivided
into
these
two
Provinces
,
viz.
Granada
,
specially
so
caland
2.
Popayana
.
2.
Granada
,
specially
so
called
,
is
a
Country
of
a
very
temperate
and
good
aire
,
neither
subject
to
much
heat
,
nor
to
extremity
of
cold
:
the
reason
of
this
may
seem
to
be
its
neerness
to
the
Line
,
from
which
it
is
distant
Northward
but
a
very
few
degrees
.
The
Country
exceeding
fruitfull
both
of
Corn
and
Cattel
,
affording
rich
pasturage
,
and
many
great
heards
of
Cattel
,
many
good
Mines
,
as
well
of
Gold
as
other
Metals
;
and
in
that
part
of
it
which
is
called
Tunia
,
as
great
plenty
of
the
fairest
sort
of
Emralds
.
Some
parts
of
it
are
woody
;
and
among
other
sorts
very
good
,
both
for
Timber
and
Feuel
.
there
is
one
which
the
Natives
call
Guaiacum
,
a
medicinable
wood
,
and
of
soveraign
use
,
they
say
,
for
those
that
are
subject
to
the
Lues
Venerea
,
and
such
like
Maladies
.
The
People
of
the
Country
generally
tall
of
stature
,
and
of
a
strong
constitution
,
but
much
more
given
to
sport
and
pastime
,
than
to
any
kinde
of
labor
or
industry
.
The
Towns
and
places
of
cheif
importance
are
,
1.
St.
Foy
,
commonly
called
St.
Foy
de
Bagota
,
which
was
the
old
name
of
this
Province
,
and
to
distinguish
it
from
another
St.
Foy
in
the
Country
of
New-Mexico
,
as
was
said
.
It
is
the
Metropolis
and
Capitall
City
of
this
Province
,
an
Arcbishops
sea
,
and
the
ordinary
residence
of
the
Governor
;
built
by
Gonsalvo
Ximenes
a
Spaniard
Native
of
Granada
in
Old-Spain
,
upon
the
Lake
called
Guatavita
,
and
is
inhabited
at
this
present
by
above
six
hundred
Families
of
Spaniards
.
2.
St.
Michael
,
twelve
leagues
Northward
of
St.
Foy
,
and
a
well
traded
Town
.
3.
Tocayma
,
situate
in
the
territory
of
the
Panches
,
which
are
a
certain
barbarous
People
of
this
Country
,
not
yet
perfectly
reduced
,
and
possessing
not
the
worst
part
of
it
.
It
is
fifteen
leagues
distant
from
St.
Foy
,
towards
the
North-East
,
being
situate
on
the
banks
of
Pati
,
a
small
River
,
a
little
above
its
confluence
into
the
Magdalene
.
4
Trinidad
,
seated
on
the
banks
of
another
River
,
called
Zarbi
,
in
a
convenient
place
and
good
Soil
,
and
the
Country
about
it
richly
abounding
in
Veins
of
Christall
,
Emralds
,
Adamants
,
Chalcedonies
,
and
other
Gemmes
of
good
account
.
5.
Tunia
,
a
strong
Town
,
built
very
advantagiously
for
defence
on
the
top
of
an
hill
,
&
is
both
a
Garrison
and
place
of
retreat
against
the
Savages
,
which
somtimes
infest
this
Tract
,
and
also
well
traded
Empory
.
6.
Pampelona
,
60
leagues
from
St.
Foy
to
the
North-east
;
a
rich
place
both
for
Mines
of
gold
,
which
it
affordeth
,
and
also
for
great
heards
of
Cattel
,
which
the
Country
breeds
and
maintains
.
7.
La
Palma
.
8.
Merida
,
the
furthest
Town
of
this
Province
North-eastward
towards
Venezuela
.
On
the
South-east
there
is
only
St.
Juan
de
los
Lanos
,
or
St.
John
of
the
Plaines
,
fitfy
leagues
distant
from
St.
Foy
,
but
seated
in
a
rich
Angle
of
the
Country
,
and
where
there
are
good
Veins
of
gold
.
3.
Popayana
,
the
other
part
of
this
New-Kingdome
,
is
bordered
on
the
West
with
part
of
Granada
last
spoken
of
;
from
which
the
River
St.
Martha
divides
it
for
the
most
part
.
On
the
North
it
hath
Nova-Andalusia
or
Cartagena
;
on
the
West
Mare
del
Zur
;
and
on
the
South
Quito
,
or
rather
some
unreduced
Countries
lying
betwixt
them
both
.
It
extends
in
length
above
one
hundred
leagues
from
North
to
South
,
but
in
breadth
,
viz
,
betwixt
the
River
St.
Martha
,
and
the
South
Sea
,
not
much
above
fourty
or
fifty
.
The
Country
is
said
to
be
a
little
too
much
subject
to
rain
,
yet
not
so
,
but
that
the
fertility
of
the
soil
answers
the
industry
of
the
Inhabitants
in
most
parts
very
well
.
The
places
of
chief
note
in
it
are
,
1.
Popayan
,
situate
on
the
banks
of
a
fair
River
,
but
not
named
,
and
in
the
midst
of
a
Plain
,
in
a
place
of
great
wealth
,
and
enjoying
a
good
aire
.
It
is
a
Bishops
Sea
,
and
the
ordinary
Residence
of
the
Governour
of
the
Province
.
2.
Antiochia
,
otherwise
called
St.
Fide
.
s
de
Antiochia
,
on
the
borders
of
New-Andaluzia
,
and
about
one
hundred
leagues
from
Popayan
.
3.
Caramanta
,
seated
likewise
on
the
banks
of
the
River
St.
Martha
.
4.
St.
Anne
in
the
Cantred
,
or
Hundred
of
Anzerma
,
a
Town
neatly
situate
upon
the
side
of
an
hill
betwixt
two
Rivers
,
and
in
the
midst
of
a
Plain
no
less
pleasant
and
fertil
.
5.
St.
Jago
de
Arma
,
so
named
from
the
Teritory
in
which
it
standeth
,
rich
and
famous
for
its
Mines
of
Gold
,
which
it
is
said
to
have
many
and
very
good
.
6.
New-Carthago
twenty
leagues
distant
or
more
from
St.
Jago
.
7.
Bonaventura
,
situate
on
a
Bay
of
the
South
Sea
,
bearing
that
name
.
A
small
Town
,
but
of
great
entercourse
and
trade
,
especially
for
conveying
the
Commodities
of
New-Spain
unto
Popayan
and
other
places
of
this
Province
.
8.
Timana
,
fourscore
leagues
distant
from
Parayan
,
and
seated
at
the
Foot
of
the
Andes
toward
the
East
.
9.
St.
Juan
de
Pasto
,
so
called
from
its
situation
in
a
Valley
of
rich
pasturage
.
10.
St.
Sabastian
de
la
Plata
in
the
South-east
confines
of
this
Province
,
so
named
from
the
Mines
of
Silver
,
which
are
found
thereabouts
.
11.
Almaguer
.
12.
Madrigal
,
I
should
say
,
both
of
them
situate
in
a
barren
soil
,
but
that
no
soil
may
be
counted
barren
,
that
bears
Gold
.
CHAP.
XIII
.
Of
the
Kingdome
of
Peru.
1.
PEru
,
in
the
Southern
part
of
America
,
was
anciently
a
great
and
mighty
Kingdome
,
as
Mexico
in
the
Northern
,
and
fell
under
the
power
of
the
Spaniards
much
after
the
same
manner
,
that
the
Kingdome
of
Mexico
did
,
viz.
through
the
dissentions
and
differences
among
the
People
themselves
:
The
manner
and
occasion
briefly
thus
.
Huayna
Capac
,
the
last
Inca
,
or
King
of
Peru
,
had
,
beside
many
others
,
two
Sons
which
he
chiefly
loved
;
the
one
by
a
lawfull
Wife
his
neer
Kinswomen
,
called
Huascar
:
the
other
by
a
Concubine
named
Atabalipa
;
betwixt
whom
,
at
his
death
,
he
divided
his
Kingdome
;
setling
the
one
,
viz.
Atabalipa
,
at
Quito
,
and
making
him
King
of
all
the
Provinces
belonging
to
it
,
and
which
,
for
the
most
part
,
himself
had
conquered
;
and
the
other
,
viz.
Huascar
,
at
Cusco
,
making
him
King
of
Peru
,
and
of
the
Provinces
about
it
,
at
a
distance
of
five
hundred
leagues
one
from
another
,
thereby
leaving
to
either
of
them
a
Dominion
large
enough
,
if
reason
could
have
satisfied
ambition
.
But
Huascar
rested
not
long
content
,
disdaining
that
a
Bastard-Brother
should
share
so
much
with
him
in
his
Kingdome
,
contrary
to
the
more
just
interest
of
some
of
his
other
Brothers
,
and
to
the
custom
of
the
Incas
his
Ancestors
,
who
alwaies
ruled
as
Monarchs
,
not
admitting
any
division
of
their
Kingdoms
.
Hereupon
differences
and
emulations
arise
betwixt
the
two
Brothers
;
Atabalipa
,
King
of
Quito
,
is
commanded
to
appear
at
Cusco
,
both
to
assist
at
the
Funeral
solemnities
of
Huayna
Capac
their
Father
,
and
to
doe
homage
for
his
Kingdome
;
which
he
doth
not
refuse
:
only
desireth
the
King
his
Brother
not
to
oblige
him
to
come
so
far
,
and
through
Countries
so
unsafe
,
without
an
attendance
suitable
to
a
King
,
and
that
might
secure
his
journey
:
which
pretence
of
his
was
not
thought
unreasonable
.
So
he
brings
along
with
him
an
Army
of
thirty
thousand
men
;
which
,
through
the
negligence
and
too
much
security
of
Huascars
Officers
of
Warre
,
was
permitted
to
come
so
neer
Cusco
,
that
with
it
,
after
some
Battels
fought
,
he
taketh
prisoner
Huascar
himself
,
King
of
Peru
,
puts
to
death
all
the
Incas
,
or
Children
of
the
Blood
Royal
,
that
he
could
get
into
his
power
;
and
in
this
manner
,
for
some
time
,
holds
the
Kingdom
,
though
not
without
much
difficulty
,
by
reason
of
the
hatred
which
the
people
generally
bare
towards
him
,
for
his
cruelty
towards
the
Royall
Progenie
;
and
the
opposition
which
divers
of
Huascars
Captains
made
against
him
in
several
parts
.
2.
Things
being
in
this
condition
at
Cusco
among
the
Natives
,
the
Spaniards
that
were
at
Panama
,
having
rested
there
full
fifteen
yeers
since
the
Conquest
of
Mexico
,
without
making
any
further
discovery
upon
the
South
Sea
than
the
Islands
of
Pearls
,
which
lye
not
above
sixteen
or
seventeen
leagues
off
from
Panama
,
resolve
,
about
this
time
,
to
make
some
further
search
of
the
Continent
by
Sea
.
The
business
was
undertaken
chiefly
by
one
Francisco
Pizarro
,
born
at
Truxillo
in
Spain
,
a
Man
of
but
mean
parentage
and
fortune
,
but
yet
a
good
Souldier
,
and
Diego
Almagro
,
a
rich
Merchant
of
Panama
.
At
first
they
met
with
many
difficulties
and
discouragements
in
the
Design
;
Pizarro
being
full
eight
moneths
at
Sea
,
sailing
of
that
course
,
which
now
,
having
better
knowledge
of
the
Countrie
,
they
easily
dispatch
in
fourteen
or
fifteen
dayes
,
his
men
some
of
them
dying
,
and
others
deserting
the
service
,
though
with
the
apparent
hazzard
of
their
lives
:
so
that
at
eight
moneths
end
he
found
himself
only
with
fourteen
Men
in
a
poor
Island
,
and
in
the
most
destitute
condition
that
could
be
.
Yet
being
himself
of
an
undaunted
courage
and
resolution
,
and
those
few
men
he
had
with
him
of
the
same
minde
with
himself
,
they
all
resolved
rather
to
dye
than
to
give
over
the
Design
.
So
putting
again
to
Sea
,
they
fall
at
last
into
the
River
of
Tumbez
,
which
in
a
few
dayes
brings
them
to
a
town
and
fortified
place
called
likewise
Tumbez
where
they
found
Inhabitants
and
a
place
most
agreeable
to
their
desires
,
viz.
where
they
found
good
plenty
of
Gold
;
for
which
,
not
being
in
a
condition
to
fight
,
they
were
content
at
present
to
seem
Merchants
;
and
so
for
a
few
petty
Commodities
which
they
had
brought
with
them
,
of
no
value
,
't
is
said
they
received
of
the
Natives
the
full
quantity
of
thirty
thousand
pezos
of
pure
gold
;
which
revived
their
spirits
not
a
little
.
Whereupon
finding
the
Countrie
to
be
good
and
likely
to
afford
much
Treasure
,
they
return
back
again
to
Panama
,
make
declaration
of
the
Countrie
they
had
discovered
,
and
sollicite
for
further
license
to
subdue
and
conquer
it
.
Which
having
obtained
,
Pizarro
,
with
four
other
of
his
Brothers
,
stout
and
resolute
men
like
himself
,
a
competent
number
of
ships
,
and
about
two
hundred
Souldiers
,
prosecute
the
Design
,
and
appear
at
Cusco
with
their
little
Army
,
just
at
the
time
that
the
differences
there
were
hottest
,
and
that
Huascar
the
King
was
newly
become
prisoner
to
his
Brother
Atabalipa
:
who
,
although
at
first
he
seemed
to
contemn
the
small
numbers
of
the
Spaniards
,
and
count
them
little
better
than
mad-men
,
that
would
venture
so
farre
into
a
strange
Countrie
,
no
better
provided
than
he
took
them
to
be
,
and
upon
such
an
extravagant
pretence
,
as
that
seemed
to
him
,
which
they
told
him
was
the
cause
of
their
coming
;
yet
after
a
while
,
having
heard
the
noise
of
their
Ordinance
,
and
a
little
tasted
how
sharp
their
Swords
were
,
he
was
content
to
become
prisoner
himself
.
The
Spaniards
at
first
treated
him
well
,
and
put
him
in
such
hopes
of
liberty
,
that
out
of
confidence
to
gain
it
,
and
that
he
might
enjoy
the
Kingdome
,
though
tributary
to
the
Spaniards
,
himself
alone
,
he
caused
his
Brother
the
King
Huascar
to
be
put
secretly
to
death
,
and
dissembled
the
matter
to
the
Spaniards
,
as
if
it
had
been
done
against
his
will
;
which
,
they
intending
other
matters
,
did
not
much
examine
.
To
obtain
his
liberty
,
he
offered
the
Spaniards
to
give
them
the
room
wherein
they
were
,
filled
up
with
gold
and
silver
as
high
as
a
Souldier
could
reach
with
the
point
of
his
sword
;
and
,
as
some
say
,
performed
it
,
at
least
the
greater
part
of
it
:
Yet
were
the
Spaniards
so
farre
from
granting
him
liberty
,
according
to
his
expectation
and
their
promise
,
that
not
long
after
they
took
away
his
life
,
most
basely
strangling
him
in
prison
,
after
they
had
received
him
,
as
't
is
credibly
reported
,
above
ten
millions
of
gold
and
silver
together
:
upon
pretences
indeed
of
Treason
,
and
some
dangerous
plottings
against
them
,
by
Atabalipa
and
his
People
;
(
a
criminal
piece
of
Treason
doubtless
,
for
a
poor
Prince
,
injuriously
imprisoned
,
to
endeavour
his
liberty
,
and
his
subjects
to
assist
him
the
best
they
could
!
)
Notwithstanding
which
,
the
Spanish
Writers
themselves
doe
generally
dislike
the
Fact
,
and
some
of
them
with
detestation
enough
.
God
,
the
righteous
Judge
,
(
saith
mine
Author
Lopez
Vaz
)
seeing
this
villanous
Act
,
suffered
none
of
those
Spaniards
to
dye
by
the
course
of
nature
,
but
brought
them
all
to
evil
and
shamefull
ends
.
Which
was
very
true
:
for
although
upon
the
death
of
Atabalipa
,
the
Spaniards
held
themselves
for
Masters
of
the
Countrie
,
and
Pizarro
quickly
obtained
of
the
Emperor
to
be
made
a
Marquess
;
yet
long
it
was
before
the
Indians
could
be
wholly
subdued
,
Mango
Inga
,
the
Brother
of
Atabalipa
making
a
stout
and
sharp
resistance
for
a
good
while
together
,
defeating
the
Spaniards
in
three
or
four
several
encounters
(
in
which
Diego
and
John
Pizarro
brothers
to
the
Marquess
were
slain
)
and
twice
taking
the
Citie
of
Cusco
from
them
by
force
.
And
when
at
last
he
happened
to
be
overcome
,
and
driven
to
fly
to
the
Mountains
,
the
Conquerors
,
viz.
Almagro
and
Pizarro
,
to
whom
the
Emperor
had
given
the
command
of
the
Countrie
in
several
,
fall
out
among
themselves
,
chiefly
about
the
bounds
of
their
respective
Dominions
,
Civil
Warres
ensue
betwixt
them
:
in
which
first
of
all
Almagro
is
taken
prisoner
by
Pizarro
,
sentenced
to
death
,
and
executed
without
mercy
;
and
not
long
after
Pizarro
himself
murdered
in
his
own
house
,
by
a
Bastard
sonne
of
Almagro
named
Diego
;
who
thereupon
had
the
confidence
to
take
upon
him
the
government
,
and
to
encounter
the
Licentiate
Vacca
de
Castro
,
the
Emperors
Commissioner
,
in
the
open
field
;
where
being
worsted
and
taken
,
he
afterward
lost
his
head
at
Cusco
.
After
this
,
Blascus
Nunnez
Vela
being
made
Vice-Roy
of
Peru
,
and
governing
somewhat
severely
,
Gonzales
Pizarro
the
fourth
Brother
,
rebelleth
,
with
many
Spaniards
with
him
;
against
whom
Vela
Nunnez
,
the
Vice-Roy's
Brother
,
is
sent
;
but
to
little
purpose
,
being
taken
prisoner
by
the
Pizarrists
,
and
put
to
death
.
This
so
incenseth
the
Vice-Roy
,
that
himself
in
person
marcheth
against
the
Rebells
,
but
to
his
own
ruine
.
For
a
Battle
being
fought
in
the
fields
of
Quito
,
the
hated
Vice-Roy
had
the
ill
hap
to
be
made
prisoner
,
and
by
Carvaial
,
Lieutenant
to
Pizarro
,
presently
,
without
further
process
,
caused
to
dye
,
in
revenge
,
as
't
is
supposed
,
for
his
brother
,
whom
the
Vice-Roy
,
among
many
others
,
had
lately
sentenced
to
death
.
Pizarro
after
this
defeats
Centenus
,
another
General
of
the
Emperors
;
but
was
at
last
,
by
the
Governor
Gasca
,
defeated
himself
,
taken
prisoner
,
and
beheaded
for
his
Rebellion
,
together
with
Carvaial
his
Lieutenant
,
and
divers
other
of
his
Complices
:
so
that
there
remained
now
of
all
the
five
Brothers
Pizarri
,
only
Ferdinand
alive
,
who
,
as
some
report
,
was
sent
prisoner
into
Spain
,
by
the
Emperours
Commissioner
;
others
say
,
that
his
Brother
the
Marquess
sent
him
thither
with
the
process
concerning
Almagro's
death
.
However
,
certain
it
is
,
that
in
Spain
he
dyed
a
prisoner
.
Martin
de
Alcantara
,
half-brother
to
the
Marquess
,
was
murdered
with
him
in
the
Marquess's
house
;
Garcia
Alvarado
was
stab'd
to
death
by
one
of
the
Almagrists
;
and
what
became
of
Pedro
Baldivia
,
with
some
others
,
shall
be
shewed
in
the
description
of
Chile
.
Thus
perished
,
by
the
just
hand
of
God
,
and
through
their
own
mutual
dissentions
,
ambition
,
and
covetousness
,
those
first
Coquerors
of
Peru
,
viz.
Pizarro
and
his
Companions
;
none
of
them
all
leaving
so
much
as
a
good
name
behind
him
:
and
of
their
issue
little
is
spoken
.
The
Marquiss
himself
is
said
to
have
had
a
sonne
by
a
sister
of
Atabalipa
,
whom
they
call
Donna
Angelina
,
but
he
dyed
young
;
and
whether
he
were
legitimate
or
no
,
it
may
be
doubted
.
But
the
Factions
of
the
Pizarrists
and
Almagrists
being
extinct
,
by
the
diligence
and
moderation
of
succeeding
Governours
,
the
affairs
of
Peru
came
by
degrees
to
be
better
setled
,
&
the
People
,
either
willingly
,
or
by
constraint
,
were
perswaded
to
acknowledge
the
Spanish
Government
,
and
to
live
quietly
in
most
parts
of
the
Countrie
.
2.
The
Dominion
of
the
Kings
of
Cusco
,
which
in
some
sense
,
and
by
some
writers
upon
occasion
,
is
called
the
Kingdome
of
Peru
,
was
extended
by
the
last
Inca
,
or
King
,
Huayna
Capac
,
from
North
to
South
above
one
thousand
leagues
together
,
comprehending
not
only
a
great
part
of
the
Province
of
Chile
towards
the
South
,
but
also
the
New-Kingdome
of
Granada
and
divers
other
Provinces
to
the
North
:
but
Peru
properly
so
called
,
containeth
little
more
than
half
so
much
,
viz.
six
hundred
leagues
in
length
,
and
about
fifty
or
threescore
in
breadth
;
except
only
in
some
places
,
as
in
the
Country
of
Chac●poyas
,
where
't
is
thought
,
it
may
be
one
hundred
leagues
over
from
the
Andes
to
the
South
Sea
.
It
is
bounded
on
the
East
and
North-east
with
that
vast
ridge
of
Mountains
which
they
call
the
Andes
:
on
the
West
it
is
washed
with
Marc
del
zur
;
on
the
North
it
hath
the
Country
of
Popayan
;
and
on
the
South
Chile
.
It
is
commonly
divided
into
three
parts
,
which
they
call
the
Plains
,
the
Hill-country
,
and
the
Andes
.
The
Plains
are
that
part
of
the
Country
which
lie
along
upon
the
Sea
Coast
,
being
for
the
most
part
a
meer
level
without
any
Hills
at
all
.
The
Sierra
,
as
they
call
it
,
or
Hill-Country
is
that
part
of
Peru
,
which
is
partly
mountainous
and
partly
plain
,
fertill
and
well
inhabited
in
both
.
The
Andes
are
so
high
,
rocky
,
and
inaccessible
,
that
they
are
scarce
inhabited
at
all
but
by
Savages
,
save
only
upon
the
skirts
of
them
.
The
Plaines
from
the
Sea
shore
to
the
Hill-Counsry
,
are
for
the
most
part
about
ten
leagues
over
or
broad
,
upon
which
it
never
raineth
all
the
year
long
.
The
Hill-Country
is
commonly
twenty
leagues
in
breadth
where
narrowest
;
and
from
September
to
Aprill
hath
rain
,
the
rest
of
the
year
generally
being
fair
weather
.
But
on
the
Andes
,
which
take
up
all
the
rest
of
the
Country
of
Peru
,
it
raineth
almost
continually
all
the
yeare
long
.
In
the
Hill-Country
,
Their
Summer
begins
in
Aprill
,
as
is
said
,
and
ends
in
September
;
but
in
the
Plaines
,
it
begins
in
October
and
ends
in
May.
So
that
in
the
space
of
one
day
a
man
may
tast
both
Summer
and
Winter
;
be
scorchd
with
excessive
heate
in
the
morning
,
and
yet
well
nipt
with
cold
before
night
.
The
Andes
generally
are
covered
with
thick
Woods
and
wild
Forests
;
the
Hill-Country
for
a
great
part
naked
and
open
;
the
Plains
in
many
places
sandy
and
dry
,
and
would
be
much
more
scorched
with
heat
,
then
they
are
,
but
for
the
neighbourhood
of
the
Sea
,
which
affords
them
many
cooling
gales
from
the
South
and
South-west
windes
;
whose
property
,
although
it
be
naturally
in
other
parts
to
be
tempestuous
,
to
bring
rain
and
foul
weather
,
yet
here
there
is
nothing
but
Serenity
and
fair
Sun-shine
dayes
all
the
year
long
,
although
these
windes
blow
almost
without
ceasing
upon
the
Country
,
and
no
other
at
any
time
,
whereas
the
Sierra
or
Hill
countrys
have
winde
from
every
coast
,
and
such
as
bringeth
all
sorts
of
weather
with
it
,
Rain
,
Hail
,
Frost
,
Snow
,
great
claps
of
Thunder
,
&c.
The
Countrie
affordeth
not
so
much
Cattel
of
the
breed
of
Europe
as
some
other
Provinces
of
America
;
but
instead
of
these
,
both
the
Woods
and
Pastures
are
replenished
,
with
great
multitudes
of
the
Vicugnes
and
Pacos
above
mentioned
,
which
are
of
no
less
profit
&
service
.
The
Pacos
here
are
said
to
be
as
big
as
some
young
Heifer
of
two
yeers
old
,
bearing
a
fleece
like
Sheep
,
and
their
flesh
no
less
pleasant
than
the
Mutton
of
Europe
.
But
the
great
wealth
of
this
Countrie
lyes
out
of
sight
,
in
the
bowels
of
the
Earth
,
viz.
in
those
rich
and
,
as
they
may
seem
,
inexhaustible
Mines
both
of
gold
and
silver
,
which
,
as
't
is
well
known
,
this
Countrie
of
Peru
affordeth
,
more
than
any
other
Province
of
America
beside
.
The
People
are
said
to
be
,
at
least
exteriorly
,
of
greater
simplicity
than
some
other
Americans
,
both
in
point
of
behavior
and
judgement
,
yet
of
good
courage
in
the
warrs
and
fearless
of
death
:
They
are
noted
also
to
be
dissemblers
,
and
not
alwaies
to
declare
their
mindes
truly
and
plainly
;
and
which
is
worse
than
all
,
to
have
bin
given
over
to
that
foul
sin
of
Sodomy
;
in
so
much
that
their
Women
were
generally
found
to
be
of
small
esteem
with
them
,
to
be
used
no
better
than
slaves
,
and
most
cruelly
beaten
by
them
upon
every
light
occasion
.
For
both
which
(
their
unnatural
filthiness
and
inhumaninity
)
if
it
pleased
the
Divine
Justice
to
deliver
them
into
the
hands
of
those
who
used
them
likewise
cruelly
,
who
can
deny
but
that
the
Judgements
of
God
were
just
,
and
that
they
received
such
recompence
for
their
works
,
as
the
Apostle
saith
Rom.
1.13
.
was
meet
?
The
Countrie
is
generally
divided
into
three
Juridicall
Resorts
,
as
they
call
them
,
or
Courts
of
Appeal
,
which
are
Quito
,
Lima
,
and
Charcas
:
but
the
particular
Provinces
,
as
they
are
commonly
observed
by
Geographers
,
said
to
be
six
,
viz.
1.
Quito
.
2.
Los
Quixos
.
3.
Lima.
4.
Cusco
.
5.
Charcas
.
:
And
6.
Collao
.
3.
Quito
is
the
first
Province
of
Peru
towards
the
North
,
or
the
new
Kingdome
of
Granada
,
with
which
on
that
side
it
is
bounded
;
having
on
the
West
Mare
del
Zur
;
on
the
South
Lima
,
and
on
the
East
Los
Quixos
.
It
lyeth
in
a
manner
right
under
the
Line
;
the
Soil
reasonably
fertill
,
and
well
stored
with
Cattel
,
especially
with
the
Pacos
or
Peruvian
Sheep
;
having
plenty
also
of
Fish
and
Fowl
;
good
store
of
Cotton-woll
,
in
which
the
People
of
the
Countrie
are
especially
industrious
,
make
a
Cloath
or
Stuff
thereof
,
equall
almost
to
silk
for
fineness
.
Much
Tobacco
,
Guaiacum
,
Sarzaparilla
,
and
other
medicinall
Plants
.
The
chief
Towns
are
,
1.
Caranguez
,
anciently
a
Royall
Citie
,
where
stood
a
sumptuous
and
stately
Palace
of
the
Kings
of
Peru
,
now
almost
deserted
.
2.
Ottavallu
,
another
place
of
the
same
dignitie
,
and
the
same
condition
at
present
with
Carangues
.
3.
Quito
,
commonly
called
S.
Francisco
de
Quito
:
It
is
a
Citie
built
by
the
Spaniards
,
at
the
foot
of
a
certain
ridg
of
Mountains
,
which
it
hath
on
the
North
and
North-West
side
of
it
,
and
are
said
by
Laet
,
to
cross
the
whole
Countrie
of
Peru
quite
over
from
the
South
to
the
North
Sea
.
It
is
inhabited
by
five
hundred
Families
of
Spaniards
at
least
,
beside
Natives
and
well
fortified
and
might
be
thought
a
town
very
well
seated
in
all
respects
,
but
for
the
neighbourhood
of
a
Vulcan
,
which
at
times
annoyeth
it
very
much
;
as
namely
in
the
year
1560
,
when
it
vomited
out
such
aboundance
of
flaming
cinders
and
other
sulphurous
matter
,
as
had
it
not
been
for
a
showre
of
rain
unexpectedly
falling
,
would
have
much
damnified
,
if
not
destroyed
,
the
place
.
4.
Tacunga
fifteen
leagues
distant
from
Cusco
.
5.
Rhiobamba
,
fourty
leagues
distant
from
that
.
6.
Thomebamba
.
7.
Cuenza
,
threescore
and
four
leagues
from
Quito
on
another
roade
,
but
environned
on
all
sides
with
Mines
both
of
gold
and
silver
,
brass
,
iron
,
and
likewise
some
veins
of
sulphur
.
8.
Loxa
,
sixteen
leagues
Southward
of
Cuenza
,
and
seated
pleasantly
betwixt
two
Rivers
,
in
the
midst
of
the
rich
Valley
or
Plain
called
Guixibamba
.
9.
Zamorra
,
twently
leagues
Eastward
of
Loxa
.
These
are
all
Towns
inhabited
by
Spaniards
,
and
lye
more
within
land
.
Towards
the
Sea
,
and
upon
the
Sea
coasts
,
there
is
first
Puerto
Vieio
,
so
called
because
it
was
the
first
Town
the
Spaniards
possessed
on
this
Continent
;
a
place
of
no
very
good
Aire
,
and
therefore
not
much
frequented
.
2.
Mantu
,
another
Sea
Town
,
and
of
good
resort
,
by
reason
of
the
Trade
which
is
here
chiefly
driven
betwixt
Panama
and
Peru.
3.
Guaiaquil
,
or
St.
Jago
de
Guaiaquil
,
a
famous
and
well
frequented
Empory
,
seated
upon
an
arme
of
the
Sea
,
not
far
from
the
mouth
of
the
said
River
Guaiaquil
.
4.
Castro
,
a
Colonie
of
Spaniards
towards
that
part
of
this
Province
which
some
call
Provincia
de
las
Esmauldas
,
or
the
Land
of
Emralds
.
5.
St.
Michaels
,
the
first
Colonie
which
the
Spaniards
built
in
this
Countrie
,
called
by
the
Natives
Piura
.
6.
Payta
,
a
small
Town
,
yet
neighboured
by
a
safe
and
well
frequented
Haven
,
guarded
against
the
windes
by
the
point
St.
Helena
on
the
North
;
and
on
the
South
with
Punta
Piura
;
yet
burnt
by
Captain
Cavendish
in
the
year
1587
,
and
the
rich
Island
Puna
neer
adjoyning
,
ransacked
and
pillaged
.
4.
Los
Quixos
lyeth
South
and
to
the
South-East
of
Quito
,
being
bordered
more
directly
Eastward
with
a
part
of
the
Province
of
Guiana
,
called
by
some
El
dorada
,
or
the
golden
Countrie
:
on
the
South
it
hath
Lima
and
Cusco
.
Of
the
Countrie
it self
there
is
not
my
thing
observed
that
may
seem
peculiar
:
The
chief
Towns
are
,
1.
Baeza
,
built
in
the
year
1559
by
Ramirez
de
Avila
,
eighteen
leagues
from
Cusco
.
2.
Archidona
,
twenty
leagues
to
the
South-East
of
Baeza
.
3.
Avila
.
4.
Sevilla
del
Oro.
All
of
them
Colonies
of
Spaniards
.
Then
is
there
in
the
Sierra
,
or
hilly
part
of
the
Countrie
more
towards
the
Andes
,
1.
Valladolidt
.
2.
Loyola
.
3.
St.
Jago
de
las
Montannas
;
all
Colonies
likewise
,
that
you
may
know
the
Countrie
hath
something
in
it
worth
the
looking
after
.
5.
Lima
,
called
also
Los
Reyes
,
hath
on
the
East
Collao
and
some
part
of
Cusco
;
on
the
North
Los
Quixos
;
on
the
West
Mare
del
Zur
;
and
on
the
South
Charcas
.
The
Countrie
extendeth
it self
in
length
upon
the
Coasts
of
the
South
Sea
two
hundred
and
fifty
,
some
say
full
three
hundred
leagues
in
length
,
viz.
from
the
Cape
del
Aguia
Northward
,
on
the
borders
of
Quito
as
far
as
Arequipa
towards
the
South
:
the
soil
reasonably
fertil
in
all
things
,
as
being
much
more
equally
divided
into
Hill
and
Plain
Countrie
,
and
much
better
Peopled
than
some
other
Provinces
.
The
places
most
observable
and
important
in
it
are
,
1.
Miraflores
,
as
the
Spaniards
call
it
,
a
well
seated
and
wealthy
Town
in
the
Valley
of
Zanu
,
five
leagues
distant
from
the
Sea
,
where
it
hath
likewise
a
good
Haven
or
Port.
2.
Truxillo
,
two
or
three
leagues
distant
from
the
Sea
,
the
Haven
whereof
is
said
to
be
large
but
not
so
safe
.
The
Town
it self
is
seated
upon
the
banks
of
a
pleasant
River
in
the
Valley
of
Chicama
,
consisting
of
five
hundred
Families
or
more
,
the
Aire
very
healthfull
,
and
the
Countrie
thereabouts
as
fruitfull
and
good
as
any
of
these
parts
of
America
,
especially
abounding
in
Corn
,
Sugar-Canes
and
Cattel
.
3.
La
Parilla
,
twenty
leagues
Southward
of
Truxillo
in
the
Valley
called
Santa
,
and
well
neighboured
with
rich
Mines
of
silver
lately
discovered
.
4.
Arnedo
,
seated
among
the
Vineyards
of
the
Valley
of
Changay
,
ten
leagues
from
Lima
northward
.
5.
Lima
,
by
the
Spaniards
commonly
called
la
Ciudad
de
los
Reyes
,
or
the
City
of
Kings
,
so
named
because
Pizarro
who
built
it
layd
the
first
stone
on
Twelfth
day
,
1553
,
which
they
call
The
Feast
of
the
Kings
.
It
is
seated
in
the
Valley
of
Lima
,
one
of
the
fruitfullest
parts
of
all
Peru
,
and
so
neatly
built
,
that
all
the
chief
streets
of
the
Citie
open
upon
a
fair
Market-place
,
or
Piazza
,
of
such
a
large
square
,
that
upon
the
sides
thereof
are
built
,
in
a
stately
and
convenient
manner
the
Cathedral
Church
and
Palace
of
the
Archbishop
,
the
Vice-Roys
Palace
,
and
Courts
of
Justice
,
with
the
Exchequer
or
publique
Treasury
,
the
Town-House
,
or
place
where
the
Citie
Magistrates
meet
and
hold
their
Courts
,
the
publique
Armory
or
Magazine
,
and
divers
other
fair
buildings
of
the
Nobility
and
better
sort
of
Citizens
.
The
whole
City
is
environed
round
about
with
most
delicate
fields
and
pleasant
gardens
,
and
scarse
a
Citizens
house
within
,
but
by
the
oportunity
of
a
River
which
runneth
by
it
,
is
well
supplyed
with
water
.
Briefly
,
as
it
is
the
Metropolis
of
Peru
,
that
is
,
the
chief
and
principall
Citie
for
Authority
and
Dignity
,
so
is
it
likewise
the
chiefest
for
delight
and
wealth
.
6.
Cullao
,
this
is
the
Haven
or
Port
Town
to
Lima
,
and
but
two
leagues
distant
from
it
:
A
Town
of
six
or
seven
hundred
Families
,
all
or
most
of
them
Sea-men
;
and
not
a
house
in
it
but
is
well
provided
of
Cellar-room
and
Stowage
for
Merchandise
,
which
is
there
received
from
all
parts
,
both
coming
from
and
going
to
the
Sea
.
It
was
,
with
Lima
it self
,
surprized
by
Sir
Francis
Drake
,
in
the
year
1579
,
and
their
Cellars
searched
as
well
as
could
be
done
in
so
short
a
time
:
whereupon
,
since
it
is
said
to
be
fortified
with
two
strong
Bulwarks
,
a
wall
of
earth
,
and
about
thirty
piece
of
Ordinance
planted
on
the
Works
.
7
Pachacama
,
four
leagues
Southward
of
Lima
,
memorable
chiefly
for
Pizarros
good
fortune
here
,
who
is
reported
to
have
found
in
one
only
old
Temple
of
the
Natives
,
the
quantity
of
nine
hundred
thousand
Duckets
of
gold
and
silver
,
beside
what
his
Souldiers
are
supposed
to
have
seiz'd
on
and
conveighed
away
before
he
came
.
8.
Guarco
,
a
Colony
of
three
hundred
Spaniards
,
sixteen
leagues
to
the
Southward
of
Pachacama
,
rounded
with
the
best
fields
for
Wheat
in
all
Peru.
9.
Valverde
,
a
great
Town
inhabited
by
five
hundred
Spaniards
,
and
though
at
sixteen
leagues
distance
from
the
Sea
,
yet
well
traded
and
rich
:
The
Valley
wherein
it
lyeth
,
and
from
which
it
taketh
its
name
,
affording
the
best
Vines
of
America
.
10.
Castro-Verreina
,
threescore
leagues
distant
from
Lima
to
the
South
East
.
It
lyeth
in
the
Valley
of
Chocolocha
,
and
is
a
rich
place
,
by
reason
of
the
good
Mines
of
silver
which
are
about
it
,
and
the
aboundance
of
the
best
sort
of
Tobacco
.
11.
Arequipa
,
a
pleasant
and
delightsome
town
in
the
Valley
of
Quilca
,
one
hundred
and
twenty
leagues
distant
from
Lima
Southward
;
of
a
temperate
and
fresh
Aire
,
a
flourishing
Soile
,
and
the
Town
very
rich
and
frequented
;
by
reason
that
through
it
much
of
the
silver
of
Potozi
and
divers
other
Mines
thereabouts
,
that
is
designed
for
Spain
,
passeth
yearly
to
be
shipped
for
Panama
,
at
a
Haven
belonging
to
this
Town
,
though
at
a
distance
,
as
som
say
,
of
10.
or
21.
leagues
.
12
Caxamalca
,
more
within
land
towards
the
North
;
a
place
chiefly
memorable
for
the
imprisonment
&
murder
of
Atabalipa
,
the
last
King
of
Peru
,
whom
the
Spaniards
overthrew
and
took
prisoner
neer
to
this
place
,
and
afterwards
used
as
hath
been
said
.
Lastly
13.
Leon
de
Guanuco
,
so
called
from
the
Territory
wherein
it
standeth
,
a
rich
and
pleasant
place
,
being
anciently
a
Palace
of
the
Kings
of
Peru
,
very
magnificent
and
stately
,
now
likewise
much
beautified
with
Houses
both
of
the
Spanish
and
Peruvian
Nobility
,
some
Convents
of
Religious
men
,
and
a
Colledge
of
Jesuites
.
6.
Cusco
is
the
farre
greater
part
of
the
Province
of
Peru
,
containing
generally
all
the
Sierra
or
Hill
Countries
,
and
those
parts
of
the
Andes
likewise
which
lye
Southward
of
the
little
Province
or
Cantred
of
Guanuco
,
being
coasted
Westward
and
to
the
North-west
with
Lima
;
Eastward
with
Los
Quixos
,
and
some
part
of
Guiana
;
and
on
the
South
with
Charcas
,
enjoying
for
the
most
part
a
temperate
and
good
Aire
,
neither
over-heated
with
the
scorching
Sun
in
the
day
,
nor
damped
with
any
cold
mists
or
dews
in
the
Evening
,
as
some
parts
of
the
Plains
of
Peru
are
;
but
well
watered
with
many
fresh
Rivers
,
which
make
the
Valleys
and
lower
grounds
of
it
good
pasturage
,
and
to
maintain
great
Heards
of
Cattel
.
The
Woods
especially
stored
with
the
Coca
,
whose
leafe
is
counted
so
restorative
as
we
said
Chap.
7.
and
with
much
excellent
Venison
.
The
principall
Towns
and
places
of
Trade
in
it
are
first
Bombon
,
situate
upon
a
Lake
called
Chinchacocha
,
said
to
be
ten
leagues
in
compass
,
begirt
round
about
almost
with
hills
,
and
neighboured
with
many
other
lesser
but
pleasant
Villages
.
2.
Parcos
,
once
a
Palace
Royall
of
the
Inca's
,
seated
on
the
top
of
a
little
hill
encompassed
with
other
Rocky
and
higher
Mountains
on
all
sides
.
3.
Guamanga
,
called
by
the
Spaniards
St.
Juan
de
la
Vittoria
,
a
fair
and
well
built
City
,
and
an
Episcopall
Sea
,
threescore
and
ten
leagues
distant
from
Lima
Eastward
.
4.
Bilcas
,
another
Palace
of
the
Inca's
,
now
a
good
Town
of
the
Natives
,
and
situate
,
as
is
supposed
,
in
the
very
midst
of
the
Countrie
of
Peru.
5.
Guancavelica
,
a
new
Town
raised
from
the
condition
of
a
very
poor
Village
,
to
a
place
of
very
great
importance
and
traffique
,
only
by
the
Mines
of
Quick-silver
,
of
which
we
spake
Chap.
11.
and
which
were
first
discovered
there
in
the
year
1566.
It
is
now
inhabited
by
two
thousand
Spaniards
at
least
,
and
twice
as
many
Natives
.
6.
Cusco
,
the
chief
City
of
the
Province
,
and
anciently
the
seat
of
the
Kings
of
Peru
,
one
hundred
and
twenty
leagues
or
more
distant
from
Lima
,
to
the
South-East
,
begirt
round
about
with
Mountains
,
and
the
Citie
it self
seated
upon
a
rugged
and
unequall
Soile
;
yet
anciently
very
magnificent
and
beautifull
;
it
being
the
custome
of
the
Incas
or
Puruvian
Monarchs
,
that
every
one
of
their
Nobility
should
build
themselves
a
Palace
in
that
Citie
where
the
Palace
Royall
was
.
The
Incas
Palace
here
was
justly
counted
one
of
the
wonders
of
the
World
:
it
was
built
on
the
top
of
a
very
high
Mountain
,
on
the
North
side
of
the
Citie
,
walled
round
about
,
and
for
the
most
part
of
it
,
with
three
several
walls
all
of
massy
stones
,
and
those
of
such
huge
stupendious
bigness
,
yet
most
exactly
laid
together
and
fitted
one
with
another
,
that
the
Spaniards
,
considering
the
Indians
had
neither
Instruments
of
Iron
,
or
any
thing
else
to
polish
and
fashion
them
,
nor
Engins
to
draw
them
up
to
that
height
,
nor
so
much
as
Carts
to
fetch
them
from
the
Quarries
and
places
where
they
were
found
,
which
was
eight
or
nine
leagues
distance
,
and
over
no
small
Rivers
,
said
plainly
,
't
was
the
work
of
the
Devil
,
and
not
of
Man
,
to
lay
them
there
:
which
seeming
a
thing
not
so
easily
to
be
supposed
,
I
must
,
for
my
part
,
as
plainly
confess
,
't
is
a
Problem
somewhat
above
my
capacity
at
present
to
resolve
,
viz.
how
it
should
come
to
pass
,
that
not
only
here
,
but
in
divers
other
parts
of
the
Countrie
,
where
the
Incas
and
their
Nobility
had
their
Palaces
,
such
evident
Monuments
of
absolute
Art
and
Skill
should
be
found
among
a
People
so
absolutely
ignorant
and
unacquainted
with
Art
,
as
the
Americans
were
reported
to
be
.
It
is
now
quite
demolished
,
and
converted
to
private
dwellings
;
only
the
walls
are
permitted
to
stand
,
as
well
to
testifie
the
greatness
of
the
ancient
structure
,
as
because
the
stones
thereof
(
as
mine
Author
Laet
reporteth
)
are
so
hugely
ponderous
&
big
,
that
the
Spainards
know
not
well
how
to
remove
them
,
and
perhaps
dare
not
venture
upon
it
.
Many
other
Monuments
there
were
of
the
Incas
Magnificence
&
greatnes
,
as
beside
their
Temples
which
were
very
stately
and
rich
.
Those
publick
Cawseys
or
high-wayes
,
pav'd
and
laid
with
stone
,
which
the
Incas
,
with
incredible
cost
and
pains
had
caused
to
be
made
from
Cusco
to
the
utmost
Confines
of
their
Kingdome
,
as
large
as
it
was
,
onely
for
the
ease
and
commoditie
of
the
people
;
they
all
meeting
at
Cusco
from
all
quarters
,
like
so
many
lines
from
severall
parts
of
the
Circumference
,
and
Concentring
in
the
midst
of
the
City
,
upon
a
Piazza
or
Market-place
,
one
of
the
fairest
in
all
Peru.
The
wealth
which
the
Spaniards
found
here
is
not
to
be
estimated
;
all
the
Vessels
,
and
Utensills
,
of
what
sort
soever
,
belonging
to
the
Incas
Palace
,
being
said
to
be
of
perfect
Silver
or
Gold
;
all
the
Roomes
and
Chambers
of
the
Palace
wainscoted
and
ceiled
with
Gold
;
beside
an
infinite
number
of
Birds
,
Beasts
,
Fowles
,
Serpents
and
other
creatures
,
carved
and
wrought
all
of
Gold
or
Silver
.
Nor
was
it
otherwise
in
due
proportion
,
in
the
Palaces
of
the
Nobility
:
all
were
found
inestimably
wealthy
and
rich
:
And
yet
't
is
thought
,
what
they
found
above
ground
,
was
nothing
,
in
comparison
of
that
which
they
met
with
in
the
ransacking
of
Cellars
,
Vaults
,
and
other
subterraneous
places
,
where
the
poor
conquered
Peruvians
had
endeavoured
to
convey
it
out
of
sight
;
which
was
such
that
to
this
day
,
they
say
,
those
treasures
are
not
exhausted
,
but
that
in
digging
upon
occasion
under
ground
,
they
still
chop
upon
some
good
quantities
of
concealed
Metals
.
The
City
at
present
is
thought
to
contain
some
thirteen
or
fourteten
thousand
Inhabitants
,
whereof
the
third
part
only
Spaniards
,
the
rest
Natives
.
7.
St.
Francisco
de
la
vittoria
,
a
Colony
of
Spaniards
situate
at
the
foot
of
the
Andes
,
twenty
leagues
distant
from
Cusco
.
8.
St.
Juan
del
oro
,
another
Colony
in
the
Valley
of
Caravaya
,
neighboured
with
rich
Mines
of
the
purest
Gold
of
Peru.
Beyond
which
places
,
more
towards
the
Andes
,
there
are
said
to
lie
certain
Countries
as
yet
undiscovered
,
much
famed
for
gold
Mines
,
but
of
such
unpassable
difficulty
,
that
hitherto
the
Spaniards
,
though
divers
times
attempting
it
,
have
not
been
able
to
effect
any
thing
answerable
to
their
desires
.
8.
Collao
lyeth
Southward
of
those
Countries
,
which
goe
under
the
generall
name
of
the
Province
of
Cusco
,
having
on
the
West
Lima
,
on
the
South
Charcas
;
but
Eastward
and
to
the
North-east
,
it
is
shut
up
by
a
ridge
of
Mountaines
,
running
in
one
body
or
continued
Tract
from
the
confines
of
Collao
,
as
far
as
the
City
of
Cusco
,
where
they
divide
.
The
Country
generally
plain
,
commodiously
watered
in
all
parts
with
fresh
Rivers
,
and
consequently
affording
rich
pasturage
and
good
heards
of
Cattell
.
It
is
thought
to
be
the
most
populous
Country
of
all
Peru
;
what
through
the
soundness
and
good
temperature
of
the
aire
,
what
through
the
richness
and
fertility
of
the
Soil
.
The
chief
Towns
and
places
of
note
in
it
,
being
1.
Chuquinga
,
a
great
Town
,
and
held
to
be
naturally
almost
impregnable
,
as
being
environed
round
about
,
either
with
deep
unfordable
Waters
,
or
with
Mountains
unpassable
,
and
having
one
only
Cawsey
leading
to
it
,
reported
to
be
for
two
or
three
leagues
together
no
broader
than
to
permit
one
single
person
to
march
convenienly
upon
it
.
2.
Ayavire
,
by
the
Spaniards
called
Las
Sepulturas
,
being
a
place
especially
enobled
by
the
stately
Monuments
of
the
Peruvian
Nobility
,
which
were
found
there
.
3.
Hatuncolla
,
the
Metropolis
or
chief
Town
of
this
Province
,
seated
upon
the
banks
of
the
River
Caravaya
,
whose
sands
are
very
much
fam'd
for
Gold
.
4.
Chinquita
,
a
Colony
of
Spaniards
upon
the
banks
of
Titicaca
,
one
of
the
greatest
Lakes
that
belong
to
America
said
to
be
fourscore
leagues
in
compass
,
having
many
small
Islands
in
it
of
a
good
and
fruitfull
soil
,
abounding
in
fish
and
variety
of
Sea-fowl
.
It
is
supposed
to
be
fourscore
leagues
distant
likewise
from
the
South
Sea
,
having
only
one
Estuary
or
Mouth
,
which
is
something
streit
,
but
of
such
a
deep
water
and
violent
stream
,
that
,
as
Acosta
testifieth
of
it
,
it
is
not
possible
to
build
a
Bridge
of
stone
,
or
timber
over
it
.
But
the
Natives
instead
thereof
have
laid
a
Bridge
of
straw
upon
it
,
which
serves
as
well
;
viz.
so
many
great
bundles
of
straw
sedge
or
such
like
matter
,
well
and
surely
made
up
,
and
fastened
together
,
as
will
reach
from
one
side
or
bank
of
the
Estuary
to
another
;
at
which
likewise
having
made
them
sure
,
they
cast
some
good
quantity
of
more
straw
and
sedge
upon
them
,
and
have
a
Bridge
very
convenient
,
upon
which
they
doe
both
securely
pass
themselves
,
and
also
drive
Cattell
and
doe
other
necessary
business
.
The
Town
is
a
place
of
extraordinary
Wealth
and
Trading
,
and
so
considerable
,
that
the
Governour
thereof
is
always
named
by
the
King
of
Spain
himself
,
and
his
place
estimated
at
fifty
thousand
Duckats
per
annum
.
5.
Tiaguanaco
at
the
Estuary
or
Mouth
of
the
Lake
,
memorable
only
for
the
ruines
of
certain
great
and
stupendious
buildings
,
which
anciently
,
it
seems
,
have
stood
there
,
the
stones
whereof
(
some
of
them
)
are
said
to
have
been
of
thirty
foot
length
a
piece
,
fifteen
foot
broad
,
and
six
or
seven
foot
thick
.
There
were
likewise
found
the
Statues
of
certain
men
excellently
carved
and
wrought
,
of
a
Gigantine
Stature
or
bigness
,
and
likewise
vested
in
forrain
and
strange
habits
,
not
at
all
used
,
nor
ever
known
to
have
been
used
by
the
Peruvians
themselves
,
or
by
any
other
of
the
present
Nations
of
America
.
6.
Nuestra
Sennora
de
la
Paz
,
or
our
Lady
of
Peace
.
It
is
but
a
small
Town
,
yet
pleasantly
seated
upon
the
banks
of
a
River
in
a
fair
and
fruitfull
Plain
,
having
Mountaines
on
either
side
.
It
lyeth
almost
in
the
middle
of
the
Province
,
fourescore
leagues
distant
from
Cusco
,
and
as
many
from
Potozi
:
the
Country
round
about
it
not
a
little
famous
for
the
best
sort
of
Mines
.
There
are
also
,
7.
Chilane
.
8.
Acos
.
9.
Pomata
,
and
some
others
;
all
of
them
good
Towns
,
but
not
so
considerable
as
those
other
.
7.
Los
Charcas
is
the
furthest
Country
Southward
of
the
Province
of
Peru
,
reaching
up
as
far
as
Ch
le
,
with
which
on
the
South
it
is
bordered
,
having
on
the
North
Lima
and
Collao
;
on
the
West
Mare
del
Zur
,
and
on
the
East
some
Countries
not
yet
well
discovered
,
which
lie
betwixt
it
and
the
Province
of
Paraguay
,
or
de
la
Plata
.
The
Country
is
said
to
be
in
length
about
one
hundred
and
fifty
leagues
,
measuring
it
directly
,
or
in
a
right
line
from
North
to
South
;
but
measuring
it
about
along
the
Sea
Coast
much
above
two
hundred
.
Not
very
rich
either
in
Corn
or
Cattel
,
although
in
some
parts
it
wanteth
not
good
Pasturage
:
but
of
unparalleld
wealth
,
in
respect
of
the
Mines
both
of
Gold
,
and
Silver
which
are
here
digged
;
the
principall
whereof
are
those
of
Potozi
,
and
Porco
above
mentioned
.
The
Towns
and
places
of
chiefest
importance
are
,
1.
la
Plata
,
or
the
Silver-Town
,
so
called
from
the
rich
Mines
of
Silver
thereabouts
,
namely
those
of
Porco
,
which
is
a
Hill
neer
adjoyning
to
the
Town
.
It
had
been
anciently
a
Mine
of
the
Incas
,
or
Kings
of
Peru
,
yet
held
out
and
continued
so
rich
,
even
to
its
last
discovery
by
the
Spaniards
,
that
't
is
thought
,
Pizarro
if
reason
could
have
ruled
him
,
might
here
only
have
raised
himself
a
rent
of
two
hundred
thousand
Duckets
per
annum
.
But
his
desire
and
hopes
,
first
to
finde
more
at
Potozi
,
and
afterwards
his
ambition
and
greediness
to
have
or
command
all
,
carryed
him
to
violent
courses
which
proved
his
ruin
,
as
hath
been
said
.
The
Town
is
conveniently
seated
in
a
fruitfull
soil
,
honoured
with
the
Residence
of
the
Governour
of
the
Province
,
and
with
a
Bishops
Sea
,
said
to
be
the
richest
of
Peru
,
viz.
of
fourescore
thousand
Duckets
rent
per
annum
.
2.
Oropesa
,
a
place
of
good
Metal
,
as
a
man
may
it
perceive
by
the
name
;
lieth
in
the
rich
and
pleasant
Valley
of
Cochabamba
,
twenty
leagues
distant
from
la
Plata
.
3.
Potozi
,
before
the
discovery
of
the
Mines
a
poor
and
sorry
Village
,
now
the
richest
and
best
peopled
Town
of
the
Province
,
inhabited
by
no
less
than
four
or
five
thousand
Spaniards
,
and
of
the
Natives
many
more
,
beside
above
thirty
thousand
poor
Negro-Slaves
and
other
people
belonging
unto
and
labouring
in
the
Mines
;
whose
dwelings
are
in
divers
little
Villages
thereabouts
:
a
place
hugely
resorted
unto
,
both
by
Merchants
for
profit
,
and
by
Gallants
for
their
pleasure
,
and
though
lying
in
a
cold
and
but
barren
soil
outwardly
,
yet
so
well
accomodated
with
all
things
,
that
nothing
can
be
desired
more
:
and
we
need
not
wonder
it
should
be
so
;
for
where
money
is
,
there
is
alwayes
the
best
Market
.
The
place
lyeth
in
one
and
twenty
degrees
and
some
Minutes
of
Southern
latitude
,
eighteen
leagues
distant
from
La
Plata
,
and
about
one
hundred
and
sixty
from
Cusco
;
and
may
be
found
both
from
the
North
and
South
Sea
.
From
the
South
by
the
way
of
Arica
,
which
is
a
Port
or
Haven
upon
Mare
del
Zur
,
seventy
leagues
or
thereabouts
distant
from
it
,
whither
all
,
or
most
part
of
the
Silver
of
Potozi
,
Porco
,
and
other
Mines
of
this
province
,
is
carryed
yearly
upon
the
backs
of
the
Pacos
,
or
Sheep
of
Peru
above
mentioned
,
to
be
shipped
there
,
for
Panama
,
or
Lima
,
and
so
for
Spain
.
From
the
North
it
may
be
found
by
the
River
de
la
Plata
,
which
falleth
into
the
Atlantick
Ocean
thirty
four
degrees
and
some
minuts
Southward
of
the
Line
,
and
hath
many
good
Townes
of
Spaniards
seated
either
upon
,
or
neer
unto
it
,
as
namely
Buenos
Ayres
,
St.
Fe
,
Corduba
,
St.
Jago
de
Eteco
,
and
others
,
by
which
through
a
plain
,
and
for
the
most
part
plentifull
Country
,
the
March
to
Potozi
is
so
fair
and
open
,
that
it
may
seem
rather
tedious
than
difficult
.
For
they
lay
it
indeed
commonly
at
a
distance
of
three
hundred
leagues
or
more
from
Buenos
Ayres
,
which
is
the
farthest
Town
from
it
toward
the
Sea
;
but
perhaps
upon
tryall
,
it
would
not
be
found
so
much
;
it
being
otherwise
certainly
reported
,
that
the
Spaniards
of
Petozi
and
parts
thereabouts
,
doe
frequently
come
down
and
trade
with
those
of
Buenos
Ayres
,
for
divers
sorts
of
European
Merchandise
,
and
others
,
and
would
do
much
more
,
if
the
King
of
Spain
would
give
leave
,
which
if
the
distance
were
so
great
betwixt
them
,
perhaps
were
not
so
probable
.
4.
Misque
.
5.
Lagunilla
.
6.
Tarixa
,
smaller
Towns
,
but
such
as
furnish
Potozi
with
all
sorts
of
good
Wine
,
Wheate
,
Maiz
,
Sugar
and
the
choisest
fruits
.
8.
Arica
the
most
known
and
frequented
Port
of
this
Country
,
upon
Mare
del
Zur
,
of
which
we
spake
in
the
discription
of
Potozi
.
It
was
taken
and
sacked
by
Sir
Francis
Drake
,
in
the
year
1577
,
who
found
good
booty
both
in
the
Town
and
in
the
ships
;
but
is
since
,
they
say
,
better
fortified
both
with
Bulwarks
and
Ordinance
,
as
doubtless
the
great
importance
of
the
place
requireth
.
CHAP.
XIIII
.
Of
the
Province
of
Chile
.
1.
FOllowing
the
coast
of
Mare
del
Zur
,
or
the
South
Sea
,
the
next
Province
pertaining
formerly
to
the
Kingdome
of
Peru
,
is
that
of
Chile
.
This
is
the
most
Southerly
Province
of
the
whole
Country
of
America
,
reaching
up
as
far
as
Magallanes
Streits
,
with
which
to
the
Southward
it
is
bounded
:
Northward
it
hath
a
Desart
,
and
undiscovered
Country
,
lying
betwixt
it
and
the
confines
of
Peru
called
Atacama
:
on
the
West
it
hath
Mare
del
Zur
,
and
on
the
East
up
to
Rio
de
la
Plata
,
the
Atlantick
or
North
Sea
,
with
some
Countries
undiscovered
,
which
interpose
betwixt
it
and
Paraguay
to
the
North-East
.
It
lyeth
all
of
it
beyond
the
Tropique
of
Capricorn
,
in
a
temperate
Zone
,
and
extendeth
it self
in
length
from
the
borders
of
Peru
,
to
the
mouth
of
the
Streits
five
hundred
leagues
or
more
;
but
the
breadth
of
it
neither
equall
nor
certain
.
They
say
't
is
called
Chile
from
the
word
I
hil
,
which
signifies
cold
;
it
seems
in
their
language
as
well
as
ours
,
it
being
generally
a
cold
and
bleak
Country
,
the
aire
in
many
parts
of
it
so
extremely
sharp
and
piercing
,
that
both
Horse
and
Rider
sometimes
in
travelling
are
frozen
to
death
,
as
the
Spaniards
found
by
experience
in
their
first
search
and
discovery
of
the
Country
,
under
the
Conduct
of
Diego
Almagro
,
who
is
said
to
have
left
the
greatest
part
of
his
men
dead
behinde
him
in
this
manner
.
But
this
is
chiefly
towards
the
Andes
,
and
on
the
Sea
coast
;
the
more
inland
parts
of
it
,
though
mountainous
also
in
some
parts
,
yet
are
more
temperate
,
and
being
also
well
watered
with
Rivers
,
are
much
more
fruitfull
than
the
other
,
affording
both
Wheat
,
and
Maiz
,
and
likewise
other
grain
,
excellent
Pasturage
in
many
places
and
great
store
of
Cattel
,
Wine
,
Honey
,
not
without
many
&
rich
Mines
both
of
Gold
and
Silver
.
The
Natives
of
this
Country
were
found
the
most
stout
and
warlike
of
all
the
Americans
,
the
Spaniards
had
hitherto
met
withall
,
fighting
with
them
and
oftentimes
defeating
them
in
the
open
field
surprising
and
sacking
their
Towns
,
and
last
of
all
taking
their
Captain
and
Commander
in
chief
Prisoner
.
This
was
Pedro
Baldivia
,
one
of
those
good
men
that
consented
to
the
death
of
Atabalipa
the
last
King
of
Peru
,
after
a
greater
ransome
accepted
and
paid
,
than
perhaps
the
King
of
Spain
could
well
raise
on
a
sudden
,
if
he
had
occasion
to
use
it
for
himself
.
The
Araucans
(
for
so
are
the
People
called
that
had
him
prisoner
)
are
said
to
have
entertained
him
for
a
while
gallantly
,
making
him
a
feast
;
but
for
his
last
draught
give
him
a
cup
of
melted
gold
,
which
the
poor
man
was
forced
to
take
down
,
and
so
dyed
.
The
whole
Province
generally
is
divided
first
into
Chile
,
specially
so
called
;
and
secondly
Magellanica
,
or
that
part
which
lyeth
more
Southward
down
to
the
Streits
of
Magellan
.
2.
Chile
,
properly
so
called
,
is
bordered
Northward
with
the
Desart
and
barren
Countrie
of
Atacama
above
mentioned
;
on
the
South
with
Magellanica
;
on
the
West
with
Mare
del
Zur
;
Eastward
and
to
the
North-East
with
some
parts
of
Paraguay
,
or
rather
with
some
undiscovered
Countries
,
lying
betwixt
them
both
.
The
length
of
it
from
North
to
South
is
reckoned
to
be
little
less
than
three
hundred
leagues
,
and
generally
of
a
fruitfull
Soile
,
affording
beside
aboundance
of
gold
and
silver
,
both
Corn
,
Cattel
,
Vineyards
,
and
divers
sorts
of
Fruits
,
equall
both
for
kinde
and
plenty
to
Spain
it self
,
and
sundry
other
parts
of
Europe
.
The
Aire
likewise
for
the
most
part
temperate
,
and
the
People
,
in
their
manners
and
conditions
approaching
much
neerer
to
the
Civility
and
likewise
subtilty
of
Europeans
,
than
other
Americans
did
:
which
doubtless
may
be
attributed
to
the
conformity
of
the
Climates
under
which
they
lye
,
agreeable
to
those
of
Europe
;
though
otherwise
in
respect
of
the
sphere
and
seasons
of
the
yeer
,
there
be
Diametricall
difference
betwixt
us
,
as
for
example
,
their
Spring
beginning
in
September
,
which
is
our
Autumn
;
and
their
Autumn
in
March
,
which
is
our
Spring
:
their
longest
day
being
that
of
St.
Lucy
on
the
eleventh
of
December
,
which
is
our
shortest
;
and
their
shortest
being
St.
Barnabies
,
viz.
the
eleventh
of
June
which
is
our
longest
,
&c.
The
Towns
of
chiefest
note
and
importance
in
this
Province
are
first
Gopiapo
,
an
old
Town
in
the
most
Northerly
parts
of
this
Province
,
towards
the
Sea
,
where
it
hath
a
very
commodious
Haven
belonging
to
it
.
2.
La
Serena
,
a
Town
situate
on
the
banks
of
Coquimbo
,
a
pleasant
River
a
little
above
its
influx
into
the
Sea
,
built
by
Baldivia
,
in
the
year
1544
:
The
Countrie
about
it
very
rich
in
Mines
of
Gold
;
and
the
Town
it self
so
well
garrison'd
for
fear
of
the
Natives
,
that
when
the
English
,
under
Sir
Francis
Drake
,
about
four-score
years
since
,
attempted
the
gaining
of
the
place
,
they
found
hot
service
of
it
,
being
stoutly
resisted
and
beaten
back
again
to
their
ships
,
by
a
salley
of
no
less
than
three
hundred
good
Horse
and
two
hundred
Foot
.
3.
St.
Jago
,
the
principall
Town
of
the
Province
,
a
Bishops
Sea
,
and
the
ordinary
residence
of
the
Governor
,
lying
on
the
banks
of
the
River
Tapocalma
,
in
the
thirty
fourth
degree
of
Southern
latitude
,
fifteen
leagues
distant
from
the
South-Sea
,
at
which
it
hath
a
very
commodious
and
much
frequented
Haven
,
which
they
call
Valparayso
,
and
where
the
English
met
with
better
fortune
,
as
hath
been
said
already
in
the
report
of
Sir
Francis
Drakes
voyage
.
4.
La
Conception
,
a
strong
Town
,
seated
on
the
Bay
called
Penco
,
threescore
or
seventy
leagues
distant
from
St.
Jago
towards
the
South
,
a
place
not
a
little
fortified
both
by
Nature
and
Art
,
having
the
Bay
and
a
certain
ridge
of
high
Mountains
begirting
it
almost
round
about
;
and
where
it
is
otherwise
accessible
,
a
Castle
and
certain
Bulwarks
with
Ordinance
,
besides
a
Garrison
of
five
hundred
Souldiers
at
least
continually
in
it
:
and
all
little
enough
to
defend
it
against
the
Araucanes
,
their
deadly
Enemies
,
who
live
thereabouts
,
and
are
ever
and
anon
making
incursions
almost
up
to
the
walls
of
it
.
Over
against
the
place
,
in
Mare
del
Zur
,
but
very
neer
the
shore
,
there
lyeth
a
certain
Island
called
St.
Maries
,
exceedingly
plentifull
in
Swine
and
all
sorts
of
Poultry
,
which
the
Garrison
of
La
Conception
make
good
use
of
.
5.
Los
Confines
:
this
is
a
Frontier
Town
,
built
by
the
aforesaid
Baldivia
,
for
defence
of
the
rich
Mines
of
gold
at
Ongol
,
a
place
neer
adjoyning
.
6.
La
Imperiale
,
another
strong
Garrison
of
this
place
on
the
banks
of
the
River
Cauten
,
neer
to
which
that
great
battel
was
fought
,
where
Baldivia
,
with
divers
other
Spaniards
,
was
taken
prisoner
,
who
were
no
otherwise
overcome
,
but
by
being
overwearied
with
killing
of
their
Enemies
,
and
by
that
means
not
able
to
make
their
retreat
.
7.
Villa
rica
,
another
Colonie
of
the
Spaniards
in
these
parts
,
sixteen
leagues
distant
from
Imperiale
,
and
twenty
five
from
the
Sea
.
8.
Baldivia
,
so
named
from
the
Commander
himself
Pedro
Baldivia
,
who
built
it
in
the
Valley
of
Guadallanquen
,
two
or
three
leagues
distant
from
the
Sea
,
where
it
hath
a
good
and
capacious
Port
;
but
neerer
to
it
the
best
Mines
of
Peru
,
so
rich
,
that
't
is
said
,
they
yeelded
Baldivia
every
day
,
so
long
as
he
could
enjoy
them
,
twenty
five
thousand
Crowns
for
every
man
that
wrought
in
them
.
9.
Osorno
,
a
Town
lying
on
the
Bay
of
Chilve
in
a
barren
Soile
outwardly
,
but
otherwise
neither
less
rich
,
nor
less
populous
than
Baldivia
it self
.
These
three
towns
,
viz.
Baldivia
,
Imperiale
,
and
Osorno
were
in
the
years
1596
,
1599
,
1604
,
surprized
by
the
Araucanes
,
and
other
savages
confederate
with
them
,
sack'd
and
burnt
;
and
though
the
Spaniards
be
said
to
have
recovered
and
garrisond
some
of
them
with
fresh
Souldiers
,
yet
how
long
they
were
able
to
hold
them
,
or
whether
they
be
Masters
of
them
at
this
day
I
cannot
say
.
There
is
likewise
10
Castro
the
most
Southerly
Town
of
the
whole
Province
;
built
in
a
certain
Island
within
the
Bay
of
Chilve
;
and
lastly
towards
Paraguay
and
Rio
de
la
Plata
there
are
the
Towns
Mendoza
,
and
St.
Juan
de
la
Frontera
;
but
they
lye
on
the
other
side
of
the
Andes
,
fourty
leagues
distant
from
any
of
these
we
speak
of
,
and
perhaps
more
,
and
not
above
one
hundred
from
Buenos
Ayres
,
and
the
Atlantick
Ocean
.
3.
Magellanica
,
the
other
part
of
this
Province
is
bounded
Northward
with
Chile
abovesaid
,
and
some
parts
of
the
Countries
de
la
Plata
;
on
the
South
with
the
narrow-Sea
called
Magellans
Streits
,
having
Mare
del
Zur
on
the
West
;
and
on
the
East
the
Atlantick
Ocean
.
It
contains
in
length
,
from
the
borders
of
Chile
to
the
mouth
of
the
Streits
,
about
one
hundred
leagues
;
and
in
breadth
,
viz.
from
the
North
to
the
South
Sea
,
somewhat
more
,
viz.
towards
Chile
and
the
North-west
parts
of
it
;
for
towards
the
South
and
South-west
it
streightens
still
more
and
more
;
insomuch
,
that
they
which
resemble
the
Southern
part
of
America
to
the
form
of
a
Pyramis
reversed
,
makes
this
part
of
the
Countrie
to
be
the
spire
or
top
of
the
Pyramis
.
It
beareth
the
name
of
Ferdinand
Magellan
,
a
Portughese
,
who
first
discovered
that
narrow
Sea
,
so
famously
known
by
the
name
of
Magellans
Streits
,
upon
which
it
lyeth
.
It
is
a
large
Countrie
and
supposed
not
to
be
altogether
barren
of
Metals
;
but
as
yet
no
great
discoverie
hath
been
made
of
it
:
partly
by
reason
of
the
excessive
cold
to
which
't
is
thought
to
be
subject
:
and
partly
perhaps
by
reason
of
the
difficulty
of
the
enterprize
,
it
being
so
far
remote
,
and
very
hardly
passable
in
many
places
,
by
reason
of
the
huge
mountains
the
Andes
,
which
barre
it
,
as
it
were
,
against
all
adventurers
:
but
chiefly
by
reason
of
the
stoutness
and
untameableness
of
the
Araucanes
and
other
Natives
of
Chile
,
through
whose
Countrie
the
march
lyeth
,
and
who
must
first
be
conquered
.
So
that
very
little
can
be
said
more
of
this
Countrie
,
than
only
to
name
the
Ports
and
places
upon
the
Sea
coasts
,
at
which
the
Spaniards
,
and
likewise
some
other
Nations
at
several
times
have
touched
:
the
chief
whereof
upon
the
South-Sea
are
first
Cabo
de
las
Islas
,
a
Promontorie
or
Foreland
twenty
six
leagues
distant
from
that
of
St.
Felix
on
the
confines
of
Chile
.
2.
Puerto
de
San.
Stephano
,
fiftie
leagues
from
that
,
towards
the
South
.
3.
La
Valle
de
Nuestra
Sennora
,
or
our
Ladies
Dale
,
a
large
and
secure
Bay
,
eighteen
leagues
Southward
of
St.
Stephens
.
4.
La
Punta
Delgada
5.
Puerto
de
los
Reyes
.
6.
Ancona
Sin
Salida
:
All
of
them
Southward
towards
the
Streits
.
Then
is
there
almost
at
the
opening
of
the
Streits
Cabo
de
la
Vittoria
,
Cabo
Desseado
,
and
some
others
.
Upon
the
North-Sea
,
and
up
towards
Rio
de
la
Plata
,
the
chief
places
observed
are
first
Rio
de
la
Crux
,
and
the
Cape
which
they
call
de
las
Rameras
,
about
thirty
leagues
distant
from
the
Streits
mouth
.
2.
The
Bay
of
St.
Julian
,
fourty
leagues
Northward
of
that
.
3.
El
Puerto
Desseado
.
4.
Puerto
de
los
Leones
.
5.
The
Bay
of
Anegada
:
All
of
them
good
and
capacious
Havens
for
the
security
of
shipping
upon
these
coasts
,
and
lying
at
a
distance
of
thirty
or
fourty
leagues
one
from
another
,
up
towards
Rio
de
la
Plata
,
and
the
Countrie
of
Paraguay
,
of
which
we
are
next
to
speak
.
As
for
the
Streits
themselves
,
so
much
spoken
of
,
and
likewise
so
necessary
to
be
known
by
those
who
frequent
these
parts
of
the
World
,
they
are
a
narrow
Sea
or
Frith
,
by
which
the
Atlantick
Ocean
,
or
rather
some
parts
of
it
,
doth
fall
into
Mare
del
Zur
,
or
the
South
Sea
.
The
passage
is
long
,
running
,
as
't
is
commonly
supposed
,
will
nigh
one
hundred
leagues
together
,
almost
in
a
parallel
line
,
or
in
the
same
degree
of
latitude
from
one
end
to
the
other
:
and
likewise
extremely
difficult
,
by
reason
of
the
many
windings
and
turnings
of
the
Sea
,
which
force
them
to
be
ever
and
anon
altering
of
their
course
;
and
a
Mountainous
high
Countrie
on
both
sides
of
it
,
from
whence
it
is
almost
continually
beaten
with
storms
,
both
dangerous
and
terrible
,
They
were
first
discovered
by
Ferdinand
Magellan
,
by
Nation
a
Portughese
,
but
in
the
service
of
the
King
of
Spain
;
and
by
him
named
Magellanes
Streits
:
who
,
although
himself
lived
not
to
return
into
Spain
,
being
slain
in
the
conquest
of
the
Moluccae
Islands
,
yet
his
companions
did
,
in
the
ship
called
Vittoria
;
from
whence
the
Cape
de
la
Vittoria
abovesaid
took
its
name
.
They
lye
at
the
mouth
or
entrance
of
them
by
the
Atlantick
Ocean
,
in
the
fifty
two
degrees
of
Southern
latitude
,
and
have
not
above
fifty
three
and
some
minutes
at
their
Exit
,
or
opening
into
the
South-Sea
.
There
is
likewise
since
this
,
and
of
but
late
times
,
viz.
about
the
year
1615
another
Streit
discovered
,
by
the
Dutch
,
and
called
from
the
Discoverer
Fretum
,
or
the
Streits
of
le
Maire
,
four
or
five
degrees
more
to
the
Southward
than
those
of
Magellan
,
and
supposed
to
be
a
much
easier
and
safer
passage
.
The
intention
was
,
by
the
discovery
of
these
Streights
,
to
have
found
a
shorter
way
to
the
East-Indies
,
and
the
Kingdoms
of
Cathay
and
China
,
than
that
which
was
then
only
used
,
viz.
by
the
Cape
de
Buena
Speranza
,
and
the
Coast
of
Africk
:
and
so
they
doe
;
but
by
reason
of
the
great
difficultie
and
uncertaintie
of
the
passage
,
I
suppose
neither
the
one
nor
the
other
is
much
frequented
:
the
Spaniards
for
the
most
part
serving
themselves
of
their
American
Ports
upon
the
South-Sea
,
from
whence
they
make
their
voyages
and
returns
to
and
from
the
other
Indies
,
and
from
thence
home
to
Spain
;
and
the
English
with
other
Nations
of
Europe
,
trading
still
by
the
Coast
of
Africk
and
Cape
of
Good
Hope
,
or
else
by
the
way
of
Alexandria
and
the
Persian
Gulf
,
as
heretofore
.
CHAP.
XV.
Of
Paraguay
,
or
Rio
de
la
Plata
.
1.
WEe
have
seen
in
Magellanica
the
furthest
,
that
is
,
the
most
Southerly
part
of
the
New-World
,
and
before
it
in
order
all
the
Western
Coasts
of
America
that
lye
either
upon
or
towards
Mare
del
Zur
,
viz.
from
Panama
,
the
first
Province
of
this
Southern
part
down
as
far
as
the
Streits
.
We
are
now
to
return
and
take
a
view
of
the
Eastern
Coasts
,
and
those
Countries
which
lye
upon
the
Atlantick
Ocean
,
steering
our
course
henceforth
Northward
,
not
directly
,
but
as
the
Coast
leads
us
for
a
while
Eastward
and
by
North
:
for
as
much
as
the
Land
of
America
from
the
Streits
of
Magellan
up
as
far
as
Brasil
,
and
almost
to
the
Equator
,
runneth
out
with
a
long
Easterly
point
,
little
less
than
three
thousand
leagues
together
.
The
first
Province
we
meet
with
on
this
side
,
next
to
Magellanica
,
is
the
Countrie
of
Paraguay
,
oftentimes
called
Rio
de
la
Plata
,
from
the
name
of
an
huge
River
,
which
runneth
for
the
most
part
,
through
the
midst
of
it
.
It
is
bordered
,
as
we
said
,
to
the
South
and
towards
the
Streits
with
Magellanica
;
on
the
East
with
the
Atlantick
Ocean
;
more
Northward
,
or
to
the
North-East
,
it
hath
Brasil
;
and
on
the
West
those
undiscovered
Countries
of
the
Province
of
Chile
,
of
which
we
spake
.
The
Countrie
on
both
sides
the
River
is
reported
to
be
a
very
lusty
and
fruitfull
Soil
,
bearing
besides
those
which
are
proper
and
Native
,
all
sorts
of
European
Fruits
and
Grain
in
great
aboundance
,
with
Sugar-Canes
,
as
many
,
great
,
and
good
,
as
any
other
Province
of
the
New-World
.
Nor
is
it
excelled
by
any
other
Countrie
for
good
pasturage
and
great
heards
of
Cattel
,
Sheep
,
Swine
:
In
particular
Horses
are
said
to
have
so
multiplyed
here
,
that
of
thirty
Mares
,
and
about
six
or
seven
Stallions
,
which
the
Spaniards
left
there
,
in
the
space
of
fourty
yeers
the
whole
Countrie
thereabouts
towards
the
South
,
was
filled
with
the
Breed
of
them
,
running
wilde
in
great
companies
together
,
through
all
the
Woods
and
Forrests
of
the
Country
,
and
of
excellent
mettle
and
service
if
they
could
be
tamed
.
It
affordeth
likewise
great
store
of
wild
Deer
and
Stags
,
some
Lions
,
Tygers
,
&c.
nor
is
it
without
good
Mines
,
some
both
of
Gold
and
Silver
;
but
cheifly
,
as
to
what
is
yet
discovered
,
of
Brass
,
and
Iron
;
and
the
People
altogether
Savage
.
The
River
de
la
Plata
,
which
,
as
we
said
divides
the
Country
,
is
one
of
the
largest
of
the
whole
World
,
rising
,
as
't
is
supposed
,
out
of
the
Lake
called
de
los
Xarayes
,
three
hundred
leagues
or
more
within
land
,
and
falling
into
the
Atlantick
,
or
North
Sea
,
in
thirty
four
degrees
of
Southern
latitude
,
with
an
Estuary
or
Mouth
of
thirty
,
or
two
and
thirty
leagues
over
.
The
whole
Country
is
usually
subdivided
into
three
inferiour
Provinces
,
which
are
.
1.
Rio
de
la
Plata
properly
so
called
.
2.
Tucuman
.
3.
La
Crux
de
Sierra
.
2.
Rio
de
la
Plata
,
properly
so
called
,
is
that
part
of
the
Country
,
which
extendeth
it self
on
both
sides
of
the
River
,
in
length
many
leagues
together
,
but
not
answerable
in
breadth
;
and
containeth
these
Towns
of
chiefest
note
and
importance
,
viz.
1.
Buenos
Ayres
,
by
some
called
La
Trinidad
,
on
the
Southern
banks
of
the
River
de
la
Plata
,
sixty
four
leagues
,
they
say
,
from
the
Mouth
of
it
.
It
is
seated
commodiously
at
the
foot
of
a
little
Mountain
,
and
fortified
with
a
Mud-wall
,
a
little
Castle
,
and
some
pieces
of
Ordinance
.
2.
Sta.
Fe
,
in
English
St
,
Faiths
,
fifty
leagues
above
Buenos
Ayres
,
upon
the
same
River
and
a
richer
place
,
chiefly
by
reason
of
their
cloath
,
of
which
there
is
here
one
of
the
greatest
Manufactures
of
all
these
parts
of
Peru.
3.
Nuestra
Sennora
de
la
Assumption
,
commonly
called
Assumption
only
,
lying
yet
higher
up
the
River
almost
one
hundred
leagues
,
a
well
built
,
and
well
frequented
Town
,
said
to
be
inhabited
by
two
hundred
Families
at
least
of
naturall
Spaniards
,
besides
Mestizos
,
as
they
call
them
,
which
are
the
breed
of
Spaniards
by
the
American
People
,
men
or
women
;
and
Mulattos
,
which
are
likewise
their
Race
,
but
begotten
upon
Negroes
:
of
both
which
there
are
reckoned
to
be
here
some
Thousands
.
4.
La
Ciudad
Real
,
or
more
commonly
called
Ontiveros
,
fourscore
leagues
Northward
from
Assumption
,
seated
on
the
banks
of
the
River
Parana
in
a
fruitfull
Soil
,
as
the
Country
generally
is
about
all
these
places
,
but
the
Aire
here
not
so
healthfull
.
5.
St.
Anne
,
upon
the
same
River
.
6.
St.
Salvador
.
3.
Westward
of
la
Plata
,
lyeth
the
Country
of
Tucuman
,
extending
it self
as
far
as
the
borders
of
Chile
;
a
Country
not
yet
well
discovered
either
to
the
North
or
the
South
.
That
part
of
it
which
lyeth
toward
Chile
is
well
manured
and
husbanded
,
and
likewise
very
fruitfull
:
But
that
towards
Magellanicae
neither
the
one
nor
the
other
,
remaining
altogether
untitled
and
barren
.
The
chief
Towns
and
places
of
note
are
,
1.
St.
Jago
de
Esteco
,
the
principall
Town
of
the
Province
and
a
Bishops
Sea
,
seated
upon
the
River
Esteco
,
one
hundred
and
fourscore
leagues
distant
from
Buenos
Ayres
.
2.
St
Michael
de
Tucuman
,
seated
at
the
foot
of
an
huge
rocky
Mountain
,
but
otherwise
in
a
Soil
the
fruitfullest
and
best
,
both
for
Corn
and
Pasturage
,
of
all
this
Country
,
twenty
eight
leagues
distant
from
St.
Jago
.
3.
Talavera
,
or
Nuestra
Sennora
de
Talavera
,
as
the
Spaniards
call
it
,
situate
upon
the
banks
of
Salado
,
in
a
good
Soil
,
and
inhabited
by
an
industrious
People
,
grown
exceeding
rich
and
wealthy
,
cheifly
by
their
Manufactures
of
Cotton-wooll
,
whereof
they
have
great
plenty
,
and
by
which
they
drive
a
Trade
as
farre
as
the
Mines
at
Potozi
,
and
other
parts
of
Peru.
3.
Corduba
another
rich
Town
of
this
Province
and
of
great
trade
,
as
lying
at
an
equall
distance
,
viz.
of
fifty
leagues
,
both
from
Sta.
Fe
,
as
they
call
it
,
or
St.
Faiths
,
in
the
Province
of
La
Plata
abovesaid
,
&
from
St.
Juan
de
la
Frontera
in
the
Country
of
Chile
;
and
almost
in
the
road
way
from
Potozi
and
those
parts
of
Peru
to
Buenos
Ayres
and
the
North
Sea
.
There
are
likewise
the
Townes
5.
Chocinoca
.
6.
Sococha
.
7.
Calebinda
.
8.
Morata
and
others
;
but
belonging
for
the
most
part
to
the
reduced
Natives
.
4.
Sta.
Crux
de
Sierra
is
a
little
Territory
(
at
least
in
comparison
to
some
others
(
lying
towards
Peru
,
and
reckoned
by
some
for
part
of
the
Province
of
Peru.
It
lyeth
betwixt
the
two
great
Rivers
of
Paraguay
and
Guapay
,
one
hundred
leagues
distant
,
as
't
is
said
,
from
Charcas
,
to
which
yet
,
in
some
causes
it
is
subordinate
.
The
Soil
of
the
Country
abundantly
fertill
in
all
sorts
of
American
Fruits
,
besides
good
plenty
both
of
Wheat
and
Maiz
,
scarsity
of
nothing
usefull
for
mans
life
,
unless
it
be
fresh
water
in
some
places
.
The
chief
Towns
of
it
are
,
1.
Sta.
Crux
,
situate
at
the
foot
of
a
great
Mountain
or
Hill
,
but
opening
upon
a
large
Plain
,
whose
thirsty
drieness
is
well
refreshed
by
a
certain
Brook
or
Torrent
,
which
issueth
out
of
a
neighbouring
Mountain
,
&
a
few
leagues
distant
from
the
Town
maketh
a
pretty
Lake
which
supplyeth
the
Country
thereabouts
,
both
with
fresh
water
and
fish
good
plenty
2.
Barranea
,
a
Town
supposed
to
be
not
above
threesore
leagues
distant
from
Potozi
.
3.
Nova-Rioia
,
once
a
Colony
of
Spaniards
,
but
sacked
and
spoiled
by
the
Savages
of
these
parts
,
about
the
yeare
1548
,
and
the
first
Discoverer
of
the
Country
,
namely
Nunno
de
Chaves
treacherously
murdered
by
a
Native
;
since
which
time
,
't
is
said
to
have
been
deserted
.
CHAP.
XVI
.
Of
Brasil
.
1.
NOrthward
of
Paraguay
,
or
Rio
de
la
Plata
,
lyeth
the
Country
of
Brasil
,
a
large
Province
of
this
Easterly
part
of
America
,
and
bounded
to
the
East
with
Mare
del
Nort
,
or
the
Atlantick
Ocean
;
on
the
West
with
the
Andes
.
On
the
North
it
hath
the
great
River
Maragnon
,
which
divides
it
from
Guiana
,
and
on
the
South
Paraguay
.
It
containes
in
length
measuring
by
the
Sea
coast
from
North
to
South
,
two
hundred
leagues
and
more
,
but
in
breadth
,
that
is
from
the
Andes
to
the
Sea
,
scarse
half
so
much
:
of
which
likewise
but
a
small
portion
is
yet
discovered
,
and
less
possessed
;
The
Portugheses
,
who
are
Masters
of
the
Country
,
holding
only
some
few
places
towards
the
Sea
,
with
so
much
of
the
uplands
as
the
Inhabitants
thereabouts
can
use
,
leaving
all
the
rest
to
the
Natives
,
or
such
as
will
adventure
further
for
it
.
The
Country
is
in
some
parts
mountainous
,
and
well
set
with
Forests
and
huge
Woods
,
yet
generally
of
a
Champaign
and
low
ground
,
commodiously
distinguished
and
watered
with
good
Rivers
.
The
Aire
for
the
most
part
sound
and
healthfull
,
being
said
to
be
very
much
cleered
by
certain
fresh
windes
from
the
Southward
,
which
they
have
almost
continually
all
along
upon
the
coasts
.
The
Soil
would
be
admirably
fruitfull
,
were
it
not
for
overmuch
rain
;
to
which
,
especially
in
some
parts
the
Country
is
subject
.
Nevertheless
it
is
wonderfully
plentious
,
and
aboundeth
with
sugar-Canes
,
more
than
any
other
part
of
America
beside
;
the
Portugheses
here
having
their
Ingenios
,
as
they
call
them
,
or
sugar-Mills
,
up
and
down
in
all
parts
of
the
Country
,
with
many
thousands
of
Slaves
working
in
them
,
which
are
brought
them
yearly
out
of
Guiny
,
Congo
,
and
other
parts
of
Africk
.
And
't
is
a
merchandise
doubtless
of
huge
profit
to
them
;
the
Portugheses
being
supposed
to
transport
one
year
with
another
only
out
of
Brasil
a
hundred
and
fifty
thousand
Arrobes
of
fine
sugar
,
every
Arrobe
containing
twenty
five
Bushels
,
as
some
say
,
of
English
measure
.
There
is
likewise
great
quantity
of
that
red
wood
,
which
they
commonly
call
Brasil-wood
,
so
much
used
both
in
England
and
other
parts
for
dying
of
Cloath
.
The
Trees
of
this
wood
are
said
to
be
of
such
incredible
bigness
,
that
whole
Families
of
the
Natives
live
upon
or
within
an
Arme
of
them
,
and
they
are
a
principall
Stowage
and
refuge
for
them
,
when
the
Land
is
overflowed
with
waters
,
as
at
some
times
of
the
year
it
happens
to
be
,
and
that
unexpectedly
on
the
sudden
.
This
Country
is
another
Africk
,
abounding
with
variety
of
many
strange
and
prodigious
creatures
,
more
than
any
other
part
of
the
New-World
,
as
may
be
seen
in
Authors
,
especially
Laet
lib.
15.
cap.
5.
&c.
and
the
Natives
generally
no
less
savage
and
barbarous
,
going
for
the
most
part
naked
,
eating
Mans-fl●sh
;
the
men
cruel
to
extreamity
,
and
the
women
as
wanton
and
immodest
:
both
of
them
,
especially
more
towards
the
Andes
,
hairy
all
over
like
bruit
beasts
,
from
whom
they
seem
but
little
to
differ
,
save
only
in
shape
.
The
Country
is
not
as
yet
divided
into
Provinces
or
such
nationall
districts
,
as
the
other
parts
of
America
generally
are
,
although
there
be
found
among
them
as
many
severall
sorts
of
People
,
and
of
different
languages
,
as
in
any
other
Country
,
but
into
certain
Prefectures
or
lesser
Governments
,
which
the
Portugheses
have
erected
and
setled
,
only
for
the
command
and
better
securing
of
those
parts
which
themselves
hold
in
the
Country
.
They
lie
all
of
them
towards
the
Sea
coast
,
and
are
reckoned
to
be
about
thirteen
in
number
viz.
2.
The
Prefecture
of
St.
Vincent
,
bordering
on
Rio
de
la
Plata
,
and
inhabited
by
the
most
civill
People
of
Brasil
,
where
the
Portugheses
have
these
Towns
of
note
,
viz.
Los
Santos
,
at
the
bottom
of
a
Bay
,
or
huge
Arme
of
the
Sea
,
with
an
Haven
belonging
to
it
capable
of
ships
of
good
burthen
.
It
lyeth
two
or
three
leagues
distant
from
the
main
Ocean
,
and
was
taken
and
held
by
the
English
under
Sir
Thomas
Cavendish
,
some
two
moneths
together
,
in
the
yeare
1521
,
but
is
now
better
fortified
with
a
Wall
,
two
strong
Castles
,
and
some
pieces
of
Ordinance
.
2.
St.
Vincent
,
not
above
four
miles
distant
from
Los
Santos
,
and
better
built
,
only
it
hath
not
the
benefit
of
such
a
good
Haven
.
3.
Itange
.
4.
Cananea
;
all
of
them
southward
of
St.
Vincent
,
at
some
leagues
distance
.
5.
St.
Paul
,
situate
upon
the
top
of
a
Mountain
or
little
Hill
,
having
a
very
curious
prospect
into
the
open
fields
,
both
towards
the
East
,
North
and
South
;
westward
it
overlooketh
a
little
Wood
or
Forest
,
and
is
neighboured
,
they
say
,
with
very
rich
Mines
of
Gold
in
the
Mountaines
Pernapiacaba
,
six
or
seven
leagues
distant
.
6.
St.
Philips
on
the
banks
of
Iniambis
,
a
fair
River
of
this
Country
.
The
Prefecture
of
Rio
de
Janeiro
,
a
district
of
this
Country
once
held
by
the
French
,
but
taken
from
them
by
the
Portugheses
in
the
yeare
1558
,
and
all
the
French
put
to
the
Sword
.
It
hath
these
Towns
,
1.
Colignia
,
so
named
from
that
famous
Hugonot
Gaspar
Coligni
Admiral
of
France
,
by
whose
assistance
and
encouragement
chiefly
it
had
been
peopled
by
the
French
;
being
seated
on
a
Bay
of
the
River
Janeiro
.
2.
St.
Sebastians
,
a
Town
built
by
the
Portugheses
at
the
Mouth
of
the
said
Bay
,
and
fortified
with
four
strong
Bulworks
.
3.
Angra
de
los
Reyes
,
twelve
leagues
distant
from
St.
Sebastians
westward
,
beside
some
Burroughs
of
the
Natives
very
populous
,
but
neither
strong
nor
fortified
.
The
Prefecture
del
Spirito
Santo
,
one
of
the
most
fertil
Prefectships
of
all
Brasil
,
plentifully
stored
with
Cotton-wooll
,
watered
with
excellent
Rivers
,
especially
that
which
they
call
Parayba
,
of
a
large
stream
,
and
full
of
good
fish
.
The
Prefecture
it self
is
not
very
large
,
as
having
one
only
Town
of
note
in
it
,
inhabited
by
the
Portugheses
,
called
likewise
Spirito
Santo
;
but
it
hath
two
hundred
Families
at
least
in
it
,
and
a
very
safe
and
commodious
Haven
belonging
to
it
three
or
four
leagues
distant
from
the
Sea
.
The
Prefecture
of
Puerto
Seguro
,
fifty
leagues
more
to
the
North
of
Spirito
Santo
,
having
these
Towms
,
viz.
1.
Puerto
Seguro
it self
,
seated
,
as
it
were
,
upon
a
Rock
or
Cliff
towards
the
Sea
side
,
where
it
commands
the
Haven
,
and
contains
in
it
about
two
hundred
Families
of
Portugheses
.
2.
Sta.
Crux
,
three
leagues
distant
from
Puerto
Seguro
.
3.
Amaro
,
or
St.
Omars
in
America
,
once
a
rich
Town
,
and
well
Traded
by
reason
of
the
aboundance
of
sugar-Canes
which
the
Countrie
affordeth
,
but
since
deserted
,
as
some
say
,
by
the
Portugheses
,
not
able
to
maintain
the
place
and
their
trading
against
the
Savages
thereabouts
,
who
having
kild
&
likewise
eaten
most
of
the
slaves
at
their
sugar-Farms
in
the
Countrie
,
seemed
to
threaten
no
less
to
themselves
.
The
Prefecture
Dos
Ilheos
,
as
the
Portugheses
call
it
,
either
from
certain
Islands
which
lye
before
it
,
or
from
the
principall
Town
called
Ilheos
seated
upon
a
convenient
Bay
or
Arme
of
the
Sea
,
about
thirty
leagues
distant
from
Puerto
Seguro
to
the
North.
There
are
said
to
be
one
hundred
or
one
hundred
and
fifty
Families
of
Portugheses
in
it
;
and
a
few
leagues
from
it
more
within
land
,
a
Lake
of
ten
or
twelve
leagues
in
compass
,
well
stored
with
good
Fish
,
especially
those
called
Manati
,
a
dainty
Fish
for
meat
,
as
hath
been
said
,
and
so
big
,
that
,
as
Laet
reporteth
,
some
of
them
here
are
found
of
a
thousand
or
eleven
hundred
pound
weight
,
and
sometimes
more
.
The
Portugheses
hereabouts
would
quickly
grow
rich
by
the
aboundance
of
sugar-Canes
and
good
Cattel
which
the
Countrie
breeds
,
but
for
the
Guaymuri
,
as
they
call
them
,
which
are
a
sort
of
Savages
of
Gigantine
size
and
stature
,
as
they
say
,
much
more
fierce
and
cruel
than
others
,
and
which
doe
very
much
infest
their
quarters
.
The
Prefecture
of
Todos
los
Santos
,
in
english
All
Saints
,
lying
upon
a
goodly
and
spacious
Bay
called
likewise
the
Bay
of
All
Saints
,
thirty
leagues
distant
from
Dos
Ilheos
abovesaid
,
and
is
a
very
convenient
and
safe
Harbour
for
shipping
in
those
Seas
,
which
are
sometimes
not
a
little
stormy
and
tempestuous
.
It
s
a
place
very
well
fortified
,
and
especially
memorable
for
a
brave
exploit
performed
there
by
Peter
Heynes
a
Dutch
man
,
and
Admiral
of
a
squadron
of
States
ships
in
the
year
1627
,
who
,
as
't
is
said
,
only
with
his
own
ship
(
the
rest
of
his
company
not
being
able
to
follow
him
)
thrust
into
a
Fleet
of
Spaniards
,
of
no
less
than
twenty
six
sail
,
that
lay
at
Anchor
in
the
Bay
,
and
having
sunk
their
Admiral
,
took
all
the
rest
at
Mercy
,
and
carried
them
out
with
him
in
spite
of
some
other
ships
that
lay
there
,
and
the
Castle
,
and
above
fourty
pieces
of
Ordinance
planted
on
the
shore
.
Their
chief
Towns
are
St.
Salvador
,
built
on
a
little
hill
on
the
North
side
of
the
Bay
.
It
is
a
walled
Town
,
and
fortified
with
no
less
than
three
strong
Castles
,
yet
surprized
by
the
Dutch
in
the
year
1624
,
but
lost
again
the
next
year
following
,
as
they
would
make
us
believe
,
by
the
treachery
of
some
of
their
own
companie
.
The
Prefecture
of
Fernambuck
,
held
to
be
one
of
the
richest
and
best
of
the
Countrie
,
both
for
Tobacco
,
Sugar
,
and
great
quantity
of
Brasil
wood
,
which
is
yeerly
brought
from
thence
.
Their
chief
Towns
are
first
Olinda
,
the
biggest
Town
and
best
Peopled
of
all
Brasil
,
containing
by
estimation
above
two
thousand
persons
Portugheses
,
not
reckoning
Ecclesiasticks
and
Religious
men
into
the
number
;
of
which
yet
there
are
many
.
It
lyeth
toward
the
Sea
side
,
but
upon
such
an
uneven
ground
that
it
is
not
apt
to
be
fortified
otherwise
then
it
is
by
Nature
;
neither
is
the
Haven
so
great
as
a
Town
of
such
Trading
would
require
;
yet
is
it
fortified
with
a
Castle
and
some
pieces
of
Ordinance
.
The
Castle
and
a
great
part
of
the
suburbs
along
the
Coast
,
were
surprized
by
the
English
under
Captain
Lancaster
in
the
year
1595
,
and
a
rich
prize
of
the
chief
Commodities
of
Brasil
and
India
brought
from
thence
;
and
in
the
year
1630
the
Town
it self
,
Castle
and
all
taken
by
the
Dutch
,
who
thereupon
became
Masters
of
this
whole
Prefecture
,
which
they
held
for
many
years
together
against
the
Spaniards
,
but
have
since
lost
it
wholly
again
to
the
Portughese
.
2.
Garasa
,
five
leagues
distant
from
Olinda
,
a
small
Town
but
holding
likewise
some
little
Commerce
with
the
Sea
,
by
the
benefit
of
a
River
upon
which
it
standeth
.
3.
Amatta
de
Brasil
.
4.
San.
Lorenzo
,
and
some
other
Villages
.
The
Prefecture
of
Tamaraca
;
so
called
from
a
little
Island
lying
before
it
,
and
part
of
its
Precinct
.
It
is
counted
the
first
,
that
is
,
the
most
ancient
Prefectship
of
Brasil
,
having
otherwise
nothing
in
it
that
is
very
considerable
,
save
only
a
good
Haven
or
Port
,
with
a
Castle
,
for
the
security
and
command
of
it
,
held
to
be
impregnable
.
The
Prefecture
of
Parayba
,
so
called
from
the
chief
Town
of
the
Province
,
upon
the
banks
of
the
River
S.
Domingo
,
and
at
the
bottome
of
a
Bay
or
Arm
of
the
Sea
,
by
which
ships
of
good
burthen
come
up
even
close
to
the
Town
.
It
s
inhabited
by
above
five
hundred
Portugheses
,
a
walled
Town
and
likewise
fortified
with
a
Castle
upon
Cape
Delo
,
neer
adjoyning
to
it
.
The
Prefecture
of
Rio
Grande
,
or
the
great
River
,
a
small
Precinct
on
the
South-side
of
Rio
Grande
,
where
it
falls
into
the
Sea
.
It
was
once
possessed
by
the
French
about
the
year
1597
,
who
were
outed
by
the
Portugheses
,
and
the
place
fortified
both
against
them
and
the
Savages
,
with
a
Castle
,
which
the
Dutch
in
the
yeare
1631
found
an
impregnable
piece
,
and
too
hard
for
them
:
and
besides
this
there
is
not
much
in
the
whole
Prefectship
that
seems
memorable
.
The
Prefecture
of
Siara
,
in
which
they
seem
to
have
as
little
,
that
is
,
no
Towns
of
note
,
only
a
Castle
and
some
few
houses
for
those
that
attend
the
gathering
of
Cotton-wooll
,
some
Chrystal
,
and
other
precious
stones
,
which
the
Countrie
is
said
to
afford
.
The
Prefecture
of
Maragnon
:
This
is
an
Island
lying
at
the
mouth
of
the
great
River
Maragnon
in
the
furthest
parts
of
Brasil
Northward
.
The
soil
exceedingly
fruitfull
if
there
were
any
body
to
manure
and
husband
it
,
affording
plenty
of
Maiz
naturally
,
and
a
certain
other
root
which
the
Savages
call
Mariot
,
and
use
likewise
for
Bread
:
great
store
of
Cotton-wooll
,
sugar-Canes
,
Saffron
,
with
the
best
sort
of
Tobacco
;
not
without
some
Balme
and
Amber
,
watered
with
many
fresh
Rivers
and
springs
,
well
wooded
both
for
Timber
and
Fuel
;
and
the
Aire
so
exceedingly
temperate
and
agreeable
,
that
no
People
in
the
World
are
generally
longer
liv'd
than
those
of
this
Island
;
being
otherwise
very
strong
and
able
of
body
,
healthfull
of
constitution
,
never
bald
,
and
the
Women
so
fruitfull
and
lusty
,
that
they
are
said
to
beare
Children
(
many
of
them
)
at
seventy
or
eighty
years
of
age
.
The
Men
very
curious
in
the
Feather
works
of
America
,
and
not
a
little
industrious
in
the
Manufactures
of
Cotton-wooll
.
It
lyeth
some
few
degrees
Southward
of
the
Equator
,
and
containeth
not
in
the
compass
of
the
whole
Island
above
fifty
or
threescore
leagues
at
most
.
The
French
were
once
Masters
of
it
,
viz.
about
the
year
1612
,
when
they
built
the
strong
Fort
called
St.
Lewis
,
upon
the
principall
Bay
or
Port
belonging
to
the
Island
,
and
planted
twenty
two
good
pieces
of
Ordinance
upon
it
,
and
by
the
pains
of
some
Religious
men
among
them
,
began
to
doe
much
good
upon
the
Natives
,
by
reducing
them
to
Civility
and
good
Manners
,
and
instructing
them
in
the
true
knowledge
of
God
and
of
Christian
Religion
:
But
were
soon
after
,
viz.
in
the
year
1614
,
driven
out
by
the
Portughese
,
under
the
command
of
Hierom
de
Albuquerque
,
who
,
for
the
security
of
the
Island
against
them
,
and
the
Natives
that
took
their
part
,
built
those
other
two
Forts
which
are
called
St.
Maries
and
St.
Francis
,
and
likewise
two
Towns
more
within
the
Island
,
which
he
founded
and
Peopled
,
naming
the
one
of
them
St.
Andrew
,
which
lyes
towards
the
North
;
and
the
other
St.
James
,
towards
the
South
.
And
lastly
the
Prefecture
of
Para.
This
is
the
most
Northerly
part
of
Brasil
,
bordering
upon
Guiana
,
so
called
from
the
River
Para
,
which
runneth
through
the
midst
of
it
,
upon
which
,
in
a
convenient
place
,
and
upon
raised
ground
,
the
Portugheses
have
built
a
very
strong
Castle
,
well
walled
on
all
sides
,
save
only
towards
the
River
,
where
it
is
planted
with
Ordinance
.
It
is
built
in
a
Quadrangular
form
,
and
hath
at
least
300
persons
of
the
Portughese
Nation
(
beside
the
Garrison
Souldiers
)
belonging
to
it
,
who
have
all
imployment
enough
about
the
Cotton-wooll
,
sugar-Canes
,
and
Tobacco
,
which
the
Countrie
is
said
to
afford
in
good
plenty
.
CHAP.
XVII
.
Of
the
Country
of
Guiana
.
1.
NExt
to
Brasil
,
towards
the
North
,
lyeth
the
pleasant
and
fruitfull
Countrie
of
Guiana
,
supposed
,
not
improbably
,
to
be
so
called
from
the
River
Wia
,
one
of
the
principall
Rivers
of
the
Province
;
which
yet
is
said
to
have
more
and
fairer
than
any
other
part
of
America
beside
.
It
is
bounded
on
the
East
with
the
Atlantick
Ocean
,
or
Mare
del
Nordt
;
on
the
West
with
the
Andes
,
or
rather
some
undiscovered
Mountainous
Countries
which
lye
between
the
one
and
the
other
:
On
the
North
it
hath
the
great
River
Orenoque
;
and
on
the
South
that
of
the
Amazons
,
of
Orellana
.
The
Countrie
lyeth
on
both
sides
of
the
Equator
,
extended
from
the
fourth
degree
of
Southern
latitude
,
to
the
eighth
degree
of
Northern
:
yet
enjoyeth
a
temperate
and
good
Aire
,
not
oppressed
with
any
excessive
heat
;
which
is
chiefly
attributed
to
the
Brises
or
Easterly
windes
,
almost
perpetually
every
day
about
noon
blowing
upon
it
.
Towards
the
Sea
side
it
is
for
the
most
part
a
flat
and
level
Countrie
;
in
the
more
Inland
parts
Mountainous
and
swelled
with
Hills
;
but
in
all
generally
of
such
a
rich
and
fertil
Soil
,
that
for
F●uits
,
or
any
outward
Commodities
of
the
Earth
,
it
yeelds
not
to
any
other
Province
of
the
New-World
,
but
rather
farre
excelleth
the
most
;
having
,
as
it
were
a
continual
Summer
,
without
Winter
or
Autumn
,
the
Trees
never
uncloathed
or
made
bare
,
Fruits
alwaies
ripe
,
or
growing
to
maturity
,
the
Meadows
and
Pastures
alwaies
Verdant
and
green
:
and
,
as
we
said
so
excellently
well
watered
with
Rivers
,
that
no
Countrie
in
the
World
seems
comparable
to
it
in
this
respect
:
And
by
the
principall
of
them
it
is
divided
into
four
inferiour
or
lesser
Provinces
,
which
are
,
1.
Rio
de
las
Amazones
.
2.
Wiapoco
,
or
Guiana
,
properly
so
called
.
3.
Orenoque
:
And
4.
the
Islands
of
Guiana
.
2.
Rio
de
las
Amazones
,
or
the
Countrie
of
Amazons
,
containeth
all
that
part
of
Guiana
which
lyeth
on
both
sides
of
the
River
Orellana
,
of
a
rich
and
good
Soil
generally
,
abounding
with
all
sorts
of
Fruits
,
and
especially
with
those
which
the
Americans
call
Totock
,
and
love
extremely
,
out
of
an
opinion
,
they
say
,
that
it
excites
them
to
Venery
,
whereunto
they
are
of
themselves
but
too
much
inclined
;
and
of
another
which
they
call
Pita
,
of
a
taste
f●●re
more
delicious
and
pleasing
,
and
not
so
hurtfull
as
the
other
.
The
Countrie
was
first
discovered
by
Francisco
Orellana
a
Spaniard
from
Quito
,
but
it
was
only
by
the
River
Orellana
:
and
though
he
be
credibly
reported
to
have
sailed
no
less
than
eighteen
hundred
leagues
down
the
stream
,
and
to
have
discovered
a
rich
and
fair
Countrie
on
both
sides
the
River
,
well
peopled
with
Natives
,
and
giving
in
divers
places
no
small
arguments
of
greater
wealth
and
riches
more
within
Land
;
yet
such
was
the
bad
success
of
his
second
indeavors
,
and
likewise
of
those
that
followed
him
,
that
,
as
yet
,
there
seems
no
further
report
to
be
given
▪
at
least
not
of
any
thing
special
,
concerning
this
part
of
the
Countrie
.
3.
Wiapoco
,
or
Guiana
,
properly
so
called
,
taketh
up
the
middle
part
of
this
Province
,
being
divided
,
as
the
other
,
almost
into
two
equall
parts
,
by
the
River
Wiapoco
,
which
runs
through
the
midst
of
it
.
The
Countrie
on
both
sides
of
the
River
very
rich
and
fertil
,
and
so
naturally
apt
,
both
for
sugar-Canes
,
Cotton-wooll
,
and
Tobacco
,
that
they
are
said
to
grow
here
(
all
of
them
very
good
)
without
planting
or
any
Art
of
Husbandry
.
In
this
Countrie
is
likewise
the
famous
D●rada
,
as
the
Spaniards
call
it
,
or
Citie
of
Gold
(
if
it
could
be
found
)
with
the
reports
and
hopes
whereof
some
of
our
own
Nation
seem
to
have
been
not
a
little
possessed
,
as
well
as
the
Spaniards
.
Nor
can
I
much
blame
them
;
for
if
the
stories
of
it
had
prov'd
true
,
it
must
have
been
one
of
the
goodliest
and
fairest
Cities
of
the
World
(
not
to
speak
of
the
wealth
.
)
Diego
de
Ordas
,
the
Spaniard
who
first
brought
news
of
it
to
his
Countrimen
,
being
said
to
have
travelled
one
whole
day
and
half
another
in
it
,
before
he
could
arrive
at
the
Kings
Palace
;
which
yet
must
be
supposed
to
have
stood
but
in
the
midst
of
the
Citie
.
But
for
ought
appears
,
if
the
indeavors
of
future
times
effect
nothing
more
in
the
discovery
of
it
than
former
have
done
,
it
must
pass
for
the
Metropolis
of
Vtopia
still
,
as
I
think
most
men
take
it
to
be
.
Places
of
less
Magnificence
,
but
more
Certainty
are
first
Caripo
:
This
was
once
a
Colony
of
English
setled
there
by
Captain
Robert
Harcourt
,
in
the
year
1608
,
upon
the
banks
of
Wiapoco
,
and
not
farre
from
the
mouth
of
it
;
being
a
place
,
by
advantage
of
a
Rock
,
which
it
hath
on
the
one
side
of
it
,
of
good
strength
and
very
difficult
access
,
the
Aire
about
it
sound
,
and
said
to
be
very
agreeable
to
English
bodies
.
2.
Gomaribo
,
a
Colony
formerly
of
the
Dutch
,
on
the
North-west
side
of
the
Bay
of
Wiapoco
,
but
since
deserted
by
them
.
3.
Moyemon
.
4.
Crewinay
,
both
of
them
Towns
of
the
Natives
,
not
farre
distant
from
the
other
.
4.
Orenoque
,
or
the
third
devision
of
this
Province
,
comprehendeth
the
most
Northerly
parts
of
Guiana
,
lying
upon
or
towards
the
banks
of
this
famous
River
.
A
Countrie
likewise
reported
to
be
very
rich
,
and
comparable
to
Peru
it self
for
hidden
Treasure
;
which
,
they
say
,
is
not
yet
discovered
,
only
for
want
of
diligent
and
industrious
searching
.
The
places
in
it
already
known
are
only
1.
Coniolaba
,
as
they
call
it
,
which
seems
to
be
some
Town
of
the
Natives
,
lying
a
few
leagues
distant
from
the
Orenoque
towards
the
South
.
2.
Movequito
,
a
known
Port
or
Haven
Town
upon
a
branch
of
the
Orenoque
,
much
frequented
and
of
great
use
to
the
English
,
when
they
discovered
those
coasts
.
3.
Wenicapora
:
And
lastly
St.
Thome
,
the
only
Town
which
the
Spaniards
hold
upon
this
part
of
the
Continent
,
situate
upon
the
principall
Channel
of
the
O●enoque
,
and
consisting
of
two
hundred
Families
or
thereabouts
.
It
is
now
a
fortified
place
;
and
was
taken
by
Sir
Walter
Raleigh
in
that
unfortunate
Action
of
1617
,
for
which
the
year
following
(
though
by
vertue
of
an
old
attainder
,
as
some
say
)
he
lost
his
head
.
5.
The
Islands
that
belong
,
and
are
commonly
reckoned
as
parts
of
Guiana
,
are
either
such
as
lye
scattered
about
the
shore
of
the
Province
,
or
such
as
are
found
at
the
mouth
,
and
sometimes
farre
within
the
Channel
of
those
great
Rivers
which
empty
themselves
at
several
parts
out
of
this
Countrie
into
the
Sea
,
viz.
Orenoque
,
Wiapoco
,
Rio
de
las
Amazones
,
&c.
There
are
many
of
them
,
but
of
any
great
name
or
esteem
only
two
,
viz.
Trinidado
and
Tabag●
.
Trinidado
lyeth
at
the
mouth
of
the
River
Orenoque
,
over
against
the
Countrie
of
Paria
,
from
which
it
is
separated
by
a
Fryth
or
narrow
Sea
,
which
Columbus
at
his
first
discovery
of
it
,
and
from
the
difficulty
of
the
passage
,
(
by
reason
of
some
lesser
Islands
scattered
up
and
down
in
the
Channel
,
and
through
which
the
Sea
breaks
with
a
great
deal
of
force
)
called
Boca
del
Dragro
,
or
the
Dragons
mouth
.
It
lyeth
betwixt
the
ninth
and
tenth
degrees
of
Northern
latitude
,
accounted
to
be
in
length
about
24.
or
tweny
five
leagues
,
and
about
eighteen
in
breadth
,
of
a
cloudy
and
less
pleasant
aire
,
yet
the
Soil
good
,
and
aboundantly
well
stored
with
all
Commodities
of
the
natural
growth
of
America
,
viz.
Maiz
,
sugar-Canes
,
Cotton-wooll
,
and
the
best
sort
of
Tobacco
,
good
quantity
of
Fruits
also
,
and
of
Cattel
;
some
veins
of
gold
,
and
of
a
kinde
of
Pitch
,
which
they
digge
out
of
a
Mine
,
such
plenty
,
that
as
many
ships
as
could
come
,
might
lade
themselves
with
it
;
and
is
said
to
be
good
in
all
other
respects
,
except
only
that
it
will
not
endure
the
Sun
.
The
chief
Town
of
this
Island
is
called
St.
Josephs
,
situate
on
the
banks
of
a
little
River
,
which
they
call
Carone
,
on
the
South
side
of
the
Island
;
which
was
likewise
taken
by
Sir
Walter
Raleigh
,
in
the
year
abovesaid
and
in
it
the
Governour
Antonio
Berreo
,
who
,
to
procure
his
liberty
or
fair
treating
at
Sir
Walters
hands
,
is
thought
to
have
furnished
him
with
some
relations
concerning
Guiana
more
liberally
than
otherwise
he
needed
.
Tabago
lyeth
Eastward
of
Trinidado
,
and
divided
from
it
by
a
little
Sea
of
eight
miles
over
,
said
to
have
,
for
the
bigness
of
it
,
as
many
safe
Harbours
belonging
to
it
,
as
any
Island
of
America
.
The
Dutch
of
late
years
have
named
it
Niew-Walacheren
;
and
are
said
to
frequent
it
;
but
for
what
special
Commodities
or
reason
,
doth
not
appear
.
CHAP.
XVIII
.
Of
Paria
,
or
New-Andalusia
.
1.
THe
last
,
but
not
the
least
Province
of
the
Southern
America
,
is
the
Country
of
Paria
,
by
som
called
Nova-Andalusia
,
but
for
what
reason
or
resemblance
with
Andalusia
of
Old-Spain
they
doe
not
tell
us
.
This
Country
lying
as
it
doth
,
brings
us
back
again
by
the
Eastern
Coast
to
the
Isthmus
or
Streit
,
which
,
as
we
have
often
said
,
joyns
the
two
parts
of
the
Continent
of
America
together
;
at
least
to
those
Countries
that
lye
next
upon
it
to
the
South
,
viz.
the
new
Kingdome
of
Granada
,
&c.
It
hath
on
the
East
Guiana
,
and
those
Islands
which
lye
about
the
mouth
of
Orenoque
;
on
the
West
the
Gulf
or
Bay
of
Venezuela
,
with
some
part
of
the
New
Kingdome
abovesaid
;
on
the
North
it
is
washed
with
the
Atlantick
Ocean
,
and
hath
on
the
South
some
Countries
not
yet
discovered
,
toward
the
Andes
.
The
whole
consisteth
partly
of
Continent
and
partly
of
Islands
,
neer
adjoyning
to
it
;
and
is
commonly
divided
into
five
several
Precincts
or
parts
,
which
are
1.
Cumana
.
2.
Venezuela
.
3.
Margarita
.
4.
Cubagna
:
And
5.
some
lesser
Islands
.
2.
Cumana
is
bounded
Eastward
with
the
Gulf
of
Paria
,
and
the
River
Orenoque
;
on
the
West
with
Venezuela
:
Northward
it
hath
the
Atlantick
Ocean
;
and
on
the
South
those
undiscovered
Countries
above
mentioned
:
containing
in
length
two
hundred
leagues
or
more
,
as
some
say
,
and
not
much
less
than
one
hundred
in
breadth
;
but
for
ought
appears
,
little
of
it
planted
or
used
,
save
only
upon
the
Sea
side
,
where
the
Coast
hath
formerly
been
much
famed
for
the
rich
Trade
of
Pearls
and
Pearl-Fishing
;
which
failing
,
its
principall
esteem
now
is
for
an
excellent
vein
of
Salt
,
which
they
digg
here
as
out
of
a
Mine
,
and
gather
it
naturally
made
ready
to
their
hands
,
not
half
a
mile
from
the
Sea
side
,
on
the
back-side
of
the
Promontory
or
Cape
,
called
by
some
Punto
de
Araya
,
and
by
others
for
this
reason
Cape
de
Salinas
.
Places
of
chiefest
consideration
here
are
,
1.
Cumana
it self
,
a
Colony
of
Spaniards
seated
on
the
banks
of
a
little
River
two
miles
distant
from
the
Sea
,
where
it
hath
a
good
Harbour
.
2.
St.
Jago
,
a
very
strong
fortress
,
which
the
Spaniards
of
late
yeares
have
built
,
for
the
defence
and
security
of
the
Salt-works
against
the
Dutch
,
who
began
to
trade
much
that
way
,
and
in
the
yeare
1622
,
had
a
design
to
have
made
themselves
Masters
of
the
Place
.
3.
St.
Michael
de
Neveri
,
another
Fortress
of
theirs
upon
a
River
so
called
.
4.
Guaniba
,
a
Town
of
the
Natives
.
3.
Venezuela
,
the
prineipall
part
of
this
Province
,
is
bordered
on
the
East
with
Cumana
;
on
the
West
with
a
great
Gulf
,
or
Bay
,
commonly
called
the
Bay
of
Venezuela
,
with
the
L●ke
Maracabo
,
and
some
part
of
New-Granada
;
Nothward
it
hath
the
Ocean
,
or
Atlantick
Sea
;
southward
some
undiscovered
Countries
,
which
,
as
we
said
,
lye
betwixt
the
Andes
and
it
.
It
stretches
out
in
length
from
East
to
West
one
hundred
and
thirty
leagues
or
thereabouts
,
but
in
breadth
little
more
than
half
so
much
;
being
named
Venezuela
,
or
Little
Venice
,
by
Alonso
de
Oyeda
a
Spaniard
,
who
at
his
first
discovery
of
the
Country
fell
upon
a
Town
of
the
Natives
,
which
stood
like
another
Venice
,
all
upon
the
waters
,
and
having
no
passage
to
it
,
but
only
by
Boats
.
It
s
a
Country
extraordinary
rich
in
all
sorts
of
Commodities
,
affords
good
Pasture
for
Cattel
,
and
aboundance
of
fair
heards
of
them
,
Oxen
,
Sheep
,
Swine
,
&c.
plenty
of
Corn
and
other
Grain
,
great
store
of
Venison
likewise
in
the
Woods
,
of
Fish
in
the
Rivers
,
Gold
in
the
Mines
;
and
therefore
not
likely
but
to
be
well
peopled
and
inhabited
,
especially
by
the
Spaniards
,
whose
Towns
and
places
of
chief
importance
are
these
,
viz.
1.
Venezuela
,
at
the
most
westerly
Confines
of
the
Country
,
built
upon
the
Sea
,
with
the
advantage
of
a
double
Haven
,
in
a
temperate
and
good
Aire
,
and
Soil
round
about
it
,
the
richest
and
best
of
the
whole
Province
.
It
is
now
a
Bishops
Sea
,
who
is
Suffragan
to
the
Arch-Bishop
of
St.
Domingo
in
Hispaniola
,
and
the
ordinary
Residence
of
the
Governour
.
2.
Caravalleda
,
called
by
the
Spaniards
Nuestra
Sennora
de
Caravalleda
,
fourscore
leagues
distant
from
Venezuela
toward
the
East
,
upon
the
Sea
,
likewise
.
3.
St.
Jago
de
Leon
in
the
Country
of
Caracas
four
or
five
leagues
southward
of
Caravalleda
,
and
six
or
seven
distant
from
the
Sea
.
4.
New-Valentia
,
twenty
five
leagues
distant
from
St.
Jago
.
5.
New-Xeres
,
a
Town
but
lately
built
fifteen
leagues
southward
of
New
Valentia
.
6.
New-Segovia
,
but
one
league
distant
from
Xeres
.
7.
Tucuyo
a
place
well
known
and
frequented
,
for
the
aboundance
of
Sugar
which
is
made
there
,
and
in
the
Country
round
about
it
.
8.
Truxillo
,
or
our
Lady
de
la
Paz
,
eighteen
leagues
southward
of
the
Lake
Maracaybo
,
a
place
of
great
resort
,
and
much
frequented
for
trade
both
by
Spaniards
and
Natives
.
9.
Laguna
,
a
Town
lying
more
towards
the
bottom
of
the
Lake
,
said
to
be
much
haunted
with
Tygres
;
and
more
than
this
,
not
much
is
said
of
it
.
4.
Margarita
is
an
Island
lying
right
over
against
the
Salinas
,
or
Cape
de
Araya
afore
mentioned
,
seven
or
eight
leagues
distant
from
the
Main-land
,
and
taking
its
name
from
the
aboundance
of
Pearles
found
about
it
,
when
time
was
.
It
containes
not
above
fifteen
or
sixteen
leagues
in
length
,
and
about
six
in
breath
,
having
these
only
places
of
importance
in
it
,
viz.
Mon
Pater
,
which
is
a
good
Fort
of
the
Spaniards
built
at
the
East
Angle
of
the
Island
,
to
secure
their
Pearl-fishing
when
that
Trade
held
,
and
to
defend
their
ships
,
which
commonly
rode
there
at
Anchor
.
2.
the
Valley
of
Sta.
Lucia
,
two
leagues
distant
from
the
Sea
,
where
the
Spaniards
have
a
Colony
.
3.
Makanao
,
a
Town
of
the
Natives
.
This
whole
Island
was
surprised
by
the
English
under
Captain
Parker
in
the
yeare
1601
,
who
in
stead
of
Prisoners
carryed
away
good
store
of
the
Spaniards
Pearl
,
which
he
forced
them
to
pay
for
their
ransome
.
5.
Cubagna
,
another
Island
pertaining
to
this
Province
of
Paria
,
lyeth
almost
in
the
midle
way
betwixt
the
Island
Margarita
and
the
Continent
;
from
which
last
it
is
not
counted
to
be
above
a
league
distant
,
and
five
or
six
from
the
other
;
being
it self
in
the
compass
of
the
whole
,
not
much
above
three
or
four
:
of
a
Soil
wholy
barren
and
destitute
of
all
kinde
of
necessaries
for
the
life
and
sustinance
of
man
,
without
Corn
,
without
Pasturage
,
without
Fruit
,
without
water
;
yet
only
for
the
richness
of
the
Pearl-fishing
round
a-about
it
,
for
many
yeares
together
,
there
was
no
place
more
frequented
than
it
.
Nor
is
it
at
present
wholly
deserted
:
for
though
the
Trade
of
Pearls
be
said
to
have
failed
for
some
yeares
,
yet
have
they
a
Colony
still
remaining
there
,
called
New-Cadiz
;
and
on
the
East
part
of
the
Islands
a
certain
Fountain
,
not
far
from
the
Sea
side
,
which
yeeldeth
a
kinde
of
Bituminous
substance
like
Oyle
,
of
such
a
medicinable
vertue
for
many
diseases
,
that
it
sufficiently
recompenseth
the
want
of
the
Pearls
by
a
more
reall
utillity
and
benefit
,
&
is
found
in
good
plenty
floating
for
the
most
part
upon
the
Sea
thereabout
.
5.
The
lesser
Islands
(
as
they
are
called
)
part
of
this
Provinciall
Prefecture
of
Paria
,
lie
all
along
upon
the
coasts
of
Venezuela
from
East
to
West
;
in
number
many
,
but
the
principal
of
them
are
1.
Tortuga
,
a
little
Island
said
to
be
not
above
four
or
five
miles
in
length
,
and
in
breadth
hardly
one
,
but
well
know
for
the
aboundance
of
good
Salt
that
is
made
,
and
transported
thence
every
yeare
;
it
lieth
five
or
six
leagues
westward
of
Margarita
;
hath
a
good
Harbour
,
and
aboundance
of
that
wood
called
Guaiacum
,
of
which
we
spake
before
.
2.
Bonayre
an
Island
of
five
or
six
leagues
in
compass
,
well
stored
with
small
Cattell
,
especially
Sheep
and
Goates
.
It
lyeth
right
over
against
the
Bay
called
Golfo
Triste
,
or
the
Vnfortunate
B●y
,
and
was
the
place
whether
the
Spaniards
transplanted
the
poor
Natives
of
Hispaniola
,
when
they
grew
weary
of
killing
them
.
3.
Curacaos
three
or
four
leagues
westward
of
Bonayre
,
and
containing
about
so
many
in
compass
,
of
a
soil
exceedingly
fertill
and
good
for
Pasturage
,
having
likewise
on
the
north
side
of
the
Island
a
very
good
and
safe
Harbour
for
shipping
.
4.
Aruba
,
three
or
four
leagues
distant
from
Curacaos
to
the
North-east
,
about
five
miles
in
compass
,
being
for
the
most
part
a
level
and
flat
Country
,
inhabited
,
but
not
much
,
either
by
Spaniards
or
Natives
.
5.
Los
Monges
,
or
the
Monks
,
as
the
Spaniards
named
them
:
These
are
three
or
four
lesser
Island
lying
eastward
of
the
Cape
Coquibocoa
of
great
use
and
direction
at
Sea
,
to
those
that
sail
for
Carthagena
,
but
for
any
thing
else
scarsely
memorable
.
CHAP.
XIX
.
Of
the
American
Islands
.
1.
WE
have
spoken
hitherto
only
of
the
Continent
of
America
,
and
those
Islands
,
which
lye
so
neer
the
Continent
,
that
they
are
commonly
reckoned
as
part
of
it
,
and
appertaining
to
the
respective
Provinces
against
which
they
lie
.
It
remains
now
,
(
not
to
leave
any
thing
considerable
untouch'd
at
least
)
that
we
take
a
veiw
of
some
other
Islands
viz.
that
lie
further
off
and
seem
not
to
have
any
other
relation
to
America
,
but
only
that
of
obedience
and
subjection
to
the
Spaniards
government
,
who
are
Lords
of
America
,
and
have
reduced
at
least
the
principall
and
chief
of
those
Islands
,
long
since
under
their
power
.
They
lye
either
in
the
South
or
the
North
Sea
.
Those
in
the
South
,
or
Mare
del
Zur
are
chiefly
two
,
viz.
Los
Ladrones
,
and
the
Islands
Fernandinae
.
Los
Ladrones
,
in
English
,
the
Islands
of
Theeves
,
lye
as
it
were
in
the
midle
way
betwixt
the
Main-land
of
America
and
the
Philippine
Islands
,
but
some
hundred
of
leagues
distant
from
either
,
in
the
fourth
degree
of
Northern
latitude
.
So
named
by
Ferdinand
Magellan
,
from
the
pilfering
disposition
he
observed
in
the
Natives
,
when
he
sailed
that
way
for
the
Moluccae
Islands
.
They
were
a
nimble
and
active
sort
of
People
,
yet
light-fingerd
,
it
should
seem
,
and
going
for
the
most
part
naked
,
tall
of
stature
,
excellent
Swimmers
and
Divers
,
and
have
not
much
more
to
be
spoken
in
their
Commendation
.
The
Fernandinae
are
only
two
Islands
of
no
great
bigness
lying
over
against
the
coast
of
Chile
,
in
the
three
and
thirtieth
degree
of
Southern
latitude
,
and
about
one
hundred
leagues
,
or
three
hundred
English
miles
from
the
Continent
:
yet
well
stored
with
some
lesser
sort
of
Cattel
,
as
Goats
,
&c.
good
plenty
likewise
of
Venison
in
the
Woods
,
and
of
Fish
upon
the
Coasts
:
for
which
reason
,
though
lying
at
some
distance
,
yet
are
they
not
a
little
frequented
by
the
Spaniards
of
Peru
;
who
finde
many
good
Harbours
and
roads
for
shipping
belonging
to
,
and
about
these
Islands
.
But
the
chief
,
viz.
of
the
American
Islands
abovesaid
,
are
those
which
lye
in
the
Atlantick
or
North-Sea
,
on
the
East
side
,
and
as
it
were
in
the
way
to
the
Continent
of
America
;
which
are
as
follow
,
viz.
1.
The
Caribes
.
2.
Port-rico
.
3.
Hispaniola
.
4.
Cuba
,
and
5.
Jamaica
.
Of
the
Caribee
Islands
.
1.
THe
Caribee-Islands
(
as
the
English
commonly
call
them
)
are
a
row
or
ridge
,
as
it
were
of
lesser
Islands
,
which
extend
themselves
,
almost
in
fashion
of
a
Bow
,
from
the
Coast
of
Paria
,
as
far
as
St.
John
de
Port-rico
:
The
name
signifies
as
much
as
the
Islands
of
Cannibals
,
or
Man-Eaters
;
and
so
the
Natives
generally
were
,
before
they
were
either
destroyed
or
reduced
to
better
manners
by
the
Spaniards
.
There
are
many
of
them
,
but
the
principall
and
those
which
seem
most
worthy
of
notice
are
,
1.
Granada
:
This
lyeth
in
form
of
a
Croissant
or
half-Moon
,
upon
the
Continent
of
Paria
,
viz.
that
part
of
it
which
is
called
Cuniana
;
having
a
reasonable
good
Haven
,
and
a
Soil
not
altogether
unfruitfull
,
but
much
over-shaded
with
Woods
,
and
hitherto
but
little
inhabited
.
2.
St.
Vincent
,
six
or
seven
leagues
Northward
of
Granada
,
but
from
any
part
of
the
Continent
ten
at
least
:
a
very
fruitfull
Island
,
yeelding
aboundance
of
Sugar-Canes
that
grow
naturally
without
any
Art
or
help
of
Husbandry
;
well
watered
with
Rivers
,
and
affording
many
convenient
Bays
and
safe
roads
for
shipping
.
It
lyeth
in
a
circular
form
,
and
is
thought
to
contain
about
eight
or
ten
leagues
in
compass
;
Inhabited
by
a
People
not
over
much
industrious
,
nor
sollicitous
for
ought
but
what
concerns
the
belly
.
3.
Dominica
,
an
Island
of
twelve
leagues
in
length
,
very
fruitfull
of
a
good
sort
of
Tobacco
,
which
the
Europeans
have
of
the
Natives
chiefly
in
exchange
of
Knives
,
some
Hatchets
,
and
other
Instruments
of
Iron
,
which
they
value
much
.
It
hath
on
the
West
side
of
it
a
convenient
Harbour
for
ships
;
but
the
People
being
said
to
continue
Cannibals
,
and
exceedingly
barbarous
,
even
to
this
present
,
no
Nations
as
yet
,
have
attempted
to
inhabit
among
them
.
4.
La
Desseada
,
a
small
Island
,
but
of
great
use
to
the
Spaniards
,
who
alwaies
touch
at
it
both
coming
and
going
.
5.
Guadalupe
,
another
small
Island
,
which
they
likewise
take
in
their
way
continually
to
and
from
America
:
it
serves
them
chiefly
for
fresh
water
,
and
lyeth
eight
or
ten
leagues
Westward
of
Desseada
.
6.
Antego
,
as
the
English
corruptly
call
it
,
rather
Antiqua
,
is
an
Island
of
about
seven
leagues
in
length
,
and
almost
as
much
in
breadth
,
lying
to
the
North-East
of
Guadalupe
,
where
the
English
of
late
years
are
said
to
have
planted
a
Colony
,
but
wherein
their
Trade
lyeth
,
doth
not
so
well
appear
.
7.
St.
Christophers
:
This
lyeth
on
the
North-west
of
Guadalupe
;
where
the
English
and
French
(
both
of
them
)
having
planted
their
several
Colonies
,
were
,
not
many
years
since
,
outed
by
the
Spainyards
,
yet
permitted
quietly
to
pass
to
their
other
Plantations
.
The
chief
Commoditie
which
the
Countrie
yeeldeth
is
Tobacco
;
and
in
the
Easterly
parts
of
it
some
Salt
.
8.
Barbados
:
This
is
an
Island
at
the
North-East
of
St.
Vincent
,
of
an
ovall
form
,
and
of
the
same
bigness
or
extent
with
that
of
St.
Vincent
,
that
is
,
containing
in
the
compass
of
the
whole
a
matter
of
eighteen
or
twenty
miles
.
It
lyeth
the
most
Easterly
of
all
the
rest
of
these
Islands
;
of
a
Soil
very
lusty
and
good
,
especially
for
such
Commodities
as
are
proper
for
it
.
On
the
East
side
it
hath
many
Angles
and
Points
shooting
out
into
the
Sea
,
which
consequently
make
many
Bays
upon
the
Coast
of
it
;
but
,
by
reason
of
certain
quick-sands
which
lye
before
them
,
not
much
used
or
frequented
by
ships
.
On
the
South
side
it
hath
a
large
and
convenient
Harbour
,
capable
of
the
tallest
ships
,
and
well
frequented
.
It
is
counted
now
one
of
the
best
Colonies
of
the
English
,
but
said
to
have
been
heretofore
not
a
little
at
the
mercy
of
the
Spaniard
Their
chief
Trade
is
Tobacco
,
and
a
kinde
of
course
Sugar
,
which
we
call
Barbados-Sugar
,
and
will
not
keep
long
;
not
that
the
Countrie
is
unapt
for
better
,
but
,
as
't
is
rather
supposed
,
because
the
Planters
want
either
skill
,
or
stock
,
to
improve
things
to
the
best
.
The
Countrie
is
somewhat
hot
,
and
it
behoves
an
English
man
to
be
very
temperate
and
wary
,
when
he
goes
first
thither
.
9.
Sta.
Crux
,
called
by
the
Natives
anciently
Ayay
,
fifteen
leagues
distant
from
Port-rico
to
the
South-East
,
woody
and
Mountainous
,
having
on
the
West
side
of
it
a
convenient
Harbour
for
shiping
.
They
speak
of
a
certain
Fruit
of
this
Countrie
not
unlike
to
a
green
Apple
;
which
if
a
Man
eat
,
it
causeth
such
an
inflammation
and
swelling
of
his
tongue
,
that
for
twenty
four
hours
space
at
least
,
he
looseth
the
use
of
it
quite
;
but
afterwards
it
asswageth
of
it self
without
further
hurt
:
And
also
of
certain
Fen-waters
,
with
which
,
if
a
Man
chance
to
wash
his
face
before
noon
,
it
likewise
swells
so
much
presently
,
that
his
eyes
will
be
closed
up
;
but
in
the
afternoon
no
such
matter
;
which
I
mention
,
because
they
say
there
is
a
Colony
of
English
setled
there
of
late
years
.
There
be
many
other
of
these
Caribee
Islands
beside
,
as
namely
Anguilla
,
Barbada
,
St.
Bartholmews
,
Las
Nieves
,
St.
Lucies
,
St.
Martins
,
Montserrat
,
&c.
but
of
so
little
consideration
,
especially
to
our
Nation
,
that
it
would
seem
but
tedious
to
mention
them
further
.
Of
Port-rico
and
Monico
.
1.
POrt-rico
is
an
Island
fifteen
leagues
distant
from
Sta.
Crux
,
as
hath
been
said
,
to
the
North-west
,
and
about
as
many
from
Hispaniola
to
the
South-East
;
but
from
the
Continent
or
main
Land
of
Paria
(
which
seems
to
be
the
neerest
)
one
hundred
and
thirty
,
or
one
hundred
and
thirty
six
,
as
some
reckon
.
It
lyeth
almost
in
a
Quadrangular
form
,
being
supposed
to
contain
about
thirty
leagues
in
length
,
and
not
less
than
twenty
in
breadth
,
in
eighteen
and
nineteen
degrees
of
Northern-latitude
.
The
Aire
reasonably
temperate
and
agreeable
,
not
scorched
with
any
excessive
heats
in
Summer
,
nor
beaten
with
those
continuall
rains
,
to
which
some
parts
of
America
are
subject
,
in
Winter
:
its
greatest
annoyance
being
from
those
sudden
and
violent
tempests
,
which
they
call
Hurricanoes
,
which
infest
it
very
much
,
especially
in
the
moneths
of
August
and
September
.
The
Soil
fruitfull
enough
,
affording
aboundance
of
Sugar-Canes
,
Ginger
,
Cassia
,
Hides
,
and
divers
other
rich
Commodities
.
As
concerning
the
Mines
both
of
gold
and
silver
,
which
were
once
certainly
known
to
be
there
,
some
say
they
are
exhausted
and
spent
long
since
;
others
think
that
's
but
a
pretence
of
the
Spaniards
,
to
keep
strangers
from
looking
into
the
Country
,
while
they
themselves
are
more
busied
within
Land
.
It
is
divided
almost
in
the
midst
from
East
to
West
with
a
ridge
of
Mountains
which
the
Spaniards
call
Sierra
del
Loquillo
,
and
hath
these
Towns
of
chief
note
and
importance
,
viz.
first
Port-rico
it self
,
commonly
called
St.
John
de
Port-rico
,
a
strong
and
neat
Town
well
built
in
a
little
Island
by
it self
,
but
joyned
to
the
other
by
certain
huge
piles
of
Timber-work
,
of
vast
labour
and
expence
,
done
by
command
of
Philip
the
second
,
King
of
Spain
.
It
was
attempted
by
Sir
Francis
Drake
in
the
year
1595
without
success
,
but
a
few
years
after
taken
by
the
Earl
of
Cumberland
,
as
hath
been
said
.
2.
St.
Germans
in
the
West
parts
of
the
Island
,
three
or
four
leagues
distant
from
the
Sea
,
a
place
,
as
't
is
said
to
be
,
neither
fortified
nor
much
frequented
.
3.
Luysay
on
the
East
side
,
a
good
and
well
frequented
Port
,
some
leagues
distant
from
Port-rico
.
2.
Eastward
of
Port-rico
,
and
betwixt
it
and
Hispaniola
there
lyeth
a
little
,
but
fruitfull
Island
called
Mona
;
and
Westward
of
that
another
called
Monico
,
or
Monetta
,
which
last
the
English
,
when
time
was
,
found
so
admirably
stored
with
a
sort
of
wilde
Fowl
,
that
the
huge
flights
of
them
seemed
to
darken
the
Aire
over
their
heads
,
and
upon
their
landing
found
such
plenty
of
their
eggs
upon
the
shore
and
ground
thereabouts
,
that
they
presently
laded
two
of
their
boats
with
them
.
But
how
Peopled
or
possessed
not
so
well
known
.
Of
Hispaniola
.
1.
HIspaniola
(
or
little
Spain
,
as
Columbus
named
it
)
is
if
not
the
largest
,
yet
at
least
the
fairest
and
goodliest
of
all
the
American
Islands
,
called
by
the
Natives
anciently
Hayti
.
It
lyeth
,
as
we
said
,
fifteen
leagues
Westward
of
Port-rico
,
and
distant
from
the
main
Land
of
America
about
one
hundred
and
twenty
;
of
a
Triangular
form
;
the
sharpest
point
whereof
is
that
towards
Port-rico
,
which
they
call
Cabo
de
Enganno
.
That
towards
the
West
inclines
to
a
semi-circle
,
containing
a
good
and
convenient
Bay
betwixt
the
two
points
,
viz.
St.
Nicholas
to
the
North
,
and
Cabo
de
Donna
Maria
towards
the
South
.
It
's
not
thought
to
be
less
than
one
hundred
and
fifty
leagues
in
length
,
in
breadth
from
threescore
to
thirty
,
and
to
contain
in
the
compass
of
the
whole
four
hundred
leagues
at
least
;
lying
betwixt
eighteen
and
twenty
degrees
of
Northern
latitude
,
having
an
Aire
somewhat
infested
with
the
morning
heats
,
but
well
cooled
again
in
the
afternoon
,
by
a
constant
winde
from
the
Sea
,
which
they
call
there
Virason
.
It
is
,
for
the
fertility
of
the
Soil
,
the
richest
and
most
flourishing
Countrie
(
one
of
them
)
in
the
World
;
the
T●ees
and
all
things
else
there
,
continually
clad
,
as
it
were
,
in
their
Summer
livery
,
the
Meadows
and
Pastures
alwaies
green
,
and
of
such
an
excellent
Herbage
,
that
Cattel
both
breed
and
thrive
there
almost
beyond
beleef
;
both
great
Cattel
and
small
,
as
Kine
,
Sheep
,
Hogs
,
&c.
brought
thither
out
of
Spain
,
having
multiplyed
to
such
numbers
,
that
they
live
wilde
now
in
Heards
,
as
hath
been
said
,
and
are
both
hunted
and
killed
,
like
Stags
or
other
Venison
only
for
their
Hides
,
which
they
send
yeerly
into
Spain
and
other
parts
of
Europe
,
as
a
great
Merchandise
and
Commoditie
of
huge
profit
to
them
.
So
plentifull
of
Sugar-Canes
,
that
't
is
thought
no
less
than
one
thousand
Chests
of
refined
Sugar
are
sent
out
of
this
only
Island
one
year
with
another
.
Nor
was
it
formerly
without
good
Mines
,
both
of
gold
and
silver
;
which
whether
they
be
now
wasted
and
wholly
exhaust
,
or
only
neglected
for
want
of
Miners
to
work
in
them
,
time
may
shew
.
Of
Brass
and
Iron
they
have
many
good
Mines
at
present
,
of
no
small
profit
and
advantage
to
them
.
The
whole
Island
is
said
to
be
naturally
divided
,
as
it
were
,
into
four
several
quarters
,
by
four
several
Rivers
,
arising
out
of
one
and
the
same
Mountain
almost
in
the
midst
of
the
Island
,
that
is
to
say
,
1.
Jache
.
which
runneth
Northward
.
2.
Nubila
,
towards
the
South
.
3.
Yunna
,
or
Junna
,
to
the
East
:
And
4.
Hatebonico
,
to
the
West
:
but
others
(
it
must
be
confessed
)
mention
the
same
Rivers
without
any
such
speciall
observation
.
The
chief
Towns
and
places
of
this
Island
inhabited
by
Spaniards
are
first
St.
Domingo
,
on
the
South
side
of
the
Island
,
built
first
by
Bartholmew
Columbus
,
in
the
year
1594
,
on
the
banks
of
Ozama
one
of
the
fairest
Rivers
of
the
Country
,
towards
the
Sea
side
;
where
it
hath
l
kewise
a
good
Haven
or
Port
,
and
on
the
West
side
of
it
a
strong
Castle
.
It
s
a
place
of
great
honor
and
dignity
at
present
,
being
an
Archbishops
Sea
,
and
the
ordinary
Residence
of
the
Governor
and
supream
Courts
for
these
parts
of
America
,
but
flourished
more
formerly
with
resort
and
multitudes
of
people
,
than
now
it
doth
;
which
is
attributed
to
the
later
discoveries
of
Mexico
and
Peru
;
by
occasion
whereof
aboundance
of
the
Inhabitants
,
and
not
a
little
of
the
trade
likewise
hath
been
drawn
from
it
.
2.
Salvaleon
twenty
eight
leagues
distant
from
St.
Domingo
towards
the
East
.
3.
Juguana
,
or
Sta.
Maria
del
Puerto
,
in
the
more
western
parts
of
the
Island
,
a
small
Town
not
above
a
league
distant
from
the
Sea
,
where
it
hath
a
good
Haven
,
but
supposed
not
to
be
much
fortified
.
4.
Cotuy
,
once
a
rich
Town
in
the
North
parts
of
the
Island
,
and
well
frequented
:
now
said
to
be
in
a
manner
deserted
.
5.
Conception
de
la
Vega
,
built
by
Columbus
himself
,
and
from
whence
he
had
his
Title
Duke
de
la
Vega
:
it
lyeth
twenty
or
thirty
leagues
northward
of
St.
Domingo
.
6.
Puerto
de
la
Plata
,
or
the
Silver-Haven
,
fourty
leagues
distant
from
St.
Domingo
likewise
towards
the
North
,
it
is
the
second
Town
for
wealth
and
trade
in
the
whole
Island
,
commodiously
seated
on
a
Bay
,
or
Arme
of
the
Sea
,
and
fortified
with
a
Castle
.
7.
Azua
,
or
New-Compostella
,
twenty
four
miles
,
or
eight
leagues
westward
of
St.
Domingo
and
a
place
much
frequented
by
reason
of
the
good
sugar-Canes
,
which
the
Country
thereabouts
yeeldeth
.
There
is
likewise
8.
St.
Jago
de
los
Cavalleros
,
ten
leagues
northward
of
La
Vega.
9.
Monte
Christo
,
fourteen
leagues
westward
of
Plata
,
and
lastly
10.
Zeybo
on
the
South-side
of
the
Island
,
twenty
leagues
distant
from
St.
Domingo
;
all
of
them
pleasant
and
handsome
Towns
,
and
well
seated
,
but
destitute
of
Inhabitants
very
much
:
as
likewise
the
whole
Island
generally
is
;
the
Natives
being
all
destroyed
,
or
Transplanted
long
since
,
and
the
Spaniards
themselves
,
by
the
following
discoveries
and
conquests
upon
the
Continent
,
invited
to
better
quarters
.
Of
Cuba
and
Jamaica
.
1.
WEstward
,
or
rather
to
the
North-weast
of
Hispaniola
lyeth
Cuba
,
parted
from
the
other
by
a
Frith
,
or
narrow
Channel
,
which
runneth
betwixt
the
Capes
of
St.
Nicholas
,
belonging
to
Hispaniola
,
and
that
called
Mayzi
belonging
to
Cuba
.
On
the
North
it
hath
a
Frie
of
little
Islands
,
called
,
as
above
said
,
the
Leucayae
Islands
,
so
many
and
so
thick
scattered
,
that
they
serve
for
no
small
security
and
defence
of
the
Island
on
that
side
;
beside
a
part
of
the
Peninsula
of
Florida
which
coasteth
it
likewise
Northward
;
on
the
west
it
hath
the
Country
of
Jucatan
,
which
is
part
of
the
Continent
,
but
at
a
distance
of
fourty
or
fifty
leagues
;
and
on
the
South
Jamaica
.
It
is
reckoned
to
be
in
length
from
Cape
Mayzi
,
which
looks
towards
Hispaniola
,
to
the
Cape
of
St.
Anthony
which
is
upon
the
Bay
of
Mexico
,
two
hundred
and
thirty
leagues
;
but
in
breadth
neither
proportionable
nor
certain
;
being
in
some
places
not
above
fifteen
or
sixteen
leagues
over
;
&
in
none
above
fourty
.
But
for
fertility
of
soil
contending
with
Hispaniola
it self
,
and
for
temperature
&
healthiness
of
aire
much
exceeding
it
:
nor
less
rich
formerly
in
good
Mines
both
of
gold
and
silver
,
plentifully
stored
at
present
,
not
only
with
Sugar-Canes
of
the
best
growth
,
but
likewise
with
aboundance
of
Ginger-roots
,
Cassia
Fistula
,
Mastique
,
Aloes
,
Cynnamon
,
Long-Pepper
of
America
,
as
they
call
it
,
and
divers
sorts
of
spices
.
The
Pastures
no
less
abounding
with
Cattell
of
all
sorts
,
especially
of
European
breed
;
the
Rivers
and
coasts
of
the
Sea
with
good
Fish
:
no
scarsity
of
Fowl
whether
wild
or
tame
;
good
Mines
of
Brass
and
Iron
still
found
,
with
some
Gold
in
the
Rivers
,
especially
those
which
fall
into
the
Bay
Pagua
or
the
south-side
of
the
Island
.
The
Woods
,
where
the
Country
is
mountainous
and
rocky
as
in
some
parts
it
is
,
well
replenished
with
Timber
,
and
many
odoriferous
trees
beside
,
from
which
they
gather
a
certain
Rosin
,
or
Gumme
,
not
less
precious
and
usefull
than
the
Storax
,
or
sweet
Gumme
so
called
,
of
which
the
Herborists
speak
so
much
.
In
a
word
the
only
inconvenience
which
the
Spaniards
found
in
it
,
was
from
Serpents
,
which
the
Natives
out
of
an
old
superstition
among
them
,
had
preserved
so
long
,
they
came
to
bee
grieviously
annoyed
by
them
at
last
;
and
when
they
would
have
destroyed
them
,
could
not
;
what
remedy
the
Spaniards
have
since
provided
against
them
,
appeares
not
.
The
River
Caute
,
which
is
one
of
the
chiefest
Rivers
of
the
Island
,
is
still
said
to
be
much
haunted
with
Crocodiles
;
that
are
very
dangerous
to
strangers
unacquainted
with
the
Country
,
and
to
any
that
rest
or
sleep
neer
the
banks
of
the
River
.
2.
The
Towns
and
places
of
chief
importance
belonging
to
this
Island
are
,
1.
St.
Jago
,
seated
at
the
bottom
of
a
large
and
capacious
Bay
on
the
South-side
of
the
Island
,
two
or
three
leagues
distant
from
the
Sea
,
and
counted
the
chiefest
Port
on
that
side
.
It
is
a
Bishops
sea
,
and
once
a
very
populous
and
rich
place
of
trade
,
but
at
present
not
a
little
decayed
,
only
for
want
of
Inhabitants
,
who
are
advanced
more
up
into
the
Continent
,
having
left
the
Islands
behinde
them
more
than
half
empty
.
Neer
unto
this
place
,
viz.
about
three
or
four
leagues
distance
,
are
those
famous
Mountains
,
which
the
Spaniards
call
Sierras
de
Cobre
,
or
the
Brass
Mountains
,
from
the
aboundance
of
that
Metal
which
the
Mines
in
them
doe
still
afford
,
2.
Baracao
,
thirty
leagues
Eastward
of
St.
Jago
toward
the
Sea
.
3.
Bayamo
,
or
St.
Salvador
,
seated
more
within
land
in
a
rich
and
pleasant
part
of
the
Island
,
but
not
so
commodious
for
trade
.
4.
Puerto
del
Principe
on
the
North
side
of
the
Island
fourty
leagues
distant
from
St.
Jago
,
neer
to
which
,
saith
Laet
,
there
is
a
Fountain
,
which
sendeth
forth
a
liquor
of
a
Bituminous
substance
,
and
black
as
Pitch
,
very
good
and
much
used
in
those
parts
for
the
calking
of
Ships
,
and
gathered
in
great
abundance
upon
the
Sea
,
into
which
it
falleth
,
and
is
sometimes
digged
also
,
as
out
of
a
Mine
.
6.
La
Trinidad
nine
or
ten
leagues
Eastward
of
the
Bay
of
Xagua
.
Lastly
6.
Havana
,
the
most
known
and
best
traded
Port
absolutely
of
all
these
parts
,
and
and
perhaps
of
the
whole
Continent
,
lying
at
the
most
northerly
point
of
the
Island
towards
Cape
Florida
;
a
place
naturally
strong
,
and
so
well
fortified
by
Art
,
that
it
is
held
impregnable
.
The
entrance
whereof
is
defended
on
each
side
with
a
strong
Castle
,
and
a
stronger
than
either
built
right
opposite
to
the
Mouth
of
the
Haven
;
and
all
of
them
so
commodiously
and
advantageously
situated
for
the
defence
and
assistance
of
each
other
,
(
as
't
is
said
)
nothing
can
be
devised
better
.
Close
to
one
of
them
there
is
erected
a
watch-Tower
,
of
such
height
,
that
from
the
top
of
it
,
they
easily
descry
whatsoever
Ships
move
upon
those
Seas
,
and
give
notice
of
them
to
the
Guards
;
being
thereby
a
very
great
assurance
not
only
to
the
Inhabitants
of
this
place
and
Island
,
but
also
to
the
whole
Bay
of
Mexico
.
And
is
therefore
the
ordinary
Seat
of
the
Governour
,
and
the
generall
Rendezvous
of
the
Spanish
Ships
,
when
they
goe
home
for
Spain
,
meeting
heer
from
all
parts
of
the
Gulf
,
and
tarrying
one
for
another
till
all
be
come
in
,
and
from
thence
setting
sail
for
Spain
,
through
the
Sreits
of
Bahama
,
and
by
some
of
the
Leucayae
Islands
above
mentioned
.
It
is
likewise
a
very
strong
Garrison
;
it
being
said
,
that
the
King
of
Spain
allowes
pay
for
no
less
number
than
1000.
Souldiers
only
for
this
place
.
Jamaica
is
somewhat
a
lesser
Island
,
lying
Southward
of
Cuba
,
and
to
the
West
of
Hispaniola
,
almost
at
an
equall
distance
,
viz
twenty
leagues
from
them
both
.
They
reckon
it
to
be
in
length
about
fifty
leagues
or
more
in
breadth
twenty
,
and
to
contain
in
the
whole
about
one
hundred
and
fifty
,
of
a
rich
and
fertil
Soil
,
and
in
nothing
less
provided
for
the
necessities
of
mans
life
,
than
either
Hispaniola
or
Cuba
;
well
stock'd
with
Cattel
,
and
as
plentifully
stored
with
Fruits
of
all
sorts
,
yeelding
abundance
of
Cotton-wooll
,
more
than
either
of
the
other
Islands
:
only
it
wanteth
the
conveniency
of
some
good
Havens
and
Ports
,
which
it
hath
but
few
;
and
the
Sea
round
about
it
so
shelvy
,
and
full
of
Rocks
and
broken
Islands
,
that
the
coast
of
it
is
held
to
be
not
a
little
dangerous
:
and
therefore
as
little
frequented
by
Merchants
or
others
.
There
being
at
present
three
only
small
Towns
inhabited
in
the
whole
Island
,
viz.
1.
Sevilla
,
or
New-Sevill
,
in
the
North
parts
of
the
Island
.
2.
Melilla
ten
leagues
distant
from
Sevill
towards
the
East
.
And
lastly
Oristan
,
14.
leagues
distant
from
it
towards
the
South
.
FINIS
.